HomeMy WebLinkAboutJR Filanc Construction Inc; 2004-06-14; 3809-1Recording requested by:
CITY OF CARLSBAD
When recorded mail to:
City Clerk
City of Carlsbad
1200 Carlsbad Village Dr.
Carlsbad. CA 92008
DQCit 2005-1096561
DEC 22, 2005 12:35 PM
OFFICIAL RECORDS
SAN DIEGO COUNTY RECORDER'S OFFICE
GREGORY J. SMITH, COUNTY RECORDER
FEES: 0.00
PAGES: 1
Space above this line for Recorder's Use
NOTICE OF COMPLETION
Notice is hereby given that:
1. The undersigned is owner of the interest or estate stated below in the property hereinafter
described.
2. The full name of the undersigned is City of Carlsbad, a municipal corporation.
3. The full address of the undersigned is 1200 Carlsbad Village Drive, Carlsbad, California
92008.
4. The nature of the title of the undersigned is: In fee.
5. A work of improvement on the property hereinafter described was completed on April 20,
2005.
6. The name of the contractor for such work of improvement is J.R. Filanc Construction
Company.
7. The property on which the work of improvement was completed is in the City of Carlsbad,
County of San Diego, State of California, and is described as the North Batiquitos Lift
Station Improvements, Project No. 3809.
CITY OF CARLSBAD
GLENN PRUIM
Deputy Public Works Director
VERIFICATION OF CITY CLERK
I, the undersigned, say:
I am the City Clerk of the City of Carlsbad, 1200 Carlsbad Village Drive, Carlsbad,
California, 92008. The City Council of said City on December 13 , 2005, accepted the
above described work as completed and ordered that a Notice of Completion be filed.
I declare under penalty of perjury that the foregoing is true and correct.
Executed on December 13 .2005. at Carlsbad, California.
OF CARLSBAD
c LORRAINE M. WOOD
'* ^f&F-*/ City Clerk
4
CITY OF CARLSBAD
San Diego County
California
CONTRACT DOCUMENTS AND
SUPPLEMENTAL PROVISIONS
FOR
/c
North Batiquitos Lift Station
Improvements
PACKAGE "Aff
PWSO4-21 ENG
CONTRACT NO. 3809-1
NOVEMBER 2003
/r"
I @ Revised 10/08/03 Contract No. 3809-1 Page 1 of 63 Pages
TABLE OF CONTENTS . Item .
Notice Inviting Bids ........................................................................................................................
Contractor‘s Proposal ....................................................................................................................
Bid Security Form ..........................................................................................................................
Bidder’s Bond To Accompany Proposal .......................................................................................
Guide For Completing The “Designation Of Subcontractors” Form .............................................
Designation Of Subcontractor and Amount Of Subcontractbr‘s Bid Items .................................
Bidder’s Statement Of Financial Responsibility ............................................................................
Bidder’s Statement Of Technical Ability And Experience .............................................................
Bidder’s Certificate Of Insurance For General Liability. Employers’ Liability. Automotive
Liability And Workers’ Compensation ...........................................................................................
Bidder’s Statement Of Re Debarment ..........................................................................................
Bidder’s Disclosure Of Discipline Record .........................................................................
5
9
13
14
16
18
19
20
21
22
23
Non-Collusion Affidavit To Be Executed By Bidder And Submitted With Bid .............................. 25
Contract Public Works .................................................................................................................. 26
Labor And Materials Bond ............................................................................................................ 32
Faithful PetformanceNVarranty Bond ........................................................................................... 34
Optional Escrow Agreement For Surety Deposits In Lieu Of Retention ...................................... 36
_-
Revised 10/08/03 Contract No . 3809-1 Page 2 of 63 Pages
Part 1 1
Section 1
1-1
1-2
1-3
Section 2
2-3
2-4
2-5 2-9
2-1 0
Section 3
3-2
3-3
3-4
3-5
Section 4
4- 1 4-2
Section 5 . 5- 1
5-4
Section 6
6- 1
6-2
6-6
6-7
6-8
6-9
Section 7
7-3
7-4
7-5 7-8 7-1 0
7-1 3
Section 9
9- 1
9-3
General Provisions
Terms. Definitions Abbreviations And Symbols Terms .................................................................................................................... 39 Definitions ............................................................................................................. 40
Abbreviations ........................................................................................................ 41
Scope And Control Of The Work Subcontracts ......................................................................................................... 42
Contract Bonds ..................................................................................................... 42
Plans And Specifications ...................................................................................... 43 Surveying .............................................................................................................. 44
Authority Of Board And Engineer ......................................................................... 48
Changes In Work ..
Changed Conditions ............................................................................................. 49
Changes initiated by the Agency .......................................................................... 49
Extra Work ............................................................................................................ 49
Disputed Work ...................................................................................................... 50
Control Of Materials
Materials And Workmanship .................................................................................. 53
54 Materials Transportation, Handling and Storage ..................................................
Utilities Location ................................................................................................................. 55
Relocation ............................................................................................................. 55
Prosecution. Progress And Acceptance Of The Work
Construction Schedule And Commencement Of Work ........................................ 56
Prosecution Of Work ............................................................................................. 56
Delays And Extensions Of Time ........................................................................... 56
Time of Completion ............................................................................................... 56 Completion .And Acceptance ................................................................................ 57
Liquidated Damages ............................................................................................. 57
Responsibilities Of The Contractor
Liability insurance ................................................................................................. 58
Workers' Compensation insurance ...................................................................... 58
Permits .................................................................................................................. 58
Public Convenience And Safety ........................................................................... 59
Laws To Be Observed .......................................................................................... 59
Project Site Maintenance ...................................................................................... 58
Measurement and Payment Measurement Of Quantities For Unit Price Work .................................................
Payment ................................................................................................................ 60 60
a Revised 10/08/03 Contract No . 3809-1 Page 3 of 63 Pages
...
01 01 0
01 045
01 300
01 660
01 730
02050
021 45
03600
05501
05505
08220
11000
11109
15064
151 84
16000
16110 161 20
1 6421
17000
1721 2
1751 0
Appendix A
Technical Specifications
Table of Contents
Summary of Work
Cutting and Patching
Submittals
Equipment and System Performance and Operational Testing
Operation and Maintenance Information
Demolition
Sewer Bypassing and Dewatering
Grout
Anchor Bolts
Miscellaneous Metalwork
Fiberglass Reinforced Plastic (FRP) Doors and Frames
General Requirements for Equipment
Fabricated Stainless Steel Slide Gates
Plastic Pipe
Manual Valve and Gate Operators and Operator Appurtenances
General Requirements for Electrical Work
Raceways, Boxes, and Supports
600 Volt Conductors, Wire, and Cable
Surge Arresters
General Requirements for Instrumentation and Industrial Electronic Systems
Transmitters
Combustible Gas Monitoring System
@ Revised 10/08/03 Contract No. 3809-1 Page 4 of 63 Pages
-
,- CITY OF CARLSBAD, CALIFORNIA
NOTICE INVITING BIDS
Until 4:OO PM on March 25, 2004, the City shall accept sealed bids, clearly marked as such, at the
Faraday Center, 1635 Faraday Avenue, Carlsbad, CA 92008-731 4, Attn: Purchasing Officer, by
mail, delivery service or by deposit in the Bid Box located in the first floor lobby, at which time they
will be opened and read, for performing the work as follows:
NORTH BATlQUlTOS LIFT STATION IMPROVEMENTS PACKAGE “A”
CONTRACT NO. 3809-1
Work to be performed under this project addresses immediate improvements to the North Batiquitos
Lift Station. The work includes replacement of existing cast iron sluice gates in the wet well,
replacement of an access door at the wet well with a new fiberglass reinforced plastic (FRP) door
and appurtenances, removal and disposal of an existing mercury float switch in the wet well,
installation of an ultrasonic level sensor, installation of a combustible gas sampling pump and
sensor, and installation of a surge protection device in the electrical room.
This bid and the terms of the Contract Documents and Supplemental Provisions constitute an
irrevocable offer that shall remain valid and in full force for a period of 90 days and such additional
time as may be mutually agreed upon by the City of Carlsbad and the Bidder.
c The work shall be performed in strict conformity with the plans and specifications as approved by
the City Council of the City of Carlsbad on file with the Engineering Department. The specifications
for the work include the Standard Specifications for Public Works Construction, 2003 Edition, and
the supplements thereto, all hereinafter designated “SSPWC” as issued by the Southern California
Chapter of the American Public Works Association and as amended by the supplemental provisions sections of this contract. Reference is hereby made to the plans and specifications for full
particulars and description of the work.
The City of Carlsbad encourages the participation of minority and women-owned businesses.
The City of Carlsbad encourages all bidders, suppliers, manufacturers, fabricators and contractors
to utilize recycled and recyclable materials when available, appropriate and approved by the
Engineer.
The City of Carlsbad may disqualify a contractor or subcontractor from participating in bidding when
a contractor or subcontractor has been debarred by the City of Carlsbad or another jurisdiction in
the State of California as an irresponsible bidder.
No bid will be received unless it is made on a proposal form furnished by the Purchasing
Department. Each bid must be accompanied by security in a form and amount required by law. The bidder’s security of the second and third next lowest responsive bidders may be withheld until
the Contract has been fully executed. The security submitted by all other unsuccessful bidders
shall be returned to them, or deemed void, within ten (IO) days after the Contract is awarded.
Pursuant to the provisions of law (Public Contract Code section 10263), appropriate securities may
be substituted for any obligation required by this notice or for any monies withheld by the City to
ensure performance under this Contract. Section 10263 of the Public Contract Code requires
monies or securities to be deposited with the City or a state or federally chartered bank in California 4$ Revised 10K)8/03 Page 5 of 63 Pages
c
Contract No. 3809-1
as the escrow agent. The escrow agent shall maintain insurance to cover negligent acts and
omissions of the agent in connection with the handling of retentions under this section in an amount
not less than $100,000 per contract.
r"'
The documents which comprise the Bidder's proposal and that must be completed and properly
executed including notarization where indicated are:
1, Contractor's Proposal
2. Bidder's Bond
3. Non-Collusion Affidavit
4. Designation of Subcontractors
and Amount of Subcontractor Bid
5. Designation of Owner OperatorlLessors &
Amount of Owner OperatodLessor Work
6. Bidder's Statement of Financial
Responsibility
7. Bidder's Statement of Technical Ability and
Experience
8. Acknowledgement of Addendum(a)
9. Certificate of Insurance. The riders
covering the City, its officials, employees
and volunteers may be omitted at the time
of bid submittal but shall be provided by the
Bidder prior to award of this contract.
10.Bidder' s Statement Re Debarment
11 .Bidder's Disclosure Of Discipline Record
12.Escrow Agreement for Security Deposits -
(optional, must be completed if the Bidder
wishes to use the Escrow Agreement for
Security)
All bids will be compared on the basis of the Engineer's Estimate. The estimated quantities are
approximate and serve solely as a basis for the comparison of bids. The Engineer's Estimate is
$1 35,608. - Except as provided herein a bid submitted to the City by a Contractor who is not licensed as a
contractor pursuant to the Business and Professions Code shall be considered nonresponsive and
shall be rejected by the City. In all contracts where federal funds are involved, no bid submitted shall
be invalidated by the failure of the bidder to be licensed in accordance with California law. Where
federal funds are involved the contractor shall be properly licensed at the time the contract is
awarded. In all other cases the contractor shall state their license number, expiration date and
classification in the proposal, under penalty of perjury. This invitation to bid does not involve federal
funds. The following classifications are acceptable for this contract: "A', General Engineering.
If the Contractor intends to utilize the escrow agreement included in the contract documents in lieu of
the usual 10% retention from each payment, these documents must be completed and submitted with
the signed contract. The escrow agreement may not be substituted at a later date.
Sets of plans, supplemental provisions, and Contract documents may be obtained at the Cashier's
Counter of the Faraday Center located at 1635 Faraday Avenue, Carlsbad, California 92008-7314, for
a non-refundable fee of $25.00 per set. If plans and specifications are to be mailed, the cost for
postage should be added.
Any prospective bidder who is in doubt as to the intended meaning of any part of the drawings,
specifications or other contract documents, or finds discrepancies in or omissions from the drawings
and specifications may submit to the Engineer a written request for clarification or correction. Any response will be made only by a written addendum duly issued by the Engineer a copy of which will
be mailed or delivered to each person receiving a set of the contract documents. No oral response
will be made to such inquiry.
Prior to the award of the contract, no addition to, modification of or interpretation of any /c
4$ Revised 10/08/03 Contract No. 3809-1 Page 6 of 63 Pages
provision in the contract documents will be given by any agent, employee or contractor of the
City of Carlsbad except as hereinbefore specified. No bidder may rely on directions given by
any agent, employee or contractor of the City of Carlsbad except as hereinbefore specified.
/I
The City of Carlsbad reserves the right to reject any or all bids and to waive any minor irregularity or
informality in such bids.
The general prevailing rate of wages for each craft or type of worker needed to execute the Contract
shall be those as determined by the Director of Industrial Relations pursuant to the sections 1770,
1773, and 1773.1 of the Labor Code. Pursuant to section 1773.2 of the Labor Code, a current copy
of applicable wage rates is on file in the Office of the City Engineer. The Contractor to whom the
Contract is awarded shall not pay less than the said specified prevailing rates of wages to all workers
employed by him or her in the execution of the Contract.
The Prime Contractor shall be responsible for insuring compliance with provisions of section 1777.5
of the Labor Code and section 4100 et seq. of the Public Contracts Code, "Subletting and
Subcontracting Fair Practices Act." The City Engineer is the City's "duly authorized officer" for the
purposes of section 41 07 and 41 07.5.
The provisions of Part 7, Chapter 1, of the Labor Code commencing with section 1720 shall apply to
the Contract for work.
A pre-bid meeting and tour of the project site will not be held.
c All bids are to be computed on the basis of the given estimated quantities of work, as indicated in this
proposal, times the unit price as submitted by the bidder. In case of a discrepancy between words
and figures, the words shall prevail. In case of an error in the extension of a unit price, the corrected
extension shall be calculated and the bids will be computed as indicated above and compared on the
basis of the corrected totals.
All prices must be in ink or typewritten. Changes or corrections may be crossed out and typed or
written in with ink and must be initialed in ink by a person authorized to sign for the Contractor.
Bidders are advised to verify the issuance of all addenda and receipt thereof one day prior to
bidding. Submission of bids without acknowledgment of addenda may be cause of rejection of bid.
The Contractor shall provide bonds to secure faithful performance and warranty of the work in an
amount equal to one hundred percent (100%) of the Contract price on this project. The Contractor
shall provide bonds to secure payment of laborers and materials suppliers, in an amount equal to:
1) One hundred percent (100%) of the total amount payable by the terms of the contract when the total amount payable does not exceed five million dollars ($5,000,000).
2) Fifty percent (50%) of the total amount payable by the terms of the contract when the total amount payable is not less than five million dollars ($5,000,000) and does not exceed ten million dollars
3) Twenty-five percent (25%) of the total amount payable by the terms of the contract if the contract exceeds ten million dollars ($1 0,000,000).
($1 0,000,000).
These bonds shall be kept in full force and effect during the course of this project, and shall extend in
full force and effect and be retained by the City until they are released as stated in the Supplemental
Provisions section of this contract. All bonds are to be placed with a surety insurance carrier admitted
and authorized to transact the business of insurance in California and whose assets exceed their
-
a Revised 10/08/03 Contract No. 3809-1 Page 7 of 63 Pages
liabilities in an amount equal to or in excess of the amount of the bond. The bonds are to be
accompanied by the following documents:
1) An original, or a certified copy, of the unrevoked appointment, power of attorney, by laws, or other instrument entitling or authorizing the person who executed the bond to do so.
2) A certified copy of the certificate of authority of the insurer issued by the insurance commissioner.
/I
If the bid is accepted, the City may require copies of the insurer's most recent annual statement and
quarterly statement filed with the Department of Insurance pursuant to Article 10 (commencing with
section 900) of Chapter 1 of Part 2 of Division 1 of the Insurance Code, within 10 calendar days of the
insurer's receipt of a request to submit the statements.
Insurance is to be placed with insurers that:
1) Have a rating in the most recent Best's Key Rating Guide of at least A-:V
2) Are admitted and authorized to transact the business of insurance in the State of California by the Insurance Commissioner.
Auto policies offered to meet the specification of this contract must:
1) Meet the conditions stated above for all insurance companies.
2) Cover any vehicle used in the performance of the contract, used onsite or offsite, whether owned, non-owned or hired, and whether scheduled or non-scheduled. The auto insurance certificate
must state the coverage is for "any auto" and cannot be limited in any manner.
Workers' compensation insurance required under this contract must be offered by a company
meeting the above standards with the exception that the Best's rating condition is waived. The City
does accept policies issued by the State Compensation Fund meeting the requirement for workers'
compensation insurance.
I
The Contractor shall be required to maintain insurance as specified in the Contract. Any additional
cost of said insurance shall be included in the bid price.
The award of the contract by the City Council is contingent upon the Contractor submitting the
required bonds and insurance, as described in the contract, within twenty days of bid opening. If the
Contractor fails to comply with these requirements, the City may award the contract to the second or
third lowest bidder and the bid security of the lowest bidder may be forfeited.
The prime contractor and all subcontractors are required to have and maintain a valid City of
Carlsbad Business License for the duration of the contract.
Approved by the City Council of the City of Carlsbad, California, by Resolution No. 2003-329, adopted
on the 16'h day of December, 2003.
ISABELLE PAULSEN, CMC
Deputy City Clerk
Publish: January 31, 2004
a Revised 10/08/03 Contract No. 3809-1 Page 8 of 63 Pages
'.
- City of Carlsbad
March 16,2004
ADDENDUM NO. 1
RE CE IVED
MAR 1 8 2004
Filanc Construction
RE: NORTH BATlQUlTOS LIFT STATION IMPROVEMENTS, PACKAGE "A",
CONTRACT NO. 3809-1
Please include the attached addendum in the Notice to Bidder/Request for Bids you
have for the above project.
This addendum-receipt acknowledged-must be attached to your Request for Bid when
your bid is submitted.
Buyer
KD:dli
Attachment
I ACKNOWLEDGE RECEIPT OF ADDENDUM NO. 1
Bidder's Signature
Catherine B. Final Assistant Secretary
?-
1635 Faraday Avenue - Carlsbad, CA 92008-7314 - (760) 602-2430 FAX (760) 602-8553
www.ci.carlsbad.ca.us Business License (760) 602-2495 Utility Billing (760) 602-2420 @ Purchasing (760) 602-2460 - FAX (760) 602-8556 - Bid Line (760) 602-2464
c
From:
CITY OF CARLSBAD
North Batiquitos Lift Station Improvements
Package “A”
Contract No. 3809-1
Addendum No. I
Terry Smith, Project Manager
Phone: (760) 602-2765
Fax: (760) 602-8562
Date: March 16,2004
Bid Opening Date: March 25,2004 4:OO pm
REVISIONS TO BID DOCUMENTS:
The following clarifications and additions shall be made a part of the contract documents
for Contract No. 3809-1.
Add the following under
Section 02145, Part 1,1.03 Job Conditions, A. Available Data:
Existing Force Main
Diameter = 14-inch
Material = PVC
Static Head* = 133 ft.
Length = 1,676 ft.
*(discharge manhole invert elevation - invert elevation of emergency overflow tank)
CITY OF CARLSBAD
.-
e
NORTH BATlQUlTOS LIFT STATION IMPROVEMENTS
PACKAGE “A”
CONTRACT NO. 3809-1
CONTRACTOR’S PROPOSAL
City Council
City of Carlsbad
1200 Carlsbad Village brive
Carlsbad, California 92008
The undersigned declares he/s, ,e has carefully exarl,lied the location of the work, read the Notice
Inviting Bids, examined the Plans, Specifications, Supplemental Provisions and addenda thereto,
and hereby proposes to furnish all labor, materials, equipment, transportation, and services required
to do all the. work to complete Contract No. 3809-1 in accordance with the Plans, Specifications,
Supplemental Provisions and addenda thereto and that he/she will take in full payment therefor the
following unit prices for each item complete, to wit:
Item - No. Description
SCHEDULE “A” LIFT STATION IMPROVEMENTS
Approximate
Quantity Unit
and Unit - Price - Total
A- 1 5 Days $ 4: \ ha/day $ W,1IU
A-2 S $
Dollars (Lump Sum)
Total amount of bid in words for Schedule “A:
U
Total amount of bid in numbers for Schedule “A: $
The basis of award will be the sum of Schedule “A”.
I OPENED, WITNESSED AND RECORDED:
Price@) given above are firm for 90 days after date of bid opening.
@ Revised 10/08/03 Page 9 of 63 Pages Contract No. 3809-1
.- Addendum(a) No(s). t hadhave been received and is/are included in this
- proposal.
The Undersigned has carefully checked all of the above figures and understands that the City will not
be responsible for any error or omission on the part of the Undersigned in preparing this bid.
.-
The Undersigned agrees that in case of default in executing the required Contract with necessary
bonds and insurance policies within twenty (20) days from the date of award of Contract by the City
Council of the City of Carlsbad, the City may admin.istratively authorize award of the contract to the
second or third lowest bidder and the bid security of the lowest bidder may be forfeited.
The Undersigned bidder declares, under penalty of perjury, that the undersigned is licensed to do
business or act in the capacity of a contractor within the State of Cal'fornia, validly licensed under
license number /34 877 , classification A: h which expires on
, and that this statement is true and correct and has the legal effect of an aff idaht. ' q/ 30hS
c
A bid submitted to the City by a Contractor who is not licensed as a contractor pursuant to the
Business and Professions Code shall be considered nonresponsive and shall be rejected by the City 5 7028.1 5(e). In all contracts where federal funds are involved, no bid submitted shall be invalidated
by the failure of the bidder to be licensed in accordance with California law. However, at the time
.the contract is awarded, the contractor shall be properly licensed. Public Contract Code 5 20104.
The Undersigned bidder hereby represents as follows:
- 1. That no Council member, officer agent, or employee of the City of Carlsbad is personally
interested, directly or indirectly, in this Contract, or the compensation to be paid hereunder; that no
representation, oral or in writing, of the City Council, its officers, agents, or employees has inducted
himher to enter into this Contract, excepting only those contained in this form of Contract and the
papers made a part hereof by its terms; and
2. That this bid is made without connection with any person, firm, or corporation making a bid for the
same work, and is in all respects fair and without collusion or fraud.
Accompanying this proposal is 9 (Cash, Certified Check, Bond or
Cashier's Check) for ten percent (1 0%) of the amount bid.
The Undersigned is aware of the provisions of section 3700 of the Labor Code which requires every
employer to be insured against liability for workers' compensation or to undertake self-insurance in
accordance with the provisions of that code, and agrees to comply with such provisions before
commencing the performance of the work of this Contract and continue to comply until the contract is
complete.
c
.I
The Undersigned is aware of the provisions of the Labor Code, Part 7, Chapter 1, Article 2, relative
to the general prevailing rate of wages for each craft or type of worker needed to execute the
Contract and agrees to comply with its provisions.
Revised 10/08/03 Contract No. 3809-1 Page 10 of 63 Pages
License Detail Page 1 of 3
1
License Detail
Contractor License ##
134877
CALIFORNIA CONTRACTORS STKCENSE
BOARD
DISCLAIMER
A license status check provides information taken from the CSLB license
data base. Before relying on this information, you should be aware of the
following limitations:
CSLB complaint disclosure is restricted by law (B&P 7124.6). If this
entity is subject to public complaint disclosure, a link for complaint
disclosure will appear below. Click on the link or button to obtain
complaint and/or legal action information.
Per B&P 7071.1 7, only construction related civil judgments known to
the CSLB are disclosed.
Arbitrations are not listed unless the contractor fails to comply with
the terms of the arbitration.
Due to workload, there may be relevant information that has not yet
been entered onto the Board's license data base.
Extract Date: 03/25/2004
, - c
* * * Business Information * * *
J R FILANC CONSTRUCTION COMPANY INC
461 6 NORTH AVENUE
OCEANSIDE, CA 92056
Business Phone Number: (760) 941 -71 30
Entity: Corporation
Issue Date: la1 5/1952 Expire Date: 09/30/2005
* * * License Status * * *
This license is current and active. All information below should be
reviewed. -_
* * * Classifications * * *
3/25/2004
License Detail
[B IGENERAL BUILDING CONTRACTOR
GENERAL ENGINEERING CONTRACTOR -
Page 2 of 3
lASBl
llclassll Description II
ASBESTOS - (for bidding purposes only)
HAZARDOUS SUBSTANCES REMOVAL
* * * Certifications * * *
(ICertl[ Description 1
* * * Bonding Information * * *
CONTRACTOR'S BOND: This license filed Contractor's Bond number
8969676 in the amount of $10,000 with the bonding company
FIDELITY AND DEPOSIT COMPANY OF MARYLAND.
Effective Date: 01/01/2004
Contractor's Bondina History
c
BOND OF QUALIFYING INDIVIDUAL(1): The Responsible Managing
Officer (RMO) JACK ROBERT FILANC certified that he/she owns 10
percent or more of the voting stocWequity of the corporation. A bond of
qualifying individual is not required.
Effective Date: 01/01/1980
BOND OF QUALIFYING INDIVIDUAL(2): This license filed Bond of
Qualifying Individual number 9712253 for PETER JOHN FILANC in the
amount of $7,500 with the bonding company
FIDELITY AND DEPOSIT COMPANY OF MARYLAND. Effective Date: 01/01/1994
BQl's Bondina History
* * * Workers Compensation Information * * *
This license has workers compensation insurance with the
ST PAUL FIRE AND MARINE INSURANCE COMPANY
Policy Number: WVK5100131 Effective Date: 01/01/2004 Expire Date:
01 /O 1 /2 005
*_
http://www2.cslb.ca.gov/CSLB_LIBRARY/License+Detail.asp 3/25/2004
License Detail
Workers Compensation History
Personnel List
License Number Contractor Name Personnel Name
Request Request Request
Salesperson Request Re
0 2003 State of California. Conditions of Use Privacy Policy
Page 3 of 3
3/25/2004
Personnel List Page 1 of 2
--
Personnel List CALIFORNIA CONTRACTORS STATE LICENSE
BOARD
Contractor License #
134877
Click on the person's name to see a more detailed page of information on that person.
Name Association Disassociation Class More Title Date Date Class
12/15/1952 JACK ROBERT RMO/CH
FILANC
MARK
EDWARD S/T 08/26/1987
FILANC
RMO/P 04/23/1982 I PETER JOHN
FILANC
09/07/1999 GABRIEL VICE
MORENO RICO PRESIDENT
08/26/1987 08/15/1991 VICE
PRESIDENT
JANE
ELEANOR
FILANC
ROBERT H
BUTLER 12/15/1952 04/23/1982
12/15/1952 04/23/1982
12/15/1952 08/26/1987
BERNARD E VICE
DAXON PRESIDENT
DEAN T VICE
WEARDA PRESIDENT
CATHERINE TREASURER 09/07/1999 BETH FINAL
License Number Contractor Name Personnel Name
Request Request Request
Sa les De rson Name
Re Salesperson Request
A More
B More
http://www2.cslb.ca.gov/CSLB~LIBRARY/Personnel+List.asp?LicNum= 134877 3/25/2004
Personnel List
Q 2003 State of California. Conditions of Use Privacy Policy
http://www2.cslb.ca.gov/CSLB~LIBRARY/Personnel+List.asp?LicNum= 134877
Page 2 of 2
3/25/2004
IF A SOLE OWNER OR SOLE CONTRACTOR SIGN HERE:
(1) Name under which business is conducted
(2) Signature (given and surname) of proprietor
I
(3) Place of Business
(Street and Number) --
City and State
(4) Zip Code Telephone No.
IF A PARTNERSHIP, SIGN HERE:
(1) Name under which business is conducted
(2) Signature (given and surname and character of partner) (Note: Signature must be made by a
general partner) c
(3) Place of Business
(Street and Number)
City and State
(4) Zip Code Telephone No.
IF A CORPORATION, SIGN HERE:
(1) Name under which business is conducted
J,R, FltANC CONSTRUCTION COMPANY, 1NC.
. (Signatu re)
Catherine B. Final t SecretarV
(Title)
. Impress Corporate Seal here
Q Revised 10/08/03 Contract No. 3809-1 Page 11 of 63 Pages
- - CALIFORNIA ALL-PURPOSE ACKNOWLEDGMENT
State of California ’I
ofoc%i LA/ 1 c: , Name and dof Officer (e g , ”Jane Doe, Notary 6iblic”) On 7V\accd, 25 aooq before me, G/e.n&~f)‘?. &pr,&z d
personally appeared ca-+ke < ;ne
Date 63. F\vla\
Name(s) of Signer@)
ersonally known to me F proved to me on the basis of satisfactory
evidence
to be the person(s) whose name(s) islare
subscribed to the within instrument and
acknowledged to me that he/she/they executed
the same in his/her/their authorized
San Dirgo County capacity(ies), and that by his/her/their otary Public - California
signature(s) on the instrument the person(s), or
the entity upon behalf of which the person(s)
acted. executed the instrument.
IT ESS my hand and offi al se CY fi /-~. n FibL
Signature of Notary Pub
OPTIONAL
Though the information below is not required by law, it may prove valuable to persons relying on the document and could prevent fraudulent removal and reattachment of this form to another document.
Description of Attached Document
Title or Type of Document:
Document Date: Number of Pages:
Signer(s) Other Than Named Above:
Capacity(ies) Claimed by Signer
Signer’s Name:
0 Individual
Corporate Officer - Title(s):
0 Partner - 0 Limited 0 General
0 Attorney-in-Fact
0 Trustee
0 Guardian or Conservator
0 Other:
Signer Is Representing: u
0 1999 National Notary Association - 9350 De Sot0 Aue.. P.0 Box 2402 - Chatsworth, CA91313-2402 - www.nationalnotary.org Prod. No. 5907 Reorder: Call Toll-Free 1-800-876-6827
-
_I (3) Incorporated under the laws of the State of
(4) Place of Business Ql -
City and State om5\ kl b . CR ..,-
- p35b Telephone No. -7130 (5) Zip Code
NOTARIAL ACKNOWLEDGMENT OF EXECUTION BY ALL SIGNATORIES MUST BE ATT'ACHED
List below names of president, vice president, secretary and assistant secretary, if a corporation; if a - partnership, list names of all general partners, and
Revised 10/08/03
Contract No. 3809-1
--
BID SECURITY FORM
(Check to Accompany Bid)
.-
I
..
NORTH BATlQUlTOS LIFT STATION IMPROVEMENTS
PACKAGE “A”
CONTRACT NO. 3809-1
(NOTE: The following form shall be used if check accompanies bid.)
Accompanying this proposal is a *Certified *Cashiers check payable to the order of CITY OF
CARLSBAD, in the sum of
dollars ($ )I this amount being ten percent (10%) of the total amount of the bid. The proceeds of this check shall
become the property of the City provided this proposal shall be accepted by the City through action of
its legally constituted contracting authorities and the undersigned shall fail to execute a contract and
furnish the required Performance, Warranty and Payment Bonds and proof of insurance coverage
within the stipulated time; otherwise, the check shall be returned to the undersigned. The proceeds of
this check shall also become the property of the City if the undersigned shall withdraw his or her bid
within the period of fifteen (15) days after the date set for the opening thereof, unless otherwise
required by law, and notwithstanding the award of the contract to another bidder. _.
*Delete the inapplicable word.
BIDDER
(NOTE: If the Bidder desires to use a bond instead of check, the Bid Bond form on the following pages shall be executed-the sum of this bond shall be not less than ten percent (1 0%) of the total amount of the bid.)
@ Revised 10/08/03 Contract No. 3809-1 Page 13 of 63 Pages
BIDDER’S BOND TO ACCOMPANY PROPOSAL
NORTH BATIQUITOS LIFT STATION IMPROVEMENTS
PACKAGE “A”
CONTRACT NO. 3809-1
KNOW ALL PERSONS BY THESE PRESENTS:
.-
A
c
c
x.
A
^, -
FIDELITY AND DEPOSIT That we, J . R. F I LANC CONSTRUCT I ON COMPANY, I NC. , as Principal, and COMPANY OF MARY LAND 9 as Surety are held and firmly bound unto the City of Carlsbad, California, in an amount as follows:
(must be at least ten percent (10%) of the bid amount) mFWcEMff TOTALBID (IBWBID) for which
payment, well and truly made, we bind ourselves, our heirs, executors and administrators,
successors or assigns, jointly and severally, firmly by these presents.
THE CONDITION OF THE FOREGOING OBLIGATION IS SUCH that if the proposal of the above-
bounden Principal for:
NORTH BATIQUITOS LIFT STATION IMPROVEMENTS
PACKAGE “A”
CONTRACT NO. 3809-1
in the City of Carlsbad, is accepted by the City Council, and if the Principal shall duly enter into and
execute a Contract including required bonds and insurance policies within twenty (20) days from the
date of award of Contract by the City Council of the City of Carlsbad, being duly notified of said
award, then this obligation shall become null and void; otherwise, it shall be and remain in full force
and effect, and the amount specified herein shall be forfeited to the said City.
... . , .’ ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... *.. *..
Revised 10/08/03 Contract No. 3809-1 Page 14 of 63 Pages
In the event Principal executed this bond as an individual, it is agreed that the death of Principal shall
not exonerate the Surety from its obligations under this bond. -
- Executed by PRINCIPAL this I Sry day of MARCH ,2004 .
PRINCIPAL:
Executed by SURETY this 18TH day of MARCH ,2004.
SURETY:
J.R. FILANC CONSTRUCTION COMPANY, INC. _-
Catherine B. Final
.-
c
\I
(print name here) FIDELITY AND DEPOSIT COMPANY OF MARYLAND
name of Surety
GLENDALE, CA 91203
(address of Surety)
I 01 NORTH BRAND A LVD. SUITE PENTHOUSE (TitlqnK:n of Signatory)
By:
sign her ) 3 L-7E;L- 1. h,,,
(print name here) rg
(title and organization of signatory)
JWWd-l
(printed name of Attorney-in-Fact)
(Attach corporate resolution showing current power of attorney.)
r-
(Proper notarial acknowledgment of execution by PRINCIPAL and SURETY must be attached.)
(President or vice-president and secretary or assistant secretary must sign for corporations. If only
one officer signs, the corporation must attach a resolution certified by the secretary or assistant
secretary under corporate seal empowering that officer to bind the corporation.)
APPROVED AS TO FORM:
RONALD R. BALL
c City Attorney
CI
By:
Deputy City Attorney * \
c
a Revised 10/08/03 Contract No. 3809-1 Page 15 of 63 Pages
c
State of California )
County of San Dieno )
On March 18, 2004 before me, Tara Bacon, Notary Public, personally
appeared Jack G. Lupien, personally known to me to be the person whose
name is subscribed to the within instrument and acknowledged to me that he
executed the same in his authorized capacity, and that by his signature on the
instrument the person(s), or the entity upon behalf of which the person acted,
executed the instrument.
c
-
WITNESS my hand and official seal.
c
c
c
Power of Attorney
FIDELITY AND DEPOSIT COMPANY OF MARYLAND
KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS: That the FIDELITY AND DEPOSIT COMPANY OF MARYLAND, a
corporation of the State of Maryland, by PAUL C. ROGERS, Vice President, and T. E. SMITH, Assistant Secretary, in
pursuance of authority granted by Article VI, Section 2, of the B
side hereof and are hereby certified to be in full force and effect
appoint Jack G. LUPIEN, of San Diego, California, its tru
of such bonds or undertakings i
all intents and purposes, as if th
Company at its offi
lack G. LUPIEN,
The said Assistan
Section 2, of the B
IN WITNESS
affixed the Corporate Seal of the said FIDELITY AND DEPOSIT COMPANY OF MARYLAND, this 17th day of March,
A.D. 2003.
forth on the reverse
make, execute, seal
s and the execution
e extract set forth on the reverse side hereof is a true copy of Article VI,
ATTEST: FIDELITY AND DEPOSIT COMPANY OF MARYLAND
T. E. Smith Assistant Secretary Paul C. Rogers Vice President
State of Maryland ss:
On this 17th day of March, A.D. 2003, before the subscriber, a Notary Public of the State of Maryland, duly
commissioned and qualified, came PAUL C. ROGERS, Vice President, and T. E. SMITH, Assistant Secretary of the
FIDELITY AND DEPOSIT COMPANY OF MARYLAND, to me personally known to be the individuals and officers
described in and who executed the preceding instrument, and they each acknowledged the execution of the same, and being
by me duly sworn, severally and each for himself deposeth and saith, that they are the said officers of the Company aforesaid,
and that the seal affixed to the preceding instrument is the Corporate Seal of said Company, and that the said Corporate Seal
and their signatures as such officers were duly affixed and subscribed to the said instrument by the authority and direction of
the said Corporation.
IN TESTIMONY WHEREOF, I have hereunto set my hand and affixed my Official Seal the day and year first above
written.
City of Baltimore 1
Sandra Lynn Mooney Notary Public
My Commission Expires: January 1,2004
POA-F 012-9244C
- EXTRACT FROM BY-LAWS OF FIDELITY AND DEPOSIT COMPANY OF MARYLAND -
- “Article VI, Section 2. The Chairman of the Board, or the President, or any Executive Vice-President, or any of the Senior
Vice-Presidents or Vice-presidents specially authorized so to do by the Board of Directors or by the Executive Committee,
shall have power, by and with the concurrence of the Secretary or any one of the Assistant Secretaries, to appoint Resident
Vice-Presidents, Assistant Vice-Presidents and Attorneys-in-Fact as the business of the Company may require, or to
authorize any person or persons to execute on behalf of the Company any bonds, undertaking, recognizances, stipulations,
policies, contracts, agreements, deeds, and releases and assignments of judgements, decrees, mortgages and instruments in
the nature of mortgages, ... and to affix the seal of the Company thereto.”
--
CERTIFICATE
I, the undersigned, Assistant Secretary of the FIDELITY AND DEPOSIT COMPANY OF MARYLAND, do hereby certify
that the foregoing Power of Attorney is still in full force and effect on the date of this certificate; and I do further certify that
the Vice-President who executed the said Power of Attorney was one of the additional Vice-presidents specially authorized
by the Board of Directors to appoint any Attorney-in-Fact as provided in Article VI, Section 2, of the By-Laws of the
FIDELITY AND DEPOSIT COMPANY OF MARYLAND.
This Power of Attorney and Certificate may be signed by facsimile under and by authority of the following resolution of the
Board of Directors of the FIDELITY AND DEPOSIT COMPANY OF MARYLAND at a meeting duly called and held on
the 10th day of May, 1990.
reproduced signature of any Vice-president, Secretary, or Assistant Secretary of the Company, whether made heretofore or
hereafter, wherever appearing upon a certified copy of any power of attorney issued by the Company, shall be valid and
--
-
RESOLVED “That the facsimile or mechanically reproduced seal of the company and facsimile or mechanically -
binding upon the Company with the same force and effect as though manually affixed.” -
IN TESTIMONY WHEREOF, I have hereunto subscribed my name and affixed the corporate seal of the said Company,
this 18TH day of MARCH , 2004 -
-
-
BOND NO. N/A
c
ZURICH
THIS IMPORTANT DISCLOSURE NOTICE IS PART OF YOUR BOND
c
Fidelity and Deposit Company of Maryland, Colonial American Casualty and Surety Company, Zurich American
Insurance Company, and American Guarantee and Liability Insurance Company are making the following
informational disclosures in compliance with The Terrorism Risk Insurance Act of 2002. No action is required on your
Part.
Disclosure of Terrorism Premium
c The premium charge for risk of loss resulting from acts of terrorism (as defined in the Act) under this bond is
$ waived This amount is reflected in the total premium for this bond.
Disclosure of Availabilitv of Coverage for Terrorism Losses
As required by the Terrorism Risk Insurance Act of 2002, we have made available to you coverage for losses resulting
from acts of terrorism (as defined in the Act) with terms, amounts, and limitations that do not differ materially as those
for losses arising from events other than acts of terrorism.
-
- Disclosure of Federal Share of Insurance ComDanv's Terrorism Losses
- The Terrorism Risk Insurance Act of 2002 establishes a mechanism by which the United States government will share
in insurance company losses resulting from acts of terrorism (as defined in the Act) after a insurance company has paid
losses in excess of an annual aggregate deductible. For 2002, the insurance company deductible is I% of direct earned
premium in the prior year; for 2003,7% of direct earned premium in the prior year; for 2004, 1 0% of direct earned
premium in the prior year; and for 2005, 15% of direct earned premium in the prior year. The federal share of an
insurance company's losses above its deductible is 90%. In the event the United States government participates in
losses, the United States government may direct insurance companies to collect a terrorism surcharge from
policyholders. The Act does not currently provide for insurance industry or United States government participation in
terrorism losses that exceed $1 00 billion in any one calendar year.
Definition of Act of Terrorism
The Terrorism Risk Insurance Act defines "act of terrorism" as any act that is certified by the Secretary of the Treasury,
in concurrence with the Secretary of State and the Attorney General of the United States:
1. to be an act of terrorism;
2. to be a violent act or an act that is dangerous to human life, property or infrastructure;
3. to have resulted in damage within the United States, or outside of the United States in the case of an air carrier
(as defined in section 40102 of title 49, United 17 States Code) or a United States flag vessel (or a vessel based
principally in the United States, on which United States income tax is paid and whose insurance coverage is
subject to regulation in the United States), or the premises of a United States mission; and
interest as part of an effort to coerce the civilian population of the United States or to influence the policy or
affect the conduct of the United States Government by coercion.
4. to have been committed by an individual or individuals acting on behalf of any foreign person or foreign
But, no act shall be certified by the Secretary as an act of terrorism if the act is committed as part of the course of a war
declared by Congress (except for workers' compensation) or property and casualty insurance losses resulting from the
act, in the aggregate, do not exceed $5,000,000.
- -
- These disclosures are informational only and do not modify your bond or affect your rights under the bond.
Copyright Zurich American Insurance Company 2003
CALIFORNIA ALL-PURPOSE ACKNOWLEDGMENT
State of California I
On C4 Cck aq : 200 L( before me, G
Name and Title + of nicer (e g , ‘Jane &, Notary Publc” Date
personally appeared Cu& e C 1’- t (3 I !=t A cc\ & PPek C 5. f= ; \an L I??
Name($ of Signer(s)
mrsonally known to me
0 proved to me on the basis of satisfactory
evidence
to be the person(s) whose name(s) is/are
subscribed to the within instrument and
acknowledged to me that he/she/they executed
the same in his/her/their authorized
capacity(ies), and that by his/her/their
signature(s) on the instrument the person(s), or
the entity upon behalf of which the person(s)
acted, executed the instrument.
Commission #1289513
- Signature of Notary Public \
Though the information below is not required by law, it may prove valuable to persons relying on the document and could prevent
fraudulent removal and reaftachment of this form to another document.
Description of Attached Document
Title or Type of Document:
Document Date: Number of Pages:
Signer(s) Other Than Named Above:
Capacity(ies) Claimed by Signer
Signer’s Name:
0 Individual
0 Corporate Officer - Title(s): 0 Partner - 0 Limited 0 General
0 Attorney-in-Fact
0 Trustee
0 Guardian or Conservator
0 Other:
Signer Is Representing:
0 1999 National Notafy Association 9350 De Soto Ave., P.O. Box 2402 * Chatsvmrth. CA 91 31 3-2402 * w.nationalnotary.org Prcd. No. 5907 Reorder: Call Toll-Free 1-800-876-6827
Company Profile - Page 1 of 2
Company Profile
FIDELITY AND DEPOSIT COMPANY
OF MARYLAND
1400 AMERICAN LANE, 19TH FLOOR TOWER 1
SCHUAMBURG, IL 60196-1056
800-382-2150
Agent for Service of Process
ANDREW K. PLATT, C/O ZURICH NORTH AMERICA 801 N. BRAND BLVD.,
13TH FLOOR GLENDALE, CA 91203
Unable to Locate the Agent for Service of Process?
Reference Information
NAIC #: 39306
California Company ID # 2479-4
NAIC Group #: 0212
Date authorized in
California:
License Status:
January 01,1982
UNLIMITED-
NORMAL
Company Type: Property & Casualty
State of Domicile: MARYLAND
Lines of Insurance Authorized to Transact
The company is authorized to transact business within these lines of insurance. For an
explanation of any of these terms, please refer to the glossary.
AIRCRAFT
AUTOMOBILE
BOILER AND MACHINERY
http://cdinswww.insurance.ca.gov/pls/wu_co~prof/idb_co_prof~utl.get_co_prof?p~EZD=62 ... 3/25/2004
Company Profile
c
BURGLARY
CREDIT
FIRE
LIABILITY
MARINE
MISCELLANEOUS
PLATE GLASS
SPRINKLER
SURETY
TEAM AND VEHICLE
WORKERS' COMPENSATION
Page 2 of 2
Company Complaint Information
Company Enforcement Action Documents
Company Performance & Comparison Data
Composite Complaint Studies
Want More?
Help Me Find a Company Representative in My Area
Financial Rating Organizations
Last Revised - February 18,2004 03:13 PM
Copyright 0 California Department of Insurance
Disclaimer
GUIDE FOR COMPLETING
THE “DESIGNATION OF SUBCONTRACTORS” FORM
REFERENCES Prior to preparation of the following Subcontractor disclosure form Bidders are urged
to review the definitions in section 1-2 of the SSPWC (“Greenbook”) and in the Supplemental
Provisions to this Contract, especially, “Bid”, “Bidder”, “Contract”, “Contractor“, “Contract Price”,
“Contract Unit Price”, “Engineer”, ‘Subcontractor” and “Work and the definitions in section 1-2 of the
Supplemental Provisions especially “Own Organization.” Bidders are further urged to review sections
2-3 SUBCONTRACTS of the Greenbook and section 2-3.1 of these Supplemental Provisions.
CAUTIONS This form will be used by the Agency to determine the percentage of work that the
Bidder proposes to perform. Bidders are cautioned that failure to provide complete and correct
information may result in rejection of the bid as non-responsive. Any bid that proposes performance
of more than 50 percent of the work by subcontractors or otherwise to be preformed by forces other
than the Bidder’s own organization will be rejected as non-responsive. Specialty items of work that
may be so designated by the Engineer on the ‘Contractor’s Proposal” are not included in computing
the percentage of work proposed to be performed by the Bidder.
INSTRUCTIONS The Bidder shall set forth the name and location of business of each and every
subcontractor whom the Bidder proposes to perform work or labor or render service in or about the
work or improvement, and every subcontractor licensed as a contractor by the State of California
whom the Bidder proposes to specially fabricate and install any portion of the work or improvement
according to detailed drawings contained in the plans and specifications in excess of one-half of one
percent (0.5%) of the Bidder’s total bid or, in the case of bids or offers for the construction of streets
and highways, including bridges, in excess of one-half of one percent (0.5%) or ten thousand dollars
($1 0,000) whichever is greater. Said name(s) and location(s) of business of subcontractor(s) shall be
set forth and included as an integral part of the bid offer.
I
The Designation of Subcontractors form must be submitted as a part of the Bidder’s sealed bid.
Failure to provide complete and correct information may result in reiection of the bid as non-
responsive.
Suppliers of materials from sources outside the limits of work are not subcontractors. The value of
materials and transport of materials from sources outside the limits of work, as shown on the plans,
shall be assigned to the Contractor or the Subcontractor as the case may be, that the Bidder
proposes as installer of said materials. The value of material incorporated in any Subcontractor-
installed bid item that is supplied by the Bidder shall be included as a part of the work that the Bidder
proposes to be performed by the Subcontractor installing said item.
When a Subcontractor has a Carlsbad business license, the number must be entered on the proper
form. If the Subcontractor does not have a valid business license, enter “NONE in the appropriate
space.
When the Bidder proposes using a Subcontractor to construct or install less than 100 percent of a
bid item, the Bidder shall attach an explanation sheet to the Designation of Subcontractor form. The explanation sheet shall clearly apprise the City of the specific facts that show the Bidder proposes to
perform no less than fifty percent (50%) of the work with its own forces.
Revised 10/08/03 Contract No. 3809-1 Page 16 of 63 Pages
Determination of the subcontract amounts for purposes of award of the contract shall be determined
by the City Council in conformance with the provisions of the contract documents and the
Supplemental Provisions. The decision of the City Council shall be final.
Contractor is prohibited from performing any work on this project with a subcontractor who is
ineligible to perform work on a public works project pursuant to Labor Code Sections 1771.1 or
1777.7.
Bidders shall make any additional copies of the disclosure forms as may be necessary to provide the
required information. The page number and total number of additional form pages shall be entered in the location provided on each type of form so duplicated.
Revised 10/08/03 Contract No. 3809-1 Page 17 of 63 Pages
DESIGNATION OF SUBCONTRACTOR AND
AMOUNT OF SUBCONTRACTOR'S BID ITEMS
NORTH BATIQUITOS LIFT STATION IMPROVEMENTS
PACKAGE "A"
CONTRACT NO. 3809-1
The Bidder certifies that it has used the sub-bid of the following listed subcontractors in preparing this bid for the Work and that the listed subcontractors will be used to perform the portions of the Work as designated in this list in accordance with applicable provisions of the specifications and section 4100 et seq. of the Public Contract Code, "Subletting and Subcontracting Fair Practices Act." The Bidder further certifies that no additional subcontractor will be allowed to perform any portion of the Work in excess of one-half of one percent (0.5%) of the Bidder's total bid, or in the case of bids or offers for construction of streets and highways, including bridges, in excess of one-half of one percent (0.5%) or ten thousand dollars ($10,000), whichever is greater, and that no changes in the subcontractors listed work will be made except upon the prior approval of the Agency.
_-
- Subcontractor's License No.*
Page of pages of this Subcontractor Designation form
-
I * Pursuant to section 4104 (a)(2)(A) California Public Contract Code, receipt of the information preceded by an asterisk may be submitted
by the Bidder up to 24 hours after the deadline for submitting bids contained in the "Notice Inviting Bids."
.-
Revised 10/08/03
A
Contract No. 3809-1 Page 18 of 63 Pages
BIDDER'S STATEMENT OF FINANCIAL RESPONSIBILITY
(To Accompany Proposal)
NORTH BATlQUlTOS LIFT STATION IMPROVEMENTS
PACKAGE "A"
CONTRACT NO. 3809-1
Copies of the latest Annual Report, audited financial statements or Balance Sheets may be
submitted under separate cover marked CONFIDENTIAL. -
r
,-
Revised 10/08/03 Contract No. 3809-1 Page 19 of 63 Pages
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
rc- J.R. Filanc Construction Company, Inc.
Balance Sheet
December 31,2003 I
Assets
Current Assets
Cash and cash equivalents $11,585,255
Contracts receivable 5,359,939
8,115,920 Retention receivable in escrows
Accounts receivable from officers and employees 28,41 I
Revenues in excess of billings on uncompleted general engineering contracts 47,406
251,250 Other current assets
Total current assets 25,388,181
Noncurrent Assets
Equipment and leasehold improvements
Note receivable from related company
Cash surrender value of officers' life insurance
3,027,504
196,867
287,612
Total noncurrent assets 3,511,983
$28.900.1 64
F Liabilities and Stockholders' Equity
Current Liabilities Accounts payable $ 9,404,139
Accrued liabilities 849,692
Billings in excess of revenues from uncompleted general engineering contracts 8,368,842
152,628 Current portion of other long-term debt
Total current liabilities 18,775,301
Noncurrent Liabilities
Notes payable to stockholders
Other long-term debt
850,000
31 2,635
1 ; 162,635 Total noncurrent liabilities
Commitments and Contingencies
Stockholders' Equity
Common stock, no par value, 100,000 shares authorized, 53,910 shares issued and outstanding 5,391
Additional paid-in capital I ,62431 3
Retained earnings 7,332,324
Total stockholders' equity -
See notes to balance sheet
8,962,228
$28.900.164
I 2
BIDDER'S STATEMENT OF
TECHNICAL ABILITY AND EXPERIENCE
(To Accompany Proposal)
NORTH BATlQUlTOS LIFT STATION IMPROVEMENTS
PACKAGE "A"
CONTRACT NO. 3809-1
The Bidder is required to state what work of a similar character to that included in the proposed
Contract he/she has successfully performed and give references, with telephone numbers, which will
enable the City to judge hidher responsibility, experience and skill. An attachment can be used.
Revised 10/08/03 Contract No. 3809-1 Page 20 of 63 Pages
ao,z*t .a* y4 0
J.R. FlluK:
con-
Company, Inc.
461 6 North Avo.
Ocaanakk
Calltomla
92056
(760) 941-7130
FAX (760) 941.3969
Llcarsa No. 134877
HUNC Repair 8 Maintenance Division
J.R. Filanc Construction Company, Inc. is a General Contractor and has a
California class A, B, ASB, HAZ, license # 134877 that expires 9/30/05. It
has 52 years of experience in the Wastewater and Water Treatment
Construction Industry.
The following is a list of individuals that will be assigned to this project:
David Kiess, Director of Repair and Maintenance Division with 20 years
of construction experience.
Thaddeus Gardner, Project Estimator for Repair and Maintenance with 15
years of construction experience.
Kevin Colvell, Superintendent with 26 years of construction experience.
+P mkdoing the right thing
c HUNC
c
c
c
c
c
c
/c c
c
J.R. Filurc
Con.tructlon
Company, Inc.
461 6 Norih Avo.
OcMnaida
Calltornla
92056
(760) 941-7130
FAX (760) 941-3969
L~M No. 134871
Repair & Maintenance Division
Recent Projects Completed
Project: Leucadia County Water District
Description: Pump Station
Name: Denis Pollak (former Capital Proj. Manager)
Phone Number: (858) 695-9225 ext. 214
Amount: $ 512,874
Annual Maintenance Contract - City of Brawley
Description: Maintain all equipment and pumps for a water treatment plant
Name: Manuel Aceves
Phone Number: (760) 344-5800 ext. 19
Amount: $40,7 10 per year
Project: Diana & Avocado Pump Stations
Description: Removal of existing pumping equipment and installation of new
pumping equipment
Name: Denis Pollak
Phone Number: (760) 753-0155
Amount: $185,500
Project: Improvements to the Shadowridge Water Reclamation Plant
Description: Modifications to the flow splitter box, installing load cells on the
rotating biological contactors and improvement of the bulk liquid polymer feed
system
Name: Lorren Etienne
Phone Number: (760) 438-3941
Amount: $276,200
c
Project: Whispering Palms Sludge Dewatering Facilities
Description: Construct new sludge dewatering building at existing water reclamation
plant including concrete masonry block building, installation of Owner supplied
centrifuge, piping, two new sludge transfer pumps, electrical work, and
earthwork
Name: John Pastore
Phone Number: (760) 942-5 147
Amount: $271,700
+"htpkdoing the right thing
- BIDDER'S CERTIFICATE OF INSURANCE FOR
GENERAL LIABILITY, EM PLOY ERS' LIABILITY, AUTOMOTIVE
LIABI LlTY AND WORKERS' COMPENSATION
(To Accompany Proposal)
NORTH BATlQUlTOS LIFT STATION IMPROVEMENTS
PACKAGE "A" -
CONTRACT NO. 3809-1
L
As a required part of the Bidder's proposal the Bidder must attach either of the following to this page.
1) Certificates of insurance showing conformance with the requirements herein for each of:
Comprehensive General Liability
L Automobile Liability
*- Workers Compensation
Employer's Liability
- 2) Statement with an insurance carrier's notarized signature stating that the carrier can, and upon payment of fees and/or premiums by the Bidder, will issue to the Bidder Policies of insurance for
Comprehensive General Liability, Automobile Liability, Workers Compensation and Employer's
Liability in conformance with the requirements herein and Certificates of insurance to the Agency
showing conformance with the requirements herein.
All certificates of insurance and statements of willingness to issue insurance for auto policies offered
to meet the specification of this contract must:
1) Meet the conditions stated in The Notice Inviting Bids, the Standard Specifications for Public Works Construction and the Supplemental Provisions for this project for each insurance
company that the Contractor proposes.
2) Cover any vehicle used in the performance of the contract, used onsite or offsite, whether owned, non-owned or hired, and whether scheduled or non-scheduled. The auto insurance certificate
must state the coverage is for "any auto" and cannot be limited in any manner.
e Revised 10/08/03 Contract No. 3809-1 Page 21 of 63 Pages
CERTIFICATE OF LIABILITY INSURANCE
619 231-1010
INSURED
J.R. Filanc Construction Co.,lnc.
4616 North Avenue
Oceanside, CA 92056
DATE (MMlDDmrv)
03/23/04
INSURER 6:
4hn Burnham Insurance Svcs I1 . Lic 0099753 I750 B St, #2400 I San Diego, CA 92101
:OVERAGES
THE POLICIES OF INSURANCE LISTED BELOW HAVE BEEN ISSUED TO THE INSURED NAMED ABOVE FOR THE POLICY PERIOD INDICATED. NOTWITHSTANDING
ANY REQUIREMENT, TERM OR CONDITION OF ANY CONTRACT OR OTHER DOCUMENT WITH RESPECT TO WHICH THIS CERTIFICATE MAY BE ISSUED OR MAY PERTAIN, THE INSURANCE AFFORDED BY THE POLICIES DESCRIBED HEREIN IS SUBJECT TO ALL THE TERMS, EXCLUSIONS AND CONDITIONS OF SUCH POLICIES. AGGREGATE LIMITS SHOWN MAY HAVE BEEN REDUCED BY PAID CLAIMS.
THIS CERTIFICATE IS ISSUED AS A MATTER OF INFORMATION ONLY AND CONFERS NO RIGHTS UPON THE CERTIFICATE
HOLDER. THIS CERTIFICATE DOES NOT AMEND, EXTEND OR ALTER THE COVERAGE AFFORDED BY THE POLICIES BELOW.
CLAIMS MADE OCCUR
GENL AGGREGATE LIMIT APPLIES PER: 1 rn gg n LOC
- AUTOMOBILE LIABILITY KKO6I 001 53 x ANYAUTO -
ALL OWNED AUTOS
SCHEDULED AUTOS
-
- x HIREDAUTOS x NON-OWNED AUTOS
Ill I
EXCESSlUMBRELLA LIABILITY
OCCUR CLAIMSMADE
KKO6I 001 53
IH I
DEDUCTIBLE
RETENTION $10000
WORKERS COMPENSATION AND
EMPLOYERS LIABILITY
ANY PROPRIETOWPARTNEWEXECUTIVE OFFICERIMEMBER EXCLUDED?
If yes. describe under SPECIAL PROVISIONS below
OTHER
GARAGE LIABILITY Ik ANY AUTO
WVK6100131 01 10 1 IO5
$ x WCSTATU- OTK
E.L. EACH ACCIDENT
E.L. DISEASE - EA EMPLOYEE $1,000,000
E.L. DISEASE - POLICY LIMIT $1 ,000~000
TORY LIMITS $1,000,000
POLICY EFFECTIVE DATE (MM/DDMY)
01/01 IO4
01 101 104
01/01 104
0 1/01 104
LIMITS POLICY EXPIRATION DATE (MMIDDMY)
01 101 IO5 EACHOCCURRENCE I ~1,000,000
01 10 I IO5 COMBINED SINGLE LIMIT (Ea accident)
BODILY INJURY (Per person)
BODILY INJURY (Per accident)
PROPERTY DAMAGE (Per accident)
AUTO ONLY - EAACCIDENT
AUTO ONLY:
01/01/05 EACH OCCURRENCE
AGGREGATE
I I
RE: North Batiquitos Lift Station Improvements Package "A", Contract No.
3809-1 ,The City of Carlsbad,its Officials, employees or volunteers named
as Addl lnsd as respects to operations of Named Insd. Cov is Primary 8 Non
Contributory.Waiver of subrogation applies(GUWC) Per Proj Aggregate
SHOULD ANY OF THE ABOVE DESCRIBED POLICIES BE CANCELLED BEFORE THE EXPIRATIO
DATE THEREOF, THE ISSUING
NOTICE TO THE CERTIFICATE
CITY OF CARLSBAD
1635 Faraday Avenue
-. Carlsbad, CA 92008-7314
- ACORD 25 (2001/08) 1 of 2 #MI3136
POLICY NUMBER: KK06100153 COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY
THIS ENDORSEMENT CHANGES THE POLICY. PLEASE READ IT CAREFULLY.
ADDITIONAL INSURED - OWNERS, LESSEES or
CONTRACTORS (FORM B)
This endorsement modifies insurance provided under the following:
COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY COVERAGE PART
SCHEDULE
Name of Person or Organization:
CITY OF CARLSBAD
1635 Faraday Avenue Carlsbad, CA 92008-7314
(If no entry appears above, information required to complete this endorsement will be shown in the Declarations
as applicable to this endorsement.)
WHO IS AN INSURED (Section II) is amended to include as an insured the person or organization shown in the
Schedule, but only with respect to liability arising out of "your work" for that insured by or for you.
.LE: North Batiquitos Lift Station Improvements Package "Af1, Contract No. 3809-1 .... The City of Carlsbad,its Officials, employees or
volunteers named as Add1 Insd as respects to operations of Named Insd.
PRIMARY INSURANCE: IT IS UNDERSTOOD AND AGREED THAT THIS INSURANCE IS PRIMARY
AND ANY OTHER INSURANCE MAINTAINED BY THE ADDITIONAL INSURED SHALL BE EXCESS ONLY AND NOT CONTRIBUTING WITH THIS
INSURANCE.
LIMITS OF INSURANCE IT IS AGREED THAT ENDORSEMENT NO. CG2503 AMENDMENT
AGGREGATE LIMITS OF INSURANCE [PER PROJECT] IS ADDED FOR THIS PROJECT.
AS RESPECTS LIABILITY, IT IS AGREED THAT ALL RIGHT OF
SUBROGATION IS HEREBY WAIVED UNDER SUCH INSURANCE POLICY AS RESPECTS THE ADDITIONAL INSUREDS AS IDENTIFIED IN THIS
ENDORSEMENT.
CG 20 10 11 85
WC 04 03 06 (E,d. 4-84)
WAIVER OF OUR RIGHT TO RECOVER FROM OTHERS ENDORSEMENT- CALIFORNIA
This endorsement changes the policy to which it is attached and is effective on the date issued unless otherwise stated. -
(The following "attaching clause" need be completed only when this endorsement is issued subsequent to preparation of the policy.) - This endorsement, effective on 01/01/04 at 12:Ol A.M. standard time, forms a part of (Date)
- Policy No. WVK6100131 Endorsement No.
of the ST. PAUL FIRE AND MARINE INSURANCE COMPANY NCCl Carrier Code 13706
(Name of insurance Company)
c
issued to: J R FILANC CONSTRUCTION CO INC
- Policy Expiration Date: 01/01/05
Premium (if any) $ -
We have the right to recover our payments from anyone liable for an injury covered by this policy.
We will not enforce our right against the person or organization named in the Schedule. (This
agreement applies only to the extent that you perform work under a written contract that requires
you to obtain this agreement from us.)
You must maintain payroll records accurately segregating the remuneration of your employees
while engaged in the work described in the Schedule.
c
-- The additional premium for this endorsement shall be
sation premium otherwise due on such remuneration.
% of the California workers' compen-
Schedule - Person or Organization
City of Carlsbad, its officials
employees or volunteers
1635 Faraday Avenue
Carlsbad, Ca 92008-7314
-
Job Description
North Batiquitos Lift Station
Improvements Package "A"
Contract No. 3809-1
I
I POLICY#: . KK06100153
- COMMERCIAL LIABILITY'
. GCL-ENDORSEMENTS
INSURED: J.R. FILANC CONSTRUCTION CO.
COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY -
- THIS ENDORSEMENT CHANGES THE POLICY. PLEASE READ IT CAREFULLY.
AMENDMENT-AGGREGATE LIMITS OF INSURANCE
(PEa PROJECT)
This endorsement modifies insurance provided under the following: -
COMMERCIAL GENERAL LlABlLlN COVERAGE PART.
The General Aggregate limit under LlMTS OF INSURANCE (Section 111)
applies separately to each of your projects away from premises owned
by or rented to you. -
CG 25 03 11 85
-L
-I
IMPORTANT
If the certificate holder is an ADDITIONAL INSURED, the policy(ies) must be endorsed. A statement
on this certificate does not confer rights to the certificate holder in lieu of such endorsement(s).
If SUBROGATION IS WAIVED, subject to the terms and conditions of the policy, certain policies may
require an endorsement. A statement on this certificate does not confer rights to the certificate
holder in lieu of such endorsement(s).
DISC LAlM ER
The Certificate of Insurance on the reverse side of this form does not constitute a contract between
the issuing insurer(s), authorized representative or producer, and the certificate holder, nor does it
affirmatively or negatively amend, extend or alter the coverage afforded by the policies listed thereon.
I - ACORD25S(2001/08) 2 of2 #MI3136
BIDDER'S STATEMENT RE DEBARMENT
NORTH BATlQUlTOS LIFT STATION IMPROVEMENTS
PACKAGE "A"
CONTRACT NO. 3809-1
(To Accompany Proposal)
1) Have you or any of your subcontractors ever been debarred as an irresponsible bidder by another jurisdiction in the State of California? J
2) If yes, what wadwere the name(s) of the agency(ies) and what wadwere the period@) of debarment(s)? Attach additional copies of this page to accommodate more than two debarments.
party debarred
party debarred
agency
agency
~- period of debarment
period of debarment
. QY CONTRACTOR:
* J.R. FILANC CONSTRUCTION COMPANY, INC.
?e of Contractor)
By:
(sign here)
(print namehitle)
\
Catherine B. Final mt Secretary
@ Revised 10/08/03
Page - of pages of this Re Debarment form
Contract N 0. 3809- 1 Page 22 of 63 Pages
BIDDER'S DISCLOSURE OF DISCIPLINE RECORD
(To Accompany Proposal)
NORTH BATlQUlTOS LIFT STATION IMPROVEMENTS
PACKAGE "A"
CONTRACT NO. 3809-1
Contractors are required by law to be licensed and regulated by the Contractors' State License Board
which has jurisdiction to investigate complaints against contractors if a complaint regarding a patent
act or omission is filed within four years of the date of the alleged violation. A complaint regarding a
latent act or omission pertaining to structural defects must be filed within 10 years of the date of the
alleged violation. Any questions concerning a contractor may be referred to the Registrar,
Contractors' State License board, P.O. Box 26000, Sacramento, California 95826.
1) Have you ever had your contractor's license suspended or revoked by the California Contractors' State license Board two or more times within an eight year period? J
Yes no
2) Has the suspension or revocation of your contractors license ever been stayed? J
.....
3) Have any subcontractors that you propose to perform any portion of the Work ever had their contractor's license suspended or revoked by the California Contractors' State license Board two
or more times within an eight year period?
J
4) Has the suspension or revocation of the license of any subcontractor's that you propose to perform any portion of the york ever been stayed?
J
no
5) If the answer to either of 1. or 3. above is yes fully identify, in each and every case, the party disciplined, the date of and violation that the disciplinary action pertain to, describe the nature of
the violation and the disciplinary action taken therefor.
(If needed attach additional sheets to provide full disclosure.)
Page of pages of this Disclosure of Discipline form @ Revised 10/08/03 Contract No. 3809-1 Page 23 of 63 Pages
BIDDER'S DISCLOSURE OF DISCIPLINE RECORD,
(CONTINUED)
(To Accompany Proposal)
NORTH BATlQUlTOS LIFT STATION IMPROVEMENTS
PACKAGE "A"
CONTRACT NO. 3809-1
6) If the answer to either of 2. or 4. above is yes fully identify, in each and every case, the party who's discipline was stayed, the date of the violation that the disciplinary action pertains to,
describe the nature of the violation and the condition (if any) upon which the disciplinary action
was stayed.
(If needed attach additional sheets to provide full disclosure.)
By CONTRACTOR: J.R. FILANC CONSTRUCTION COMPANY, INC.
(name of Contractor) XL/( \ By: e
(sign here)
(print name/title)
v
Catherine 6. Find Assistant Secretary
Page of pages of this Disclosure of Discipline form
Revised 10/Q8/03 Contract No. 3809-1 Page 24 of 63 Pages
NON-COLLUSION AFFIDAVIT TO BE EXECUTED
BY BIDDER AND SUBMllTED WITH BID
PUBLIC CONTRACT CODE SECTION 71 06
NORTH BATIQUITOS LIFT STATION IMPROVEMENTS
PACKAGE "A"
CONTRACT NO. 3809-1
State of California ) ) ss.
, being first duly sworn, deposes
(Name of Bidder)
and says that he or she is
(Title)
.- of 3, L* G\Gnb casb&+or\ &*y. ,O ZC*
(Name of Firm)
the party making the foregoing bid that the bid is not made in the interest of, or on behalf of, any
undisclosed person, partnership, company, association, organization, or corporation; that the bid is
genuine and not collusive or sham; that the bidder has not directly or indirectly induced or solicited
any other bidder to put in a false or sham bid, and has not directly or indirectly colluded, conspired,
connived, or agreed with any bidder or anyone else to put in a sham bid, or that anyone shall refrain
from bidding; that the bidder has not in any manner, directly or indirectly, sought by agreement,
communication, or conference with anyone to fix the bid price of the bidder or any other bidder, or to
fix any overhead, profit, or cost element of the bid price, or of that of any other bidder, or to secure
any advantage against the public body awarding the contract of anyone interested in the proposed
contract; that all statements contained in the bid are true; and, further, that the bidder has not,
directly or indirectly, submitted his or her bid price or any breakdown thereof, or the contents thereof,
or divulged information or data relative thereto, or paid, and will not pay, any fee to any corporation,
partnership, company association, organization, bid depository, or to any member or agent thereof to
effectuate a collusive or sham bid.
__
I
I declare under penalty of perjury that the foregoing is true and correct and that this affidavit was
executed on the 3 L\. +I+ day of rc\@L* , 200 4 . -
c
Signature of Bidder
Subscribed and sworn to before me on the Xc\-?k day of G, , 2004. c
(NOTARY SEAL) Commission #1289513 .I
-
Revised 10/08/03 Contract No. 3809-1 Page 25 of 63 Pages
~- ~ ..__
CONTRACT
PUBLIC WORKS
This agreement is made this I cf k day of I& , 20&, by and between the City of Carlsbad, California, a municipal grporation, (hereinafter called "City"),
and J. R. FILANC CONSTRUCTION COMPANY, INC. whose principal place of business is
461 6 NORTH AVENUE. OCEANSIDE, CA 92056-3509 (hereinafter called "Contractot').
City and Contractor agree as follows:
I. Description of Work. Contractor shall perform all work specified in the Contract documents
for:
NORTH BATIQUITOS LIFT STATION IMPROVEMENTS
PACKAGE "A"
CONTRACT NO. 3809-1
(hereinafter called "project")
2. Provisions of Labor and Materials. Contractor shall provide all labor, materials, tools,
equipment, and personnel to perform the work specified by the Contract Documents. _I
3. Contract Documents. The Contract Documents consist of this Contract, Notice Inviting Bids,
Contractor's Proposal, Bidder's Bond, Designation of Subcontractors, Designation of Owner
Operator/Lessors, Bidder's Statements of Financial Responsibility, Technical Ability and Experience,
Re Debarment, Non-collusion Affidavit, Escrow Agreement, Release Form, the Plans and
Specifications, the Supplemental Provisions, addendum(s) to said Plans and Specifications and
Supplemental Provisions, and all proper amendments and changes made thereto in accordance with
this Contract or the Plans and Specifications, and all bonds for the project; all of which are
incorporated herein by this reference.
Contractor, her/his subcontractors, and materials suppliers shall provide and install the work as
indicated, specified, and implied by the Contract Documents. Any items of work not indicated or
specified, but which are essential to the completion of the work, shall be provided at the Contractor's
expense to fulfill the intent of said documents. In all instances through the life of the Contract, the
City will be the interpreter of the intent of the Contract Documents, and the City's decision relative to
said intent will be final and binding. Failure of the Contractor to apprise subcontractors and materials
suppliers of this condition of the Contract will not relieve responsibility of compliance.
Pursuant to section 4104 (a)(2)(A) California Public Contract Code, receipt of the portions of the information preceded
by an asterisk required on this document may be submitted by the Bidder up to 24 hours after the deadline for
submitting bids contained in the 'Notice Inviting Bids."
Pursuant to section 4104 (a)(2)(A) California Public Contract Code, receipt of the portions of information preceded by
an asterisk required on this document may be submitted by the Bidder up to 24 hours after the deadline for submitting
bids contained in the "Notice Inviting Bids."
*
43 Revised 10/08/03 Contract No. 3809-1 Pg 26 of 63 Pages
4. Payment. For all compensation for Contractor's performance of work under this Contract, City
shall make payment to the Contractor per section 9-3 PAYMENT of the Standard Specifications for
Public Works Construction (SSPW C) 2003 Edition, and supplements thereto, hereinafter designated
"SSPWC", as issued by the Southern California Chapter of the American Public Works Association,
and as amended by the Supplemental Provisions section of this contract. The Engineer will close the
estimate of work completed for progress payments on the last working day of each month.
5. Independent Investigation. Contractor has made an independent investigation of the
jobsite, the soil conditions at the jobsite, and all other conditions that might affect the progress of the
work, and is aware of those conditions. The Contract price includes payment for all work that may be
done by Contractor, whether anticipated or not, in order to overcome underground conditions. Any
information that may have been furnished to Contractor by City about underground conditions or
other job conditions is for Contractor's convenience only, and City does not warrant that the
conditions are as thus indicated. Contractor is satisfied with all job conditions, including underground
conditions and has not relied on information furnished by City.
6. Hazardous Waste or Other Unusual Conditions. If the contract involves digging
trenches or other excavations that extend deeper than four feet below the surface Contractor shall
promptly, and before the following conditions are disturbed, notify City, in writing, of any:
A. Hazardous Waste. Material that Contractor believes may be material that is hazardous waste,
as defined in section 251 17 of the Health and Safety Code, that is required to be removed to a Class
I, Class II, or Class 111 disposal site in accordance with provisions of existing law.
B. Differing Conditions. Subsurface or latent physical conditions at the site differing from those
indicated.
C. Unknown Physical Conditions. Unknown physical conditions at the site of any unusual
nature, different materially from those ordinarily encountered and generally recognized as inherent in
work of the character provided for in the contract.
City shall promptly investigate the conditions, and if it finds that the conditions do materially so differ,
or do involve hazardous waste, and cause a decrease or increase in contractor's costs of, or the time
required for, performance of any part of the work shall issue a change order under the procedures
described in this contract.
In the event that a dispute arises between City and Contractor whether the conditions materially
differ, or involve hazardous waste, or cause a decrease or increase in the contractor's cost of, or time
required for, performance of any part of the work, contractor shall not be excused from any
scheduled completion date provided for by the contract, but shall proceed with all work to be
performed under the contract. Contractor shall retain any and all rights provided either by contract or
by law which pertain to the resolution of disputes and protests between the contracting parties.
7. Immigration Reform and Control Act. Contractor certifies it is aware of the requirements
of the Immigration Reform and Control Act of 1986 (8 USC sections 1 101 -1525) and has complied and will comply with these requirements, including, but not limited to, verifying the eligibility for
employment of all agents, employees, subcontractors, and consultants that are included in this
Contract.
Revised 10/08/03 Contract No. 3809-1 Page 27 of 63 Pages
8. Prevailing Wage. Pursuant to the California Labor Code, the director of the Department of
Industrial Relations has determined the general prevailing rate of per diem wages in accordance with
California Labor Code, section 1773 and a copy of a schedule of said general prevailing wage rates
is on file in the office of the City Engineer, and is incorporated by reference herein. Pursuant to
California Labor Code, section 1775, Contractor shall pay prevailing wages. Contractor shall post
copies of all applicable prevailing wages on the job site.
9. Indemnification. Contractor shall assume the defense of, pay all expenses of defense, and
indemnify and hold harmless the City, and its officers and employees, from all claims, loss, damage,
injury and liability of every kind, nature and description, directly or indirectly arising from or in
connection with the performance of the Contract or work; or from any failure or alleged failure of
Contractor to comply with any applicable law, rules or regulations including those relating to safety
and health; and from any and all claims, loss, damages, injury and liability, howsoever the same may
be caused, resulting directly or indirectly from the nature of the work covered by the Contract, except
for loss or damage caused by the sole or active negligence or willful misconduct of the City.
The expenses of defense include all costs and expenses including attorneys' fees for litigation,
arbitration, or other dispute resolution method.
Contractor shall also defend and indemnify the City against any challenges to the award of the
contract to Contractor, and Contractor will pay all costs, including defense costs for the City. Defense
costs include the cost of separate counsel for City, if City requests separate counsel.
Contractor shall also defend and indemnify the City against any challenges to the award of the
contract to Contractor, arising in whole or in part from alleged inaccuracies or misrepresentation by
the Contractor, whether intentional or otherwise, and Contractor will pay all costs, including defense
costs for the City. Defense costs include the cost of separate counsel for City, if City requests
separate counsel. c
10. Insurance. Contractor shall procure and maintain for the duration of the contract insurance
against claims for injuries to persons or damage to property which may arise from or in connection
with the performance of the work hereunder by the Contractor, his or her agents, representatives,
employees or subcontractors. Said insurance shall meet the City's policy for insurance as stated in
Resolution No. 91 -403.
(A) Coverages And Limits Contractor shall maintain the types of coverages and minimum limits
indicted herein:
a. Comprehensive General Liability Insurance: $1,000,000 combined single limit per
occurrence for bodily injury and property damage. If the policy has an aggregate limit, a separate
aggregate in the amounts specified shall be established for the risks for which the City or its agents,
officers or employees are additional insured.
b. Business Automobile Liability Insurance: $1,000,000 combined single limit per accident for
bodily injury and property damage. In addition, the auto policy must cover any vehicle used in the
performance of the contract, used onsite or offsite, whether owned, non-owned or hired, and whether
scheduled or non-scheduled. The auto insurance certificate must state the coverage is for "any
auto'' and cannot be limited in any manner.
c. Workers' Compensation and Employers' Liability Insurance: Workers' compensation limits as required by the Labor Code of the State of California and Employers' Liability limits of $1,000,000 - per incident. Workers' compensation offered by the State Compensation Insurance Fund is
acceptable to the City. @ Revised 10/08/03 Contract No. 3809-1 Page 28 of 63 Pages
(B) Additional Provisions. Contractor shall ensure that the policies of insurance required under
this agreement with the exception of Workers' Compensation and Business Automobile Liability
Insurance contain, or are endorsed to contain, the following provisions.
a. The City, its officials, employees and volunteers are to be covered as additional insured as
respects: liability arising out of activities performed by or on behalf of the Contractor; products and completed operations of the contractor; premises owned, leased, hired or borrowed by the
contractor. The coverage shall contain no special limitations on the scope of protection afforded to
the City, its officials, employees or volunteers. All additional insured endorsements must be
evidenced using separate documents attached to the certificate of insurance; one for each company
affording general liability, and employers' liability coverage.
b. The Contractor's insurance coverage shall be primary insurance as respects the City, its
officials, employees and volunteers. Any insurance or self-insurance maintained by the City, its
officials, employees or volunteers shall be in excess of the contractor's insurance and shall not
contribute with it.
c. to the City, its officials, employees or volunteers. Any failure to comply with reporting provisions of the policies shall not affect coverage provided
d. Coverage shall state that the contractor's insurance shall apply separately to each insured
against whom claim is made or suit is brought, except with respect to the limits of the insurer's
liability.
(C) Notice Of Cancellation. Each insurance policy required by this agreement shall be endorsed to
state that coverage shall not be nonrenewed, suspended, voided, canceled, or reduced in coverage
or limits except after thirty (30) days' prior written notice has been given to the City by certified mail,
return receipt requested.
.-
(D) Deductibles And Self-Insured Retention (S.I.R.) Levels. Any deductibles or self-insured retention levels must be declared to and approved by the City. At the option of the City, either: the
insurer shall reduce or eliminate such deductibles or self-insured retention levels as respects the
City, its officials and employees; or the contractor shall procure a bond guaranteeing payment of
losses and related investigation, claim administration and defense expenses.
(E) Waiver Of Subrogation. All policies of insurance required under this agreement shall contain a
waiver of all rights of subrogation the insurer may have or may acquire against the City or any of its
officials or employees.
(F) Subcontractors. Contractor shall include all subcontractors as insured under its policies or
shall furnish separate certificates and endorsements for each subcontractor. Coverages for
subcontractors shall be subject to all of the requirements stated herein.
(G) Acceptability Of Insurers. Insurance is to be placed with insurers that have a rating in Best's
Key Rating Guide of at least A-:V. Insurers must also be authorized to transact the business of
insurance by the State of California Insurance Commissioner as admitted carriers as evidenced by a
listing in the official publication of the Department of Insurance of the State of California and/or under
the standards specified by the City Council in Resolution No. 91 -403.
.e--
@ Revised 10/08/03 Contract No. 3809-1 Page 29 of 63 Pages
(H) Verification Of Coverage. Contractor shall furnish the City with certificates of insurance and
original endorsements affecting coverage required by this clause. The certificates and
endorsements for each insurance policy are to be signed by a person authorized by that insurer to
bind coverage on its behalf. The certificates and endorsements are to be in forms approved by the
City and are to be received and approved by the City before the Contract is executed by the City.
(I) Cost Of Insurance. The Cost of all insurance required under this agreement shall be included in the Contractor's bid.
11. Claims and Lawsuits. All claims by contractor for $375,000 or less shall be resolved in
accordance with the provisions in the Public Contract Code, Division 2, Part 3, Chapter 1, Article 1.5
(commencing with section 20104) which are incorporated by reference. A copy of Article 1.5 is
included in the Supplemental Provisions I section. The contractor shall initially submit all claims over
$375,000 to the City using the informal dispute resolution process described in Public Contract Code
subsections 201 04.2(a), (c), (d). Notwithstanding the provisions of this section of the contract, all
claims shall comply with the Government Tort Claim Act (section 900 et seq., of the California
Government Code) for any claim or cause of action for money or damages prior to filing any lawsuit
for breach of this agreement.
(A) Assertion of Claims. Contractor hereby agrees that any contract claim submitted to the City must be asserted as part of the contract process as set forth in this agreement and not in anticipation
of litigation or in conjunction with litigation.
(B) False Claims. Contractor acknowledges that if a false claim is submitted to the City, it may be considered fraud and the Contractor may be subject to criminal prosecution.
(C) Government Code. Contractor acknowledges that California Government Code sections
12650 et seq., the False Claims Act, provides for civil penalties where a person knowingly submits a
false claim to a public entity. These provisions include false claims made with deliberate ignorance of
the false information or in reckless disregard of the truth or falsity of the information.
F
(D) Penalty Recovery. If the City of Carlsbad seeks to recover penalties pursuant to the False
Claims Act, it is entitled to recover its litigation costs, including attorney's fees.
(E) Debarment for False Claims. Contractor hereby acknowledges that the filing of a false claim
may subject the Contractor to an administrative debarment proceeding wherein the Contractor may
be prevented from further bidding on public contracts for a period of up to five years.
(F) Carlsbad Municipal Code. The provisions of Carlsbad Municipal Code sections 3.32.025, 3.32.026, 3.32.027 and 3.32.028 pertaining to false claims are incorporated herein by reference.
(G) Debarment from Other Jurisdictions. Contractor hereby acknowledges that debarment by
another jurisdiction is grounds for the City of Carlsbad to disqualify the Contractor or subcontrac-
tor from participating in future contract bidding.
(H) Jurisdiction. Contractor agrees and hereby stipulates that the proper venue and jurisdiction for
resolution of any disputes between the parties arising out of this agreement is San Diego County,
California.
I have read and understand all provisions of Section 11 above.
Q Revised 10/08/03 Contract No. 3809-1 Page 30 of 63 Pages
12. Maintenance of Records. Contractor shall maintain and make available at no cost to the City, upon request, records in accordance with sections 1776 and 1812 of Part 7, Chapter 1, Article 2, of the Labor Code. If the Contractor does not maintain the records at Contractor's principal place of business as specified above, Contractor shall so inform the City by certified letter accompanying the return of this Contract. Contractor shall notify the City by certified mail of any change of address of such records.
13. Labor Code Provisions. The provisions of Part 7, Chapter 1 , commencing with section 1720 of the Labor Code are incorporated herein by reference.
14. Security. Securities in the form of cash, cashier's check, or certified check may be substituted for any monies withheld by the City to secure performance of this contract for any obligation established by this contract. Any other security that is mutually agreed to by the Contractor and the City may be substituted for monies withheld to ensure performance under this Contract.
15. Provisions Required by Law Deemed Inserted. Each and every provision of law and clause required by law to be inserted in this Contract shall be deemed to be inserted herein and included herein, and if, through mistake or otherwise, any such provision is not inserted, or is not correctly inserted, then upon application of either party, the Contract shall forthwith be physically amended to make such insertion or correction.
16. Additional Provisions. Any additional provisions of this agreement are set forth in the "General Provisions" or "Supplemental Provisions" attached hereto and made a part hereof.
NOTARIAL ACKNOWLEDGMENT OF EXECUTION BY ALL SIGNATORIES MUST BE AlTACHED
c (CORPORATE SEAL)
, CONTRACTOR: CIT J.R. FILANC CONsTRUCTlON COMPANY, INC. the
By:
By:
catkm@ Final
Assistant Secretary
President or vice-president and secretary or assistant secretary must sign for corporations. If only one officer signs, the corporation must attach a resolution certified by the secretary or assistant secretary under the corporate seal empowering that officer to bind the corporation.
APPROVED AS TO FORM:
RONALD R. BALL
a Revised 10/08/03 Contract No. 3809-1 Page 31 of 63 Pages
CALIFORNIA ALL-PURPOSE ACKNOWLEDGMENT -
} SS.
State of California
Countyof S& 0 CAG
‘sersonally known to me
0 proved to me on the basis of satisfactory
evidence
to be the person(s) whose name@) idare
subscribed to the within instrument and
acknowledged to me that helshelthey executed
the same in his/her/their authorized
capacity(ies), and that by his/her/their
signature(s) on the instrument the person(s), or
the entity upon behalf of which the person(s)
acted, executed the instrument.
OPTIONAL
Though the information below is not required by law, it may prove valuable to persons relying on the document and could prevent fraudulent removal and reattachment of this form to another document.
Description of Attached Document
Title or Type of Document:
Document Date: Number of Pages:
Signer(s) Other Than Named Above:
Capacity(ies) Claimed by Signer
Signer’s Name:
0 Individual
0 Corporate Officer - Title(s):
0 Partner - 0 Limited 0 General 0 Attorney-in-Fact fl Trustee
0 Guardian or Conservator
0 Other:
Signer Is Representing:
0 1999 National Notary Assmiailon * 9350 De Solo he., P.O. Box 2402 * Chatswolm, CA 91 313-2402 * wwwnationainotaly.org Pmd. No. 5907 Reorder: Call Toll-Free 1-800-8766827
EXECUTED IN MRLICATE BOND NO. 8493575
PREMIUM: INCLUDED IN
PERFORMANCE BOND LABOR AND MATERIALS BOND
WHEREAS, the City Council of the City of Carlsbad, State of California, by Resolution No. 2004-148 , adopted MAY 4, 2004 , has awarded to
J. R. FTI ANLQKSTRUCTION COMPANY INC-
(hereinafter designated as the "Principal*), a Contract for:
NORTH BATIQUIT'OS LIFT STATION IMPROVEMENTS
PACKAGE "A"
CONTRACT NO. 3809-1
in the City of Carlsbad, in strict conformity with the drawings and specffications, and other Contract Documents now on file in the Office of the City Clerk of the City of Carlsbad and all of which are incorporated herein by this reference.
WHEREAS, Principal has executed or is about to execute said Contract and the terms thereof require the furnishing of a bond, providing that if Principal or any of their subcontractors shall fait to pay for any materials, provisions, provender or other supplies or teams used in, upon or about the performance of the work agreed to be done, or for any work or labor done thereon of any kind, the Surety on this bond will pay the same to the extent hereinafter set forth.
NOW, THEREFORE, WE, J. R. FILANC CONSTRUCTION COMP ANY INC. , as Principal, (hereinafter designated as the 'Contractor''), and F- AED~ IT~WAWCW~W as Surety, are held firmly bound unto the City of Carlsbad in the sum of JUNETY-flNF THWD. FIV€
said sum being an amount equal to: One hundred percent (1 00%) of the total amount payable under the terms of the contract by the City of Carlsbad, and for which payment well and truly to be made we bind ourselves, our heirs, executors and .administrators, s~iccessors, or assigns, jointly and severally, firmly by these presents.
HIImFn FT FTFFN-----------"------------------------------- Dollars ($ 91 +m. 00 ), -
THE CONDITION OF THIS OBLIGATION IS SUCH that if the Contractor or hislher subcontractors fail to pay for any materials, provisions, provender, supplies, or teams used in, upon, for, or about the performance of the work contracted to be done, or for any other work or labor thereon of any kind, consistent with Cafifornia Civil Code section 3181, or for amounts due under the unemployment Insurance Code with respect to the work or labor performed under this Contract, or for any amounts' required to be deducted, withheld, and paid over to the Employment Development Department from the wages of employees of the contractor and subcontractors pursuant to section 13020 of the Unemployment Insurance Code with respect to the work and labor, that the Surety will pay for the same, and, also, in case suit is brought upon the bond, reasonable attorney's fees, to be fixed by the court consistent with California Civil Code section 3248.
This bond shall inure to the benefit of any of the persons named in California Civil Code section 31 81 , so as to give a right of action to those persons or their assigns in any suit brought upon'the bond.
Surety stipulates and agrees that no change, extension of time, alteration or additibn to the terms of the Contract, or to the work to be performed thereunder or the specifications accompanying the same shall affect its obligations on this bond, and it does hereby watve notice of any change, extension of time, alterations or addition to the terms of the contract or to the work or to the specifications.
Revised 1 WW03 Contract No. 3809-1 Page 32 of 63 Pages
I
In the event that Contractor is an individual, it is agreed that the death of any such Contractor shall
not exonerate the Surety from its obligations under this bond.
Executed by CONTRACTOR this 14 Executed by SURm this 14TH day
day of ,+-, 20& of MAY ,20%.
CONTRACTOR: SURETY:
(name of Contractor)
J.R. FILANC CONSTRUCTION COMPANY, INC. FIDELITY AND DEPOSIT COMPANY OF MARYLAND
(name of Surety) ..
801 NORTH BRAND BLVD., PENTHOUSE SUITE By: '* $ k4 GLENDALE. CA 92103 (sign here) (address of Surety)
P-R Fu
A&@tPW%k%?!tary
TAW BACON. ATTORNEY-IN-FACT (printed name of Attorney-in-Fact)
(attach corporate resolution showlng current power
of attorney)
rc- (title and organization of slgnatory)
(Proper notarlal acknowledgment of execution by CONTRACTOR and SURETY must be attached.)
(President or vice-president and secretary or assistant secretary must sign for corporations. If only one officer
signs, the corporation must attach a resolution certified by the secretary or assistant secretary under corporate seal empowering that officer to bind the corporation.)
APPROVED AS TO FORM:
RONALD R, BALL City Attorney- n
By: ~~ Deputy'CityAttomey ' \
Revised 10/08103 Contract No. 3809-1 Page 33 of 63 Pages
CALIFORNIA ALL-PURPOSE ACKNOWLEDGMENT
} SS.
State of California
County of
Dale
personally appeared c ;y? c 8 - ?I :CL\
Name($ of Signer($
} SS.
State of California
County of
Dale
personally appeared c ;y? c 8 - ?I :CL\
Name($ of Signer($
,)SK(krsonally known to me 0 proved to me on the basis of satisfactory
evidence
to be the person(s) whose name(s) is/are
subscribed to the within instrument and
acknowledged to me that he/she/they executed
the same in his/her/their authorized
capacity(ies), and that by his/her/their
signature(s) on the instrument the person(s), or
the entity upon behalf of which the person(s)
acted, executed the instrument.
OPTIONAL
Though the information below is not required by law, it may prove valuable to persons relying on the document and could prevent
fraudulent removal and reattachment of this form to another document.
Description of Attached Document
Title or Type of Document:
Document Date: Number of Pages:
Signer(s) Other Than Named Above:
Capacity(ies) Claimed by Signer
Signer’s Name:
0 Individual
0 Corporate Officer - Titie(s):
0 Partner - 0 Limited 0 General 0 Attorney-in-Fact
0 Trustee
0 Guardian or Conservator
I7 Other:
Signer Is Representing:
0 1999 National Notary Assxiation * 9350 De Solo Ave.. P.O. Box 2402 * Chatswom, CA 91313-2402 www.nalionalnola~.o~ Prod. No 5907 Reorder: Call Toll-Free 1-800-876-6327
State of California )
County of San Diego )
On Mav 14, 2004 before me, Minna Huovila, Notary Public, personally
appeared Tara Bacon, personally known to me to be the person whose name
is subscribed to the within instrument and acknowledged to me that he
executed the same in hs authorized capacity, and that by his signature on the
instrument the person(s), or the entity upon behalf of which the person acted,
executed the instrument.
--
e
Power of Attorney
FIDELITY AND DEPOSIT COMPANY OF MARYLAND
HOME OFFICE P.O. BOX t227, BALTIMORE, HD 21203-1227 Know ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS: That the FIDELITY AND DEPOSIT COMPANY OF MARYLAND, a corporation of the State of
Maryland, by W. B. WALBRECHER, Vice-president, and T. E. SMITH, Assistant Secretary, in pursuance of authority ,mted by Article VI, Section 2, of the By-Laws of said Company, which are set forth on the reverse side hereof and are hereby certified to be in full force and effect on the date
hereof, does hereby nominate, constitute and appoint Tara Bacon, of San Diego, California, its true and lawful agent and Attorney-in-Facf
to make, execute, seal and deliver, for, and on its behalf as surety, and as its act and deed: any and all bonds and undertakings and the
execution of such bonds or undertakings in pursuance of these presents, shall be as binding upon said Company, as fully and amply, to all intents and e Company at its office in Baltimore, Md., in their
own proper persons.
The said Assistant Secretary does hereby certify that the extract s By-Laws of said Company, and is now in force.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the said Vice-President and As
the said FIDELITY AND DEPOSIT COMPANY OF MARYL
subscribed their names and aftixed the Corporate Seal of
ATTEST: OF MARYLAND
W. B. Walbrecher Vice-president
On this 12th day of August, A.D. 199
B. WALBRECHER, Vice-president and
a Notary Public of the State of Maryland, duly commissioned and qualified, came W. t Secretary of the FIDELITY AND DEPOSIT COMPANY OF MARYLAND, to me
in and who executed the preceding instrument, and they each acknowledged the
signatures as such officers were duly affixed
Notary Public
CERTIFICATE
I, the undersigned, Assistant Secretary of the FIDELITY AND DEPOSIT COMPANY OF MARYLAND, do hereby certify that the original Power
of Attorney of which the foregoing is a full, true and correct copy, is in full force and effect on the date of this certificate; and I do further certify that
the Vice-President who executed the said Power of Attorney was one of the additional Vice-presidents specially authorized by the Board of Directors
to appoint any Attorney-in-Fact as provided in Article VI, Section 2, of the By-Laws of the FIDELITY AND DEPOSIT COMPANY OF MARYLAND.
This Power of Attorney and Certificate may be signed by facsimile under and by authority of the following resolution of the Board of Directors of the FIDELITY AND DEPOSIT COMPANY OF MARYLAND at a meeting duly called and held on the loth day of May, 1990.
RESOLVED: "That the facsimile or mechanically reproduced seal of the company and facsimile or mechanically reproduced signature of any
Vice-president, Secretary, or Assistant Secretary of the Company, whether made heretofore or hereafter, wherever appearing upon a certified copy of any power of attorney issued by the Company, shall be valid and binding upon the Company with the same force and effect as though manually
affixed."
IN TESTIMONY WHEREOF, I have hereunto subscribed my name and aftixed the corporate seal of the said Company, this
14TH day of MAY , 2004 .
Assistant Secretary
dd)
L 1428-0 12-9244
EXTRACT FROM BY-LAWS OF FIDELITY AND DEPOSIT COMPANY OF MARYLAND
"Article VI, Section 2. The Chairman of the Board, or the President, or any Executive Vice-president, or any of the Senior Vice-
Presidents or Vice-presidents specially authorized sa to do by the Board of Directors or by the Executive Committee, shall have power,
by and with the concurrence of the Secretary or any one of the Assistant Secretaries, to appoint Resident Vice-presidents, Assistant
Vice-presidents and Attorneys-in-Fact as the business of the Company may require, or to authorize any person or persons to execute
on behalf of the Company any bonds, undertakings, recognizances, stipulations, policies, contracts, agreements, deeds, and releases
and assignments ofjudgements, decrees, mortgages and instruments in the nature of mortgages,. . .and to affix the seal of the Company
thereto. "
/-
BOND NO. 8493575
ZURICH
THIS IMPORTANT DISCLOSURE NOTICE IS PART OF YOUR BOND
Fidelity and Deposit Company of Maryland, Colonial American Casualty and Surety Company, Zurich American
Insurance Company, and American Guarantee and Liability Insurance Company are making the following
informational disclosures in compliance with The Terrorism Risk Insurance Act of 2002. No action is required on your
Part.
Disclosure of Terrorism Premium
The premium charge for risk of loss resulting from acts of terrorism (as defined in the Act) under this bond is
$ waived This amount is reflected in the total premium for this bond.
Disclosure of Availabilitv of Coverape for Terrorism Losses
As required by the Terrorism Risk Insurance Act of 2002, we have made available to you coverage for losses resulting
from acts of terrorism (as defined in the Act) with terms, amounts, and limitations that do not differ materially as those
for losses arising from events other than acts of terrorism.
Disclosure of Federal Share of Insurance ComDanv's Terrorism Losses
The Terrorism Risk Insurance Act of 2002 establishes a mechanism by which the United States government will share
in insurance company losses resulting from acts of terrorism (as defined in the Act) after a insurance company has paid
losses in excess of an annual aggregate deductible. For 2002, the insurance company deductible is I% of direct earned
premium in the prior year; for 2003,7% of direct earned premium in the prior year; for 2004, 1 0% of direct earned
premium in the prior year; and for 2005, 15% of direct earned premium in the prior year. The federal share of an
insurance company's losses above its deductible is 90%. In the event the United States government participates in
losses, the United States government may direct insurance companies to collect a terrorism surcharge from
policyholders. The Act does not currently provide for insurance industry or United States government participation in
terrorism losses that exceed $1 00 billion in any one calendar year.
-
Definition of Act of Terrorism
The Terrorism Risk Insurance Act defines "act of terrorism" as any act that is certified by the Secretary of the Treasury,
in concurrence with the Secretary of State and the Attorney General of the United States:
1. to be an act of terrorism;
2. to be a violent act or an act that is dangerous to human life, property or infrastructure;
3. to have resulted in damage within the United States, or outside of the United States in the case of an air carrier
(as defined in section 40102 of title 49, United 17 States Code) or a United States flag vessel (or a vessel based principally in the United States, on which United States income tax is paid and whose insurance coverage is
subject to regulation in the United States), or the premises of a United States mission; and
interest as part of an effort to coerce the civilian population of the United States or to influence the policy or
affect the conduct of the United States Government by coercion.
4. to have been committed by an individual or individuals acting on behalf of any foreign person or foreign
But, no act shall be certified by the Secretary as an act of terrorism if the act is committed as part of the course of a war
declared by Congress (except for workers' compensation) or property and casualty insurance losses resulting from the
act, in the aggregate, do not exceed $5,000,000.
These disclosures are informational only and do not modify your bond or affect your rights under the bond.
-c---
Copyright Zurich American Insurance Company 2003
MEamD IN WPLICATE BOND NO. 8493575
PREMIUM: $1,030.00
FAITHFUL PERFORMANCEWARRANTY BOND
WHEREAS, the City Council of the City of Carlsbad, State of California, by Resolution No. 2004- - 148, adopted May4.2004 , has awarded to J.R. FILANC CONSTRUCTION COMPANY. INC. ,
(hereinafter designated as the "Principal"), a Contract for:
NORTH BATlQUlTOS LIFT STATION IMPROVEMENTS PACKAGE "A"
CONTRACT NO. 3809-1
in the City of Carlsbad, in strict conformity with the contract, the drawings and specificatjons, and
other Contract Documents now on file in the Office of the City Clerk of the City of Carlsbad, all of
which are incorporated herein by this reference.
WHEREAS, Principal has executed or is about to execute said Contract and the terms thereof
require the furnishing of a bond for the faithful performance and warranty of said Contract;
NOW, THEREFORE, WE, J.R. FllANC CONSTRUCTION COMPANY, INC. as Principal,
as Surety, are held and firmly bound unto the City of Carlsbad, in the sum of
THOUSAND, FIVE HUNDRED FIFTEEN Dollars ($91,515.00), said sum being equal to one
hundred percent (100%) of the estimated amount of the Contract, to be paid to City or its certain
attorney, its successors and assigns; for which payment, well and truly to be made, we bind
ourselves, our heirs, executors and administrators, successors or assigns, jointly and severally, firmly by these presents.
(hereinafter designated as the "Contractor"), and F I DEL I TY AND DEPOS I T COMPANY OF MARY LAND # NINETY-ONE
-
THE CONDITION OF THIS OBLIGATION IS SUCH that if the above bounden Contractor, their heirs, executors, administrators, successors or assigns, shall in all things stand to and abide by, and well
and truly keep and perform the covenants, conditions, .and agreements in the Contract and any
alteration thereof made as therein provided on their pa$ to be kept and performed at the time and in
the manner therein specified, and in all respects according to their true intent and meaning, and shall
indemnify and save harmless the City of Carlsbad, its officers, employees and agents, as therein
stipulated, then this obligation shall become null and void; otherwise it shall remain in full force and
effect.
As a part of the obligation secured hereby and in addition to the face amount spectfted therefor, there shall be included costs and reasonable expenses and fees, including reasonable attorney's fees, incurred by the Ci in successfully enforcing such obligation, all to be taxed as costs and included in any judgment rendered.
Surety stipulates and agrees that no change, extension of time, alteration or addition to the terms of
the Contract, or to the work to be performed thereunder or the specifications accompanying the same shall affect its obligations on this bond, and it does hereby waive notice of any change,
extension of time, alterations or addition to the terms of the contract or to the work or to the
specifications.
e Revised 10/08/03 Contract No. 3809-1 Page 34 of 63 Pages
I
In the event that Contractor is an individual, it is agreed that the death of any such Contractor shall
not exonerate the Surety from its obligations under this bond.
Executed by CONTRACTOR this ici
day of kR"G ,2029.
CONTRACTOR:
J.R. FILANC CONSTRUCTION COMPANY, INC.
(name of Contractor)
(sign here)
I,
(rrtle and Orbankation of Signatory)
Executed by SURETY this 14TH day of
MAY ,20%.
SURE7Y
FIDELITY AND DEPOSIT COMPANY OF MARYLAND
(name of Surety)
801 NORTH BRAND BLVD. PENTHOUSE SUI TE CLENDALE, CA 91203
(address of Surety)
(81 8) 409-2800
(telephone number of Surety) n 'n
watu re of Atto rney-in-Fact}
TAM BACON. ATTORNEY-IN-FACT
(printed name of Attorney-in-Fact) By:
I
(sigK here)
(Attach corporate resolution showing current
power of attorney.)
(Title and Organization of signatory)
(Proper notarial acknowledgment of execution by CONTRACTOR and SURETY must be attached.)
(President or vice-president and secretary or assistant secretary must sign for corporations. If only
one officer signs, the corporation must attach a resolution certified by the secretary or assistant
secretary under corporate seal empowering that officer to bind the.corporation.)
APPROVED AS TO FORM:
RONALD R. BALL
@ Revised 10/08/03 Contract No. 3809-1 Page 35 of '63 Pages
- CALIFORNIA ALL-PURPOSE ACKNOWLEDGMENT
_-
I
} SS.
State of California
Countyof Sa-
s- On -
personally
Mrsonally known to me
0 proved to me on the basis of satisfactory
evidence
to be the person(s) whose name@) is/are
subscribed to the within instrument and
acknowledged to me that he/she/they executed
the same in his/her/their authorized
capacity(ies), and that by his/her/their
signature@) on the instrument the person(s), or
the entity upon behalf of which the person(s)
acted, executed the instrument.
Signatured Ndav P
OPTlONA L
Though the information below is not required by law, it may prove valuable to persons relying on the document and could prevent
fraudulent removal and reattachment of this form to another document.
Description of Attached Document
Title or Type of Document:
Document Date: Number of Pages:
Signer(s) Other Than Named Above:
Capacity(ies) Claimed by Signer
Signer's Name:
0 Individual
0 Corporate Officer - Title(s):
0 Partner - 0 Limited 0 General
0 Attorney-in-Fact
0 Trustee
0 Guardian or Conservator
0 Other:
Signer Is Representing: u
0 1999 NatiomI Notary Association 9350 De Solo Ave.. P.0 Box 2402 - Chatsworth. CA 91 313-2402 - www nationalno1aly.org Prod. No. 5907 Reorder: Call Toll-Free 1-800-876-6827
State of California )
County of San Diego )
On May 14, 2004 before me, Minna Huovila, Notary Public, personally
appeared Tara Bacon, personally known to me to be the person whose name
is subscribed to the within instrument and acknowledged to me that he
executed the same in his authorized capacity, and that by hs signature on the
instrument the person(s), or the entity upon behalf of which the person acted,
executed the instrument.
WITNESS my hand and official seal.
Power of Attorney
FIDELITY AND DEPOSIT COMPANY OF MARYLAND
HOME OFFICE P.O. BOX 1227, BALTIMORE, MD 21203-1227
Know ALL MEN BY THESE. PRESENTS: That the FIDELITY AND DEPOSIT COMPANY OF MARYLAND, a corporation of the State of
Maryland, by W. B. WALBRECHER, Vice-president, and T. E. SMITH, Assistant Secretary, in pursuance of authority granted by Article VI, Section
2, of the By-Laws of said Company, which are set forth on the reverse side hereof and are hereby certified to be in full force and effect on the date
hereof, does hereby nominate, constitute and appoint Tara Bacon, of San Diego, California, its true and lawful agent and Attorney-in-Fact,
to make, execute, seal and deliver, for, and on its behalf as surety, and as its act and deed: any and all bonds and undertakings and the
execution of such bonds or undertakings in pursuance of these presents, shall be as binding upon said Company, as fully and amply, to all intents and e Company at its ofice in Baltimore, Md., in their
own proper persons.
The said Assistant Secretary does hereby certify that the extract s By-Laws of said Company, and is now in force.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the said Vice-President and As
the said FIDELITY AND DEPOSIT COMPANY OF MARYL
ATTEST: OF MARYLAND
W. B. Walbrecher Vice-president
On this 12th day of August, A.D. 199 B. WALBRECHER, Vice-president and a Notary Public of the State of Maryland, duly commissioned and qualified, came W.
t Secretary of the FIDELITY AND DEPOSIT COMPANY OF MARYLAND, to me
in and who executed the preceding instrument, and they each acknowledged the
CERTIFICATE
I, the undersigned, Assistant Secretary of the FIDELITY AND DEPOSIT COMPANY OF MARYLAND, do hereby certify that the original Power
of Attorney of which the foregoing is a full, true and correct copy, is in full force and effect on the date of this certificate; and I do further certify that the Vice-President who executed the said Power of Attorney was one of the additional Vice-Presidents specially authorized by the Board of Directors
to appoint any Attorney-in-Fact as provided in Article VI, Section 2, of the By-Laws of the FIDELITY AND DEPOSIT COMPANY OF MARYLAND.
This Power of Attorney and Certificate may be signed by facsimile under and by authority of the following resolution of the Board of Directors of the FIDELITY AND DEPOSIT COMPANY OF MARYLAND at a meeting duly called and held on the loth day of May, 1990.
RESOLVED: "That the facsimile or mechanically reproduced seal of the company and facsimile or mechanically reproduced signature of any
Vice-President, Secretary, or Assistant Secretary of the Company, whether made heretofore or hereafter, wherever appearing upon a certified copy of any power of attorney issued by the Company, shall be valid and binding upon the Company with the same force and effect as though manually
affixed."
IN TESTIMONY WHEREOF, I have hereunto subscribed my name and affixed the corporate seal of the said Company, this
14TH dayof MAY . 2004 .
Assistant Secretary
d/#-W
L1428-012-9244
EXTRACT FROM BY-LAWS OF FIDELITY AND DEPOSIT COMPANY OF MARYLAND
“Article VI, Section 2. The Chairman of the Board, or the President, or any Executive Vice-president, or any of the Senior Vice-
Presidents or Vice-Presidents specially authorized so to do by the Board of Directors or by the Executive Comminee, shall have power,
by and with the concumence of the Secretary or any one of the Assistant Secretaries, to appoint Resident Vice-presidents, Assistant
Vice-presidents and Attorneys-in-Fact as the business of the Company may require, or to authorize any person or persons to execute
on behalf of the Company any bonds, undertakings, recognizances, stipulations, policies, contracts, agreements, deeds, and releases
and assignments ofjudgements, decrees, mortgages and instruments in the nature of mortgages,. . .and to affix the seal of the Company
thereto.”
-
OPTIONAL ESCROW AGREEMENT FOR
SECURITY DEPOSITS IN LIEU OF RETENTION
This Escrow Agreement is made and entered into by and between the City of Carlsbad whose
address is 1200 Carlsbad Village Drive, Carlsbad, California, 92008, hereinafter called "City" and
whose address is
hereinafter called
"Contractor" and whose address is
hereinafter
called "Escrow Agent."
For the consideration hereinafter set forth, the City, Contractor and Escrow Agent agree as follows:
1. Pursuant to sections 22300 and 10263 of the Public Contract Code of the State of California, the
Contractor has the option to deposit securities with the Escrow Agent as a substitute for retention
earnings required to be withheld by the City pursuant to the Construction Contract entered into
between the City and Contractor for
NORTH BATIQUITOS LIFT STATION IMPROVEMENTS
PACKAGE "A"
CONTRACT NO. 3809-1
.- in the amount of dated (hereinafter referred to
as the "Contract"). Alternatively, on written request of the Contractor, the City shall make payments
of the retention earnings directly to the Escrow Agent. When the Contractor deposits the securities
as a substitute for Contract earnings, the Escrow Agent shall notify the City within 10 days of the
deposit. The Escrow Agent shall maintain insurance to cover negligent acts and omissions of the
Escrow Agent in connection with the handling of retentions under these sections in an amount not
less than $100,000 per contract. The market value of the securities at the time of the substitution
shall be a least equal to the cash amount then required to be withheld as retention under the terms of
the contract between the City and Contractor. Securities shall be held in the name of the City and
shall designate the Contractor as the beneficial owner.
2. The City shall make progress payments to the Contractor for such funds which otherwise would
be withheld from progress payments pursuant to the Contract provisions, provided that the Escrow
Agent holds securities in the form and amount specified above.
3. When the City makes payment of retentions earned directly to the Escrow Agent, the Escrow
Agent shall hold them for the benefit of the Contractor until such time as the escrow created under
this contract is terminated. The Contractor may direct the investment of the payments into securities.
All terms and conditions of this agreement and the rights and responsibilities of the parties shall be
equally applicable and binding when the City pays the Escrow Agent directly.
4. The Contractor shall be responsible for paying all fees for the expenses incurred by the Escrow
Agent in administering the Escrow Account and all expenses of the City. These expenses and
payment terms shall be determined by the City, Contractor and Escrow Agent.
Q Revised 10/08/03 Contract No. 3809-1 Page 36 of 63 Pages
5. The interest eamed on the securities or the money market accounts held in escrow and all interest earned on that interest shall be for the sole account of Contractor and shall be subject to
withdrawal by Contractor at any time and from time to time without notice to the City.
6. Contractor shall have the right to withdraw all or any part of the principal in the Escrow Account
only by written notice to Escrow Agent accompanied by written authorization from City to the Escrow
Agent that City consents to the withdrawal of the amount sought to be withdrawn by Contractor.
7. The City shall have a right to draw upon the securities in the event of default by the Contractor. Upon seven days' written notice to the Escrow Agent from the City of the default, the Escrow Agent
shall immediately convert the securities to cash and shall distribute the cash as instructed by the City.
'
8. Upon receipt of written notification from the City certifymg that the Contract is final and complete and that the Contractor has complied with all requirements and procedures applicable to the
Contract, the Escrow Agent shall release to Contractor all securities and interest on deposit less escrow fees and charges of the Escrow Account. The escrow shall be closed immediately upon disbursement of all moneys and securities on deposit and payments of fees and charges.
9. The Escrow Agent shall rely on the written notifications from the City and the Contractor pursuant to sections (1) to (8), inclusive, of this agreement and the City and Contractor shall hold Escrow Agent harmless from Escrow Agent's release, conversion and disbursement of the securities and
interest as set forth above.
10. The names of the persons who are authorized to give written notices or to receive written notice
on behalf of the City and on behalf of Contractor in connection with the foregoing, and exemplars of their respective signatures are as follows:
- For City:
For Contractor:
For Escrow Agent:
Title FINANCE DIRECTOR
Name
Signature
Address
Title
Name
Signature
Address
Title
Name
Signature
Address
At the time the Escrow Account is opened, the City and Contractor shall deliver to the Escrow Agent
a fully executed counterpart of this Agreement.
I
Revised 10/08/03 Contract No. 3809-1 Page 37 of 63 Pages
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Agreement by their proper officers on the
date first set forth above. -
For City:
For Contractor:
For Escrow Agent:
Title MAYOR
Name
Signature
Address
Title
Name
Signature
Address
Title
Name
Signature
Address
_-
Revised 10/08/03 Contract No. 3809-1 Page 38 of 63 Pages
SUPPLEMENTAL PROVISIONS
FOR
NORTH BATIQUITOS LIFT STATION IMPROVEMENTS
PACKAGE "A"
CONTRACT NO. 3809-1
SUPPLEMENTAL PROVISIONS TO
STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS FOR PUBLIC WORKS CONSTRUCTION
PART 1, GENERAL PROVISIONS
SECTION 1 -- TERMS, DEFINITIONS ABBREVIATIONS AND SYMBOLS
1-1 TERMS
Add the following section:
1-1.1 Reference to Drawings. Where words "shown", "indicated", "detailed", "noted", "scheduled",
or words of similar import are used, it shall be understood that reference is made to the plans
accompanying these provisions, unless stated otherwise.
Add the following section:
1-1.2 Directions. Where words "directed", "designated, "selected, or words of similar import are
used, it shall be understood that the direction, designation or selection of the Engineer is intended,
unless stated otherwise. The word "required" and words of similar import shall be understood to
mean "as required to properly complete the work as required and as approved by the Engineer,"
unless stated otherwise.
Add the following section:
1-1.3 Equals and Approvals. Where the words "equal", "approved equal", "equivalent", and such
words of similar import are used, it shall be understood such words are followed by the expression "in
the opinion of the Engineer", unless otherwise stated. Where the words "approved", "approval",
"acceptance", or words of similar import are used, it shall be understood that the approval,
acceptance, or similar import of the Engineer is intended.
Add the following section:
1-1.4 Perform. The word "perform" shall be understood to mean that the Contractor, at. its
expense, shall perform all operations, labor, tools and equipment, and further, including the
furnishing and installing of materials that are indicated, specified or required to mean that the
Contractor, at its expense, shall furnish and install the work, complete in place and ready to use,
including furnishing of necessary labor, materials, tools, equipment, and transportation.
e Revised 10/08/03 Contract No. 3809-1 Page 39 of 63 Pages
1-2 DEFINITIONS. Modify as follows: The following words, or groups of words, shall be exclusively
defined by the definitions assigned to them herein.
Agency - The City of Carlsbad, California.
City Council - The City Council of the City of Carlsbad.
City Manager - The City Manager of the City of Carlsbad or hidher approved representative.
Construction Manager - The Project Inspector’s immediate supervisor and first level of appeal for
informal dispute resolution.
Deputy City Engineer, Construction Management & Inspection - The Construction Manager’s
immediate supervisor and second level of appeal for informal dispute resolution.
Dispute Board - Persons designated by the City Manager to hear and advise the City Manager on
claims submitted by the Contractor. The City Manager is the last appeal level for informal dispute
resolution.
Engineer - The Public Works Director of the City of Carlsbad or hidher approved representative.
The Engineer is the third level of appeal for informal dispute resolution.
Minor Bid Item - A single contract item constituting less than 10 percent (10%)’ of the original
Contract Price bid.
Own Organization - When used in Section 2-3.1 - Employees of the Contractor who are hired,
directed, supervised and paid by the Contractor to accomplish the completion of the Work. Further, such employees have their employment taxes, State disability insurance payments, State and
Federal income taxes paid and administered, as applicable, by the Contractor. When used in
Section 2-3.1 ”own organization” means construction equipment that the Contractor owns or leases
and uses to accomplish the Work. Equipment that is owner operated or leased equipment with an
operator is not part of the Contractor‘s Own Organization and will not be included for the purpose of
compliance with section 2-3.1 of the Standard Specifications and these Supplemental Provisions.
Owner Operatorllessor - Any person who provides equipment or tools with an operator provided
who is employed by neither the Contractor nor a subcontractor and is neither an agent or employee
of the Agency or a public utility.
Project Inspector - The Engineer’s designated representative for inspection, contract administration
and first level for informal dispute resolution.
Project Manager - The Public Works Director of the City of Carlsbad or hidher approved
representative.
Revised 10/08/03 Contract No. 3809-1 Page 40 of 63 Pages
1-3 ABBREVlATlONS
1-3.2 Common Usage, add the following:
Abbreviation Word or Words
A pts ................................................... .Apartment and Apartments
Bldg .................................................... Building band Buildings
CMW D ................................................ Carlsbad Municipal Water District
CSSD ................................................. Carlsbad Supplemental Standard Drawings
cfs ....................................................... Cubic Feet per Second
Comm ................................................. Commercial
DR ...................................................... Dimension Ratio E ......................................................... Electric
G ..................... ;. .................................. Gas
gal ....................................................... Gallon and Gallons
Gar ..................................................... Garage and Garages
GNV .................................................... Ground Not Visible
gpm .................................................... Gallons per minute IE ........................................................ Invert Elevation
LCWD ................................................. Leucadia County Water District
MSL .................................................... Mean Sea Level (see Regional Standard Drawing M-12)
MTBM ................................................. Microtunneling Boring Machine
NCTD ................................................. North County Transit Distrct
OH E... ................................................. Overhead Electric
OMWD ............................................... Olivenhain Municipal Water District
ROW .................................................. Right-of-way
S ......................................................... Sewer or Slope, as applicable
SDNR ................................................. San Diego Northern Railway
SDRSD ............................................... San Diego Regional Standard Drawing
SFM .................................................... Sewer Force Main
UE ...................................................... Underground Electric
W ........................................................ Water, Wider or Width, as applicable
VW D ................................................... Vallecitos Water District
T ......................................................... Telephone
Q Revised 10/08/03 Contract No. 3809-1 Page 41 of 63 Pages
SECTION 2 -- SCOPE AND CONTROL OF THE WORK
2-3 SUBCONTRACTS.
2-3.1 General, add the following: Should the Contractor fail to adhere to the provisions requiring
the Contractor to complete 50 percent of the contract price with its own organization, the Agency may
at its sole discretion elect to cancel the contract or to deduct an amount equal to 10 percent of the
value of the work performed in excess of 50 percent of the contract price by other than the
Contractor's own organization. The City Council shall be the sole body for determination of a violation
of these provisions. In any proceedings under this section, the prime contractor shall be entitled to a
public hearing before the City Council and shall be notified ten (10) days in advance of the time and
location of said hearing. The determination of the City Council shall be final.
2-4 CONTRACT BONDS, modify the second sentence of paragraph one as follows: The Contractor
shall provide a faithful performance/warranty bond and payment bond (labor and materials bond) for
this contract. The faithful performance/warranty bond shall be in the amount of 100 percent of the
contract price. The Contractor shall provide bonds to secure payment of laborers and materials
suppliers, in an amount equal to:
One hundred percent (100%) of the total amount payable by the terms of the contract when the
total amount payable does not exceed five million dollars ($5,000,000).
Fifty percent (50%) of the total amount payable by the terms of the contract when the total
amount payable is not less than five million dollars ($5,000,000) and does not exceed ten million
dollars ($1 0,000,000).
Twenty-five percent (25%) of the total amount payable by the terms of the contract if the contract
exceeds ten million dollars ($1 0,000,000).
Both bonds shall extend in full force and effect and be retained by the Agency during this project until
they are released according to the provisions of this section.
The faithful performance/warranty bond will be reduced to 25 percent of the original amount 30 days
after recordation of the Notice of Completion and will remain in full force and effect for the one year
warranty period and until all warranty repairs are completed to the satisfaction of the Engineer.
The bonds to secure payment of laborers and materials suppliers shall be released six months plus
30 days after recordation of the Notice of Completion if all claims have been paid.
Add the following: All bonds are to be placed with a surety insurance carrier admitted and authorized
to transact the business of insurance in California and whose assets exceed their liabilities in an
amount equal to or in excess of the amount of the bond. The bonds are to contain the following
documents:
1) An original, or a certified copy, of the unrevoked appointment, power of attorney, by laws, or other
2) A certified copy of the certificate of authority of the insurer issued by the insurance commissioner.
If the bid is accepted, the Agency may require a financial statement of the assets and liabilities of the
insurer at the end of the quarter calendar year prior to 30 days next preceding the date of the
execution of the bond. The financial statement shall be made by an officer's certificate as defined in
Section 173 of the Corporations Code. In the case of a foreign insurer, the financial statement may
be verified by the oath of the principal officer or manager residing within the United States.
instrument entitling or authorizing the person who executed the bond to do so.
a Revised 10/08/03 Contract No. 3809-1 Page 42 of 63 Pages
2-5 PLANS AND SPECIFICATIONS.
4- 2-5.1 General, add the following: The specifications for the work include the Standard
Specifications for Public Works Construction, (SSPWC), 2003 Edition, and supplements thereto,
hereinafter designated "SSPWC", as written and promulgated by Joint Cooperative Committee of the
Southern California Chapter American Public Works Association and Southern California Districts
Associated General Contractors of California, and as amended by the Supplemental Provisions
section of this contract and the Technical Specifications of this contract.
The construction plans consist of one (1) set. The first set is designated as City of Carlsbad Drawing
'No. DWG 415-2A and consists of eight (8) sheets. The standard drawings used for this project are
the latest edition of the San Diego Area Regional Standard Drawings, hereinafter designated SDRS,
as issued by the San Diego County Department of Public Works, together with the most recent
editions of the City of Carlsbad Supplemental Standard Drawings, hereinafter designated as CSSD,
as issued by the City of Carlsbad and the Carlsbad Municipal Water District Standard Plans
hereinafter designated as CMWDSD, as issued by the Carlsbad Municipal Water District. Copies of
some of the pertinent standard drawings are enclosed as an appendix to these Supplemental
Provisions.
2-5.2 Precedence of Contract Documents, modify as follows: If there is a conflict between
Contract Documents, the document highest in precedence shall control. The precedence shall be
the most recent edition of the following documents listed in order of highest to lowest precedence:
1) Permits from other agencies as may be required by law.
2) Supplemental Provisions.
3) Plans and Technical Specifications.
4) Standard Plans.
a) City of Carlsbad Supplemental Standard Drawings.
b) Carlsbad Municipal Water District Standard Drawings.
c) City of Carlsbad modifications to the San Diego Area Regional Standard Drawings.
d) San Diego Area Regional Standard Drawings.
e) State of California Department of Transportation Standard Plans.
5) Standard Specifications for Public Works Construction. 6) Reference Specifications.
7) Manufacturer's Installation Recommendations.
Change Orders, Supplemental Agreements and approved revisions to Plans and Specifications will
take precedence over items 2) through 7) above. Detailed plans and plan views shall have
precedence over general plans.
2-5.2 Precedence of Contract Documents, add the following: Where CALTRANS specifications
are used to modify the SSPWC or added to the SSPWC by any of the contract documents the
CALTRANS specifications shall have precedence only in reference to the materials and construction
materials referred to in the CALTRANS specifications. The Invitation to Bid, Contract for Public
Works, Part 1 of these Supplemental Provisions and Part 1 of the SSPWC, in the order of
precedence in section 2-5.2 of the SSPWC, shall prevail over the CALTRANS specifications in all
other matters.
2-5.3.3 Submittals, add the following: Each submittal shall be consecutively numbered.
Resubmittals shall be labelled with the number of the original submittal followed by an ascending
alphabetical designation (e.g. The label '4-C' would indicate the third instance that the fourth
submittal had been given to the Engineer). Each sheet of each submittal shall be consecutively
numbered. Each set of shop drawings and submittals shall be accompanied by a letter of transmittal
on the Contractor's letterhead. The Letter of transmittal shall contain the following: @ Revised 10f08f03 Contract No. 3809-1 Page 43 of 63 Pages
1 ) Project title and Agency contract number. 2) Number of complete sets. 3) Contractor's certification statement.
4) Specification section number@) pertaining to material submitted for review.
5) Submittal number (Submittal numbers shall be consecutive including subsequent submittals 'for the same materials.)
6) Description of the contents of the submittal.
7) Identification of deviations from the contract documents.
When submitted for the Engineer's review, Shop Drawings shall bear the Contractor's certification
that the Contractor has reviewed, checked, and approved the Shop Drawings and that they are in conformance with the requirements of the Contract Documents. The Contractor shall subscribe to
and shall place the following certification on all submittals:
"I hereby certify that the (equipment, material) shown and marked in this submittal is that proposed to
be incorporated into this Project, is in compliance with the Contract Documents, can be installed in
the allocated spaces, and is submitted for approval."
By: Title:
Date:
Company Name:
Add the following:
2-5.4 Record Drawings: The Contractor shall provide and keep up-to-date a complete "as-built"
record set of blue-line prints, which shall be corrected in red daily and show every change from the
original drawings and specifications and the exact "as-built' locations, sizes and kinds of equipment,
underground piping, valves, and all other work not visible at surface grade. Prints for this purpose
may be obtained from the Agency at cost. This set of drawings shall be kept on the job and shall be
used only as a record set and shall be delivered to the Engineer within ten (1 0) days of completion
of the work. Payment for performing the work required by section 2-5.4 shall be included in the various bid items and no additional payment will be made therefor.
2-9 SURVEYING
2-9.1 Permanent Survey Markers, Delete sections 2-9.1 and replace with the following:
The Contractor shall not cover or disturb permanent survey monuments or benchmarks without the
consent of the Engineer. Where the Engineer concurs, in wriiing, with the Contractor that protecting
an existing monument in place is impractical, the Contractor shall employ a licensed land surveyor or
a registered civil engineer authorized to practice land surveying within the State of California,
hereinafter Surveyor, to establish the location of the monument before it is disturbed. The Contractor
shall have the monument replaced by the Surveyor no later than thirty (30) days after construction at
the site of the replacement is completed. The Surveyor shall file corner record@) as required by $9
8772 and 8773, et seq. of the.California Business and Professions Code.
When a change is made in the finished elevation of the pavement of any roadway in which a
permanent survey monument is located, the Contractor shall adjust the monument frame and cover
to the new grade within 7 days of paving unless the Engineer shall approve otherwise. Monument frames and covers shall be protected during street sealing or painting projects or be cleaned to the
satisfaction of the Engineer.
Revised 10/08/03 Contract No. 3809-1 Page 44 of 63 Pages'
2-9.2 Survey Service, Delete sections 2-9.2 and replace with the following: The Contractor shall
hire and pay for the services of a Surveyor, hereinafter Surveyor to perform all work necessary for
establishing control, construction staking, records research and all other suiveying work necessary to
construct the work, provide surveying services as required herein and provide surveying, drafting and
other professional services required to satisfy the requirements of the Land Surveyors Act. Surveyor
shall be resident on the site during all surveying operations and shall personally supervise and certify
the surveying work.
Add the following section: 2-9.2.1 Submittal of Surveying Data: All surveying data submittals shall conform to the
requirements of section 2-5.3.3, “Submittals”, herein. The Contractor shall submit grade sheets to
the Engineer before commencing work in the area affected by the grade sheets. The Contractor shall
submit field notes for all surveying required herein to the Engineer within ten days of performing the
survey. All surveying field notes, grade sheets and survey calculations shall be submitted in bound
form on 215mm by 280 mm (8’/$ by 11”) paper. The field notes, calculations and supporting data
shall be clear and complete. Supporting data shall include all maps, affidavits, plats, field notes from earlier surveys and all other evidence used by the Surveyor to determine the location of the monuments set. The field notes and calculations will be labled with name of the Surveyor, the party
chief, field crew members and preparer of the field notes or calculations. They shall be annotated
with the date of observation or calculation, be numbered with consecutive page numbers and shall
be readable without resort to any electronic aid, computer program or documentation for any
computer program. The field notes shall be prepared in conformance with the CALTRANS “Surveys
Manual”. The Contractor shall have a Record of Survey prepared by the Surveyor and file it in
conformance with $9 8700 - 8805 of the State of California Business and Professions Code when the
Surveyor performs any surveying that such map is required under $9 8762 of the State of California
Business and Professions Code and whenever the Surveyor shall establish, set or construct any
permanent survey monument. SDRS drawing M-10 type monuments, bolts, spikes, leaded tacks and
nails (when set in concrete), iron pipes, reinforcing steel and all monuments and marks that are at, or accessory to, property corners and street centerlines are permanent survey monuments. The
Record of Survey shall show all monuments set, control monuments used, the basis of bearings and
all other data needed to determine the procedure of survey and the degree of accuracy attained by
the field surveying including the unadjusted ratio of closure. The unadjusted ratio of closure shall not
exceed 1 part in 40,000. The record of survey shall show the location and justification of location of
all permanent monuments set and their relation to the street right-of-way. Record@) of Survey(s)
shall be submitted for the Engineer’s review and approval before submittal to the County Surveyor
and before submittal to the County Recorder.
Add the following section:
2-9.2.2 Survey Requirements, Stakes shall be set at offsets approved by the Engineer at no greater intervals than specified in TABLE 2-9.2.2(A) as measured along the project stationing. Stakes shall be set to show the location and grade of future curbs adjacent to traffic signal locations where the curb is not being built as a part of this contract. Staking and marking shall be completed by the
Surveyor and inspected and approved by the Engineer before the start of construction in the area
marked. Centerline monument shall have the disk stamped with the date the monument was set and the registration number of the Surveyor. Habitat mitigation sites and other areas to be preserved that are shown on the plans shall be staked and flagged prior to the start of any other activities within the limits of the work. When curb and gutter does not exist and is not being installed as a part of the project the location of adjacent facilities being constructed as a part of the contract the Contractor shall place stakes defining the horizontal and vertical location of such adjacent utility vaults, poles or
other facilities that are being installed as parts of, or adjunct to, the project either by the Contractor
and/or those noted on the plans as to be installed by others.
-
Revised 10/08/03 Contract No. 3809-1 Page 45 of 63 Pages
TABLE 2-9.2.2(A)
Survey Requirements for Construction Staking - Stake
Description (2
SDRS M-10
Monument
- Centerline or Parallel to Centerline
Spacing@, 0
Lateral
Spacing 0, Q
Setting Tolerance
ONttfW
7 mm (0.02')
Horizontal, also see
section 2-9.2.1 herein
0.3 rn (1') Horizontal
Feature Staked
Street Centerline on street
centerline 1300m (1 OOV), Street Intersections, Begin
and end of curves, only when shown on the
plans
lath - Intervisible, I 15m (50') on tangents
& I7.5m (25') on curves, Painted line - continuous
at clearing line Lath in soil,
painted line
3n PCC & AC
Clearing
Slope RP + Marker Grade Breaks 30 mm (0.1') Vertical & lntervisible and I 15m (50')
I60 m (200') on tangents, I 15m (50) on
:urves when R2 300m (1000') & 7.5m (25') or
curves when RI 300m (1000')
I 15m (50')
& S7.6 m (25'1
N/A
Horizontal
30 mm (0.1'1
Stake
RP + Marker Fence
Stake Horizontal ( constant
offset)
N/A RP + Marker
Stake
RP + Marker
Stake, Blue-
top in gradin!
area
RP, paint on
previous
course
Rough Grade Cut
or Fills 1 10 rn
30 mm (0.1') Vertical &
Horizontal
10 mm ("/E") Horizontal
& 7 mm ('14.1 Vertical
(33')
Final Grade I 15 m (50') on tangents & curves when I32
300m (1 000') & I 7.5m (25') on curves when
R I 300m (1 000')
S6.7 m (22') (includes top of:
Basement soil,
subbase and base)
Asphalt Pavemen Finish Course I 7.5m (25') or as per the intersection grid
points shown on the plan whichever provides
the denser information
10 mm (?() Horizontal
& 7 mm ( /4n) Vertical edge of pavement,
paving pass
width, crown
line & grade
breaks
as appropriate Drainage Structures, Pipes & similar
FacilitiesO, 0
10 mrn ("/a") Horizontal
& 7 rnm ('/47 Vertical
RP + Marker Stake ntervisible & I7.5m (257, beginning and end,
BC & EC of facilities, Grade breaks, Alignment breaks, Junctions, Inlets & similar facilities, Risers & similar facilities (except
plumbing), Skewed cut-off lines
I 7.5m (257, BC & EC, at %A, %A & %A on
curb returns & at beginning & end
Vertical locations shall be based on the
ultimate elevation of curb and sidewalk
at each pole & controller location
10 mm ("/E") Horizontal
& 7 mm ('/A? Vertical
curb
Traffic Signal 0
Signal Poles &
Controller CD
Junction Box d
Conduit 0
RP + Marker
Stake
( constant
offset)
10 mm ("/a", Horizontal RP + Marker
Stake RP + Marker
Stake RP + Marker
Stake
as appropriate
& 7 mm ('/4") Vertical
10 mm ("/$) Horizontal at each junction box location
I 15 m (50') on tangents & curves when R?
300m (1 000') & I 7.5m (25') on curves when
R I 300m (1 000') or where grade I 0.30%
as appropriate
& 7 rnm ('/4") Vertical
10 mm ("/R") Horizontal
&when depth cannot
be measured from existing pavement 7
mm ( /47 Vertical
IO mm ("/e") Horizontal
& 7 mm (1/4n) Vertical
(when vertical data needed\
as appropriate
as appropriate Minor Structure B RP + Marker
Stake + Line Stake
RP + Marker
for catch basins: at centerline of box, ends of
box & wings & at each end of the local depression 0
I 15 m (50') & along end slopes & conic
transitions
I 15 m (50') and at beginning & end of each wall, BC & EC, layout line angle points,
Abutment Fill ~
Wall 0
as appropriate 30 mm (0.1') Vertical & Horizontal
7 mm (l/dn) Horizontal
& 7 mm ('/4)3 Vertical
Stake + Line Stake
RP + Marker as appropriate Stake + Line @ Revised 10/08/03 Contract No. 3809-1 Page 46 of 63 Pages
Major Structure (3
Footings, Bents
Abutments &
Wingwalls
Superstructures
Miscellaneous (3
Contour Gradins a
Utilities 0, @
Channels, Dikes
& Ditches 0
Signs 0
Subsurface
Drains 0
Overside Drains 0
Markers 0
Railings &
Barriers 0
AC Dikes 0
Box Culverts
Pavement
Markers0
- Point +Guan
Stake
RP + Marke
Stake + Linc
Point +Guar(
Stake
RP
RP + Marke
Stake
RP + Marke
Stake
RP + Marke
Stake
RP + Markei
Stake + Linc >oint +Guan
Stake
RP + Marke
Stake
RP + Markei
Stake
RP + Markei
Stake
RP + Markei
Stake
RP + Markei Stake
RP
changes in footing dimensions &lor elevation
& wall height
3 m to 10 m (10' to 33') as required by the
Engineer, BC & EC, transition points & at
3eginning & end. Elevation points on footing!
at bottom of columns
3 rn to 10 m (1 0' to 33') sufficient to use strini
lines, BC & EC, transition points & at
3eginning & end. Elevation points on footing!
at bottom of columns
k 15 m (50')
I 15 m (50') on tangents & curves when R2
300m (1 000') & I 7.5m (25') on curves when
R I 300m (1 000') or where grade I 0.30%
intervisible & I 30 rn (loo'), BC & EC of
facilities, Grade breaks, Alignment breaks,
Junctions, Inlets & similar facilities
At sign location
intervisible & I 15m (50'), BC & EC of facilities, Grade breaks, Alignment breaks, Junctions, Inlets & similar facilities, Risers &
similar facilities
longitudinal location
for asphalt street surfacing I 15 m (50') on
tangents & curves when R2 300m (1000') & 5
7.5m (25') on curves when R I300rn (lOOO'L
At beginning & end and I 15 m (50') on
angents & curves when R 2 300m (1 000') & !
7.5m (25') on curves when R I 300m (1 000')
At beginning & end
3 m to 10 m (1 0' to 33') as required by the Engineer, BC & EC, transition points & at ieginning & end. Elevation points on footings
& at invert
60 m (200') on tangents, 15m (50') on curves
when R.2 300m-(l000') & 7:5m'(25') on
curves when R I 300m (1000') For PCC
surfaced streets lane cold joints will suffice
ed when adiacent marker stakes reference t
as appropriate
as appropriate
along contour
line
as appropriate
as appropriate
Line point
as appropriate
At beginning &
end
At marker location(s)
at railing &
barrier
location(s)
as appropriate
as appropriate
at pavement
marker
location(s)
10 mm (?() Horizontal
& 7 mm ( /4") Vertical
10 mm ("/E") Horizontal
& 7 mm ('/47 Vertical
30 rnm (0.1') Vertical &
Horizontal
10 mm ("/?") Horizontal & 7 mm ( /4") Vertical
30 mm (0.1 ')
Horizontal & 7 mm
('/An) Vertical
30 mm (0.1') Vertical & Horizontal
30 mm (0.1')
Horizontal & 7 rnm
('1.4.) Vertical
30 mm (0.1')
Horizontal & 7 mm ('h") Vertical
7 mm ('/.I") Horizontal
IO mm ("/E") Horizontal & Vertical
30 mm (0.1')
Horizontal & Vertical
t 0 mm ("/e") Horizontal
7 mrn ('/43 Horizontal
offset and elevation of those features 0 Staking for feature may be on
and the accuracy requirements of the RP meet the requirements for the feature
Reference points shall be sufficiently durable and set securely enough to survive with accuracy intact throughout the installation & inspection of the features or adjacent facilities for which they provide control. RP means reference point for the purposes of this table 0 Perpendicular to centerline. @ Some features are not necessarily parallel to centerline but are referenced thereto
(B Multi-plane surfaced features shall be staked so as to provide line & grade information for each plane of the feature
61 2 means greater than, or equal to, the number following the symbol. I means less than, or equal to, the number fol- lowing the symbol. (B The cut datum for storm drainage & sanitary sewer pipes & similar structures shall be their invert. The cut datum for all
other utllities shall be the top of their pipe or conduit.
@ Revised 10/08/03 Contract No. 3809-1 Page 47 of 63 Pages
All guard stakes, line stakes and lath shall be flagged. Unless otherwise approved by the Engineer
flagging, paint and marking cards shall be the color specified in TABLE 2-9.2.2(B)
TABLE 2-9.2.2(8)
Survey Stake Color Code for Construction Staking
4 Vertical Control
Clearing
Grading
alignments, etc.
Bench marks W hite/Orange
Limits of clearing Yellow/Black
Slope, intermediate slope, abutment fill, rough grade, contour grading, final Yellow -
Structure
Drainaae. Sewer, Curb
grade, etc.
Bridges, sound and retaining walls, box culverts, etc.
Pipe culverts, junction boxes, drop inlets, headwalls, sewer lines, storm
White
Blue .I
Add the following section:
2-9.2.3 Payment for Survey: Payment for work performed to satisfy the requirements of Sections
2-9.1 through 2-9.3.2 shall be included in the actual bid items requiring the survey work and no additional payment will be made. Extension of unit prices for extra work shall include full
compensation for attendant survey work and no additional payment will be made therefor. Payment for the replacement of disturbed monuments and the filing of records of survey and/or corner records, including filing fees therefor, shall be incidental to the work necessitating the disturbance of
said monuments and no additional payment will be made therefor.
-
Right-of-way
Miscellaneous
2-10 AUTHORITY OF BOARD AND ENGINEER.
drains, slope protection, curbs, gutters, etc.
Fences, W W lines, easements, property monuments, etc.
Signs, railings, barriers, lighting, etc.
WhiteNellow
Orange
Add the following section: 2-10.1 Availability of Records: The Contractor shall, at no charge to the Agency, provide copies of all records in the Contractor’s or subcontractor’s possession pertaining to the work that the
Engineer may request.
Add the following section: 2-10.2 Audit And Inspection: Contractor agrees to maintain and/or make available, to the Engineer, within San Diego County, accurate books and accounting records relative to all its activities and to contractually require all subcontractors to this Contract to do the same. The Engineer shall have the right to monitor, assess, and evaluate Contractor’s and its subcontractors performance pursuant to this Agreement, said monitoring, assessments, and evaluations to include, but not be limited to, audits, inspection of premises, reports, contracts, subcontracts and interviews of
Contractor’s staff and the staff of all subcontractors to this contract. At any time during normal business hours and as often as the Engineer may deem necessary, upon reasonable advance notice, Contractor shall make available to the Engineer for examination, all of its, and all subcontractors to this contract, records with respect to all matters covered by this Contract and will permit the Engineer to audit, examine, copy and make excerpts or transcripts from such data and records, and to make audits of all invoices, materials, payrolls, records of personnel, and other data relating to all matters covered by this Contract. However, any such activities shall be carried out in a manner so as to not unreasonably interfere with Contractor’s ongoing business operations.
Contractor and all subcontractors to this contract shall maintain such data and records for as long as may be required by applicable laws and regulations.
.
Revised 10/08/03 Contract No. 3809-1 Page 48 of 63 Pages
SECllON 3 -- CHANGES IN WORK
3-2 CHANGES INITIATED BY THE AGENCY.
3-2.2.1 Contract Unit prices, add the following: In the case of an increase or decrease in quantity of a minor bid item in excess of 25 percent of the original quantity bid the adjustment of contract unit price for such items will be limited to that portion of the change in excess of 25 percent of the original quantity listed in the Contractor's bid proposal for this contract. Adjustments in excess of 25 percent may, at the option of the Engineer, be paid pursuant to section 3-3, Extra Work.
3-3 EXTRA WORK.
3-3.2.2 ( c ) Tool and Equipment Rental, Regardless of
ownership, the rates and right-of-way delay factors to be used in determining rental and delay costs shall be the edition of the, "Labor Surcharge and Equipment Rental Rates" published by CALTRANS, current at the time of the actual use of the tool or equipment. The right-of-way delay factors therein shall be used as multipliers of the rental rates for determining the value of costs for delay to the Contractor and subcontractors, if any. The labor surcharge rates published therein are not a part of this contract.
second paragraph, modify as follows:
3-3.2.3 Markup, Delete sections 3-3.2.3 (a) and (b) and replace with the following:
(a) and shall constitute the markup for all overhead and profits: 1) Labor ................................... 20 2) Materials ............................. 15
4) Other Items and Expenditures .. 15 To the sum of the costs and markups provided for in this section, 1 percent shall be added as compensation for bonding.
Work by Contractor. The following percentages shall be added to the Contractor's costs
3) Equipment Rental ................... 15
(b) When all or any part of the extra work is performed by a
Subcontractor, the markup established in section 3-3.2.3(a) shall be applied to the Subcontractor's actual cost of such work. A markup of 10 percent on the first $5,000 of the subcontracted portion of the extra work and a markup of 5 percent on work added in excess of $5,000 of the subcontracted portion of the extra work may be added by the Contractor.
3-3.3 Daily Reports by Contractor, add the following after the second sentence: Payment for extra work will not be made until such time that the Contractor submits completed daily reports and all supporting documents to the Engineer.
Work by Subcontractor:
3-4 CHANGED CONDITIONS.
Delete the second sentence of paragraph three, delete paragraph five (5), and add the following: The Contractor shall not be entitled to the payment of any additional compensation for any act, or failure to act, by the Engineer, including failure or refusal to issue a change order, or for the happening'of any event, thing, occurrence, or other cause, unless the Contractor shall have first given the Engineer due written notice of potential claim as hereinafter specified. Compliance with this section shall not be required as a prerequisite to notice provisions in Section 6-7.3 Contract Time Accounting, nor to any claim that is based on differences in measurement or errors of computation as to contract quantities. The written notice of potential claim for changed conditions shall be submitted by the Contractor to the Engineer upon their discovery and prior to the time that the Contractor performs the work giving rise to the potential claim. The Contractor's failure to give written notice of potential claim for changed conditions to the agency upon their discovery and before they are disturbed shall constitute a waiver of all claims in connection therewith.
-
a Revised 10/08/03 Contract No. 3809-1 Page 49 of 63 Pages'
The Contractor shall provide the City with a written document containing a description of the
particular circumstances giving rise to the potential claim, the reasons for which the Contractor
believes additional compensation may be due and nature of any and all costs involved within 20
working days of the date of service of the written notice of potential claim for changed conditions.
Verbal notifications are disallowed.
The potential claim shall include the following certification relative to the California False Claims Act,
Government Code Sections 12650-1 2655.
‘The undersigned certifies that the above statements are made in full cognizance of the California False Claims Act, Government Code sections 12650-1 2655. The undersigned further understands
and agrees that this potential claim, unless resolved, must be restated as a claim in response to the
City’s proposed final estimate in order for it to be further considered.”
Date:
Company Name:
The Contractor’s estimate of costs may be updated when actual costs are known. The Contractor shall submit substantiation of its actual costs to the Engineer within 20 working days after the
affected work is completed. Failure to do so shall be sufficient cause for denial of any claim subsequently filed on the basis of said notice of potential claim.
It is the intention of this section that differences between the parties arising under and by virtue of the
contract be brought to the attention of the Engineer at the earliest possible time in order that such matters be settled, if possible, or other appropriate action promptly taken.
3-5 DISPUTED WORK:
Add the following: The Contractor shall give the agency written notice of potential claim prior to commencing any disputed work. Failure to give said notice shall constitute a waiver of all claims in connection therewith. Prior to proceeding with dispute resolution pursuant to Public Contract Code
provisions specified hereinafter, the contractor shall attempt to resolve all disputes informally through the following dispute resolution chain of command: 1. Project Inspector
2. Construction Manager 3. Deputy City Engineer, Construction Management & Inspection
4. Public Works Director
5. City Manager The Contractor shall submit a complete report within 20 working days after completion of the disputed work stating its position on the claim, the contractual basis for the claim, along with all
documentation supporting the costs and all other evidentiary materials. At each level of claim or appeal of claim the City will, within 10 working days of receipt of said claim or appeal of claim, review
the Contractor’s report and respond with a position, request additional information or request that the Contractor meet and present its report. When additional information or a meeting is requested. the City will provide its position within 10 working days of receipt of said additional information or Contractor’s presentation of its report. The Contractor may appeal each level’s position up to the City
Manager after which the Contractor may proceed under the provisions of the Public Contract Code.
Revised 10108/03 Contract No. 3809-1 Page 50 of 63 Pages
The authority within the dispute resolution chain of command is limited to recommending a resolution
to a claim to the City Manager. Actual approval of the claim is subject to the change order provisions
in the contract.
All claims by the contractor for $375,000 or less shall be resolved in accordance with the procedures
in the Public Contract Code, Division 2, Part 3, Chapter 1, Article 1.5 (commencing with Section
201 04) which is set forth below:
ARTICLE 1.5 RESOLUTION OF CONSTRUCTION CLAIMS
20104. (a)(l) This article applies to all public works claims of three hundred seventy-five thousand
dollars ($375,000) or less which arise between a contractor and a local agency.
(2) This article shall not apply to any claims resulting from a contract between a contractor and a
public agency when the public agency has elected to resolve any disputes pursuant to Article 7.1
(commencing with Section 10240) of Chapter 1 of Part 2.
(b)(l) "Public work" has the same meaning as in Sections 3100 and 3106 of the Civil Code, except
that "public work" does not include any work or improvement contracted for by the state or the
Regents of the University of California.
(2) "Claim" means a separate demand by the contractor for (A) a time extension, (B) payment of
money or damages arising from work done by, or on behalf of, the contractor pursuant to the contract
for a public work and payment of which is not otherwise expressly provided for or the claimant is not
otherwise entitled to, or (C) an amount the payment of which is disputed by the local agency.
(c) The provisions of this article or a summary thereof shall be set forth in the plans or specifications
for any work which may give rise to a claim under this article.
(d) This article applies only to contracts entered into on or after January 1, 1991.
20104.2. For any claim subject to this article, the following requirements apply:
(a) The claim shall be in writing and include the documents necessary to substantiate the claim.
Claims must be filed on or before the date of final payment. Nothing in this subdivision is intended to
extend the time limit or supersede notice requirements otherwise provided by contract for the filing of
claims.
(b)(l) For claims of less than fifty thousand dollars ($50,000), the local agency shall respond in
writing to any written claim within 45 days of receipt of the claim, or may request, in writing, within 30
days of receipt of the claim, any additional documentation supporting the claim or relating to
defenses to the claim the local agency may have against the claimant.
(2) If additional information is thereafter required, it shall be requested and provided pursuant to this
subdivision, upon mutual agreement of the local agency and the claimant.
(3) The local agency's written response to the claim, as further documented, shall be submitted to the
claimant within 15 days after receipt of the further documentation or within a period of time no greater
than that taken by the claimant in producing the additional information, whichever is greater.
(c)(l) For claims of over fifty thousand dollars ($50,000) and less than or equal to three hundred
seventy-five thousand dollars ($375,000), the local agency shall respond in writing to all written
claims within 60 days of receipt of the claim, or may request, in writing, within 30 days of receipt of
the claim, any additional documentation supporting the claim or relating to defenses to the claim. the
local agency may have against the claimant.
(2) If additional information is thereafter required, it shall be requested and provided pursuant to this
subdivision, upon mutual agreement of the local agency and the claimant.
(3) The local agency's written response to the claim, as further documented, shall be submitted to
the claimant within 30 days after receipt of the further documentation, or within a period of time no
greater than that taken by the claimant in producing the additional information or requested
documentation, whichever is greater. -
Revised 10/08/03 Contract No. 3809-1 Page 51 of 63 Pages
(d) If the claimant disputes the local agency’s written response, or the local agency fails to respond
within the time ~prescribed, the claimant may so notify the local agency, in writing, either within 15
days of receipt of the local agency‘s response or within 15 days of the local agency’s failure to
respond within the time prescribed, respectively, and demand an informal conference to meet and
confer for settlement of the issues in dispute. Upon a demand, the local agency shall schedule a
meet and confer conference within 30 days for settlement of the dispute.
(e) Following the meet and confer conference, if the claim or any portion remains in dispute, the
claimant may file a claim as provided in Chapter 1 (commencing with Section 900) and Chapter 2
(commencing with Section 910) of Part 3 of Division 3.6 of Title 1 of the Government Code. For
purposes of those provisions, the running of the period of time within which a claim must be filed
shall be tolled from the time the claimant submits his or her written claim pursuant to subdivision (a)
until the time that claim is denied as a result of the meet and confer process, including any period of
time utilized by the meet and confer process.
(f) This article does not apply to tort claims and nothing in this article is intended nor shall be
construed to change the time periods for filing tort claims or actions specified by Chapter 1
(commencing with Section 900) and Chapter 2 (commencing with Section 910) of Part 3 of Division
3.6 of Title 1 of the Government Code.
201 04.4. The following procedures are established for all civil actions filed to resolve claims subject
to this article:
(a) Within 60 days, but no earlier than 30 days, following the filing or responsive pleadings, the court
shall submit the matter to nonbinding mediation unless waived by mutual stipulation of both parties.
The mediation process shall provide for the selection within 15 days by both parties of a disinterested
third person as mediator, shall be commenced within 30 days of the submittal, and shall be
concluded within 15 days from the commencement of the mediation unless a time requirement is
extended upon a good cause showing to the court or by stipulation of both parties. If the parties fail to
select a mediator within the 15-day period, any party may petition the court to appoint the mediator.
(b)(l) If the matter remains in dispute, the case shall be submitted to judicial arbitration pursuant to
Chapter 2.5 (commencing with Section 1141 .lo) of Title 3 of Part 3 of the Code of Civil Procedure,
notwithstanding Section 11 41.1 1 of that code. The Civil Discovery Act of 1986 (Article 3 (commencing
with Section 201 6) of Chapter 3 of Title 3 of Part 4 of the Code of Civil procedure) shall apply to any
proceeding brought under the subdivision consistent with the rules pertaining to judicial arbitration.
(2) Notwithstanding any other provision of law, upon stipulation of the parties, arbitrators appointed
for purposes of this article shall be experienced in construction law, and, upon stipulation of the
parties, mediators and arbitrators shall be paid necessary and reasonable hourly rates of pay not to
exceed their customary rate, and such fees and expeuses shall be paid equally by the parties, except
in the case of arbitration where the arbitrator, for good cause, determines a different division. In no
event shall these fees or expenses be paid by state or county funds.
(3) In addition to Chapter 2.5 (commencing with Section 1141 .lo) Title 3 of Part 3 of the Code of Civil
Procedure, any party who after receiving an arbitration award requests a trial de novo but does not
obtain a more favorable judgment shall, in addition to payment of costs and fees under that chapter,
pay the attorney’s fees of the other party arising out of the trial de novo.
(c) The court may, upon request by any party, order any witnesses to participate in the mediation or
arbitration process.
20104.6. (a) No local agency shall fail to pay money as to any portion of a claim which is undisputed
except as otherwise provided in the contract. (b) In any suit filed under Section 20104.4, the local agency shall pay interest at the legal rate on any
arbitration award or judgment. The interest shall begin to accrue on the date the suit is filed in a court
of law.
-
Revised 10/08/03 Contract No. 3809-1 Page 52 of 63 Pages
SECTION 4 - CONTROL OF MATERIALS
4-1 MATERIALS AND WORKMANSHIP.
4-1.3.1 General, add the following: The Contractor shall provide the Engineer free and safe
access to any and all parts of work at any time. Such free and safe access shall include means of
safe access and egress, ventilation, lighting, shoring, dewatering and all elements pertaining to the
safety of persons as contained in the State of California, California Code of Regulations, Title 8,
Jndustrial Relations, Chapter 4, Division of Industrial Safety, Subchapter 4, Construction Safety
Orders and such other safety regulations as may apply. Contractor shall furnish Engineer with such
information as may be necessary to keep the Engineer fully informed regarding progress and
manner of work and character of materials. Inspection or testing of the whole or any portion of the
work or materials incorporated in the work shall not relieve Contractor from any obligation to fulfill
this Contract.
4-1.4 Test of Materials,
sentence of the first paragraph.
delete the phrase, “and a reasonable amount of retesting”, from the third
add the following: Except as specified in these Supplemental Provisions, the Agency will bear the
cost of testing of locally produced materials and/or on-site workmanship where the results of such
tests meet or exceed the requirements indicated in the Standard Specifications and the
Supplemental Provisions. The cost of all other tests shall be borne by the Contractor.
At the option of the Engineer, the source of supply of each of the materials shall be approved by the
Engineer before the delivery is started. All materials proposed for use may be inspected or tested at
any time during their preparation and use. If, after incorporating such materials into the Work, it is
found that sources of supply that have been approved do not furnish a uniform product, or if the
product from any source proves unacceptable at any time, the Contractor shall furnish approved
material from other approved sources. If any product proves unacceptable after improper storage,
handling or for any other reason it shall be rejected, not incorporated into the work and shall be
removed from the project site all at the Contractor’s expense.
Compaction tests may be made by the Engineer and all costs for tests that meet or exceed the
requirements of the specifications shall be borne by the Agency. Said tests may be made at any
place along the work as deemed necessary by the Engineer. The costs of any retests made
necessary by noncompliance with the specifications shall be borne by the Contractor.
4-1.6 Trade names or Equals, add the following: The Contractor is responsible for the
satisfactory performance of substituted items. If, in the sole opinion of the Engineer, the substitution
is determined to be unsatisfactory in performance, appearance, durability, compatibility with associated items, availability of repair parts and suitability of application the Contractor shall remove
the substituted item and replace it with the originally specified item at no cost to the Agency.
a Revised 10/08/03 Contract No. 3809-1 Page 53 of 63 Pages
Add the following section:
4-2 MATERIALS TRANSPORTATION, HANDLING AND STORAGE.
The Contractor shall order, purchase, transport, coordinate delivery, accept delivery, confirm the
quantity and quality received, prepare storage area(s), store, handle, protect, move, relocate,
remove and dispose excess of all materials used to accomplish the Work. Materials shall be
delivered to the site of the work only during working hours, as defined in section 6-7.2, and shall be
accompanied by bills of lading that shall clearly state for each delivery: the name of the Contractor
as consignee, the project name and number, address of delivery and name of consignor and a
description of the material(s) shipped. Prior to storage of any materials which have been shipped to
or by the Contractor to any location within the Agency's boundaries the Contractor shall provide the
Engineer a copy of lease agreements for each property where such materials are stored. The lease
agreement shall clearly state the term of the lease, the description of materials allowed to be stored
and shall provide for the removal of the materials and restoration of the storage site within the time
allowed for the Work. All such storage shall conform to all laws and ordinances that may pertain to
the materials stored and to preparation of the storage site and the location of the site on which the
materials are stored. Loss, damage or deterioration of all stored materials shall be the Contractor's
responsibility. Conformance to the requirements of this section, both within and outside the limits of
work are a part of the Work. The Engineer shall have the right to verify the suitability of materials
and their proper storage at any time during the Work.
Revised 10/08/03 Contract No. 3809-1 Page 54 of 63 Pages'
SECTION 5 - UTILITIES
5-1 LOCATION.
Delete the first paragraph and substitute the following: The Agency and affected utility companies
have, by a search of known records, endeavored to locate and indicate on the Plans, all utilities
which exist within the limits of the work. However, the accuracy and/or completeness of the nature,
size and/or location of utilities indicated on the Plans is not guaranteed.
5-4 RELOCATION.
Add the following: In conformance with section 5-6 the Contractor shall coordinate the work with
utility agencies and companies. Prior to the installation of any and all utility structures within the limits
of work by any utility agency or company, or its contractor, the Contractor shall place all curb or curb
and gutter that is a part of the work and adjacent to the location where such utility structures are
shown on the plans and are noted as being located, relocated or are otherwise shown as installed by
others. In order to minimize delays to the Contractor caused by the failure of other parties to relocate
utilities that interfere with the construction, the Contractor, upon the Engineer’s approval, may be
permitted to temporarily omit the portion of work affected by the utility. If such temporary omission is
approved by the Engineer the Contractor shall place survey or other physical control markers
sufficient to locate the curb or curb and gutter to the satisfaction of the utility agency or company.
Such temporary omission shall be for the Contractor’s convenience and no additional compensation
will be allowed therefor or for additional work, materials or delay associated with the temporary
omission. The portion thus omitted shall be constructed by the Contractor immediately following the
relocation of the utility involved unless otherwise directed by the Engineer.
Revised 10/08/03 Contract No. 3809-1 Page 55 of 63 Pages
SECTION 6 -- PROSECUTION, PROGRESS AND
ACCEPTANCE OF THE WORK
6-1 CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE AND COMMENCEMENT OF WORK.
Delete section 6-1 and substitute the following: Except as otherwise provided herein and unless
otherwise prohibited by permits from other agencies as may be required by law the Contractor shall begin work within fourteen (1 4) calendar days after receipt of the “Notice to Proceed“.
Add the following section: 6-1.1 Pre-Construction Meeting. After, or upon, notification of contract award, the Engineer will set the time and location for the Preconstruction Meeting. Attendance of the Contractor’s management personnel responsible for the management, administration, and execution of the project is mandatory for the meeting to be convened. Failure of the Contractor to have the Contractor’s responsible project personnel attend the Preconstruction Meeting will be grounds for default by Contractor per section 6-4. No separate payment will be made for the Contractor’s attendance at the meeting. The notice to proceed will only be issued on or after the completion of the preconstruction meeting.
Add the following section: 6-2.3 Project Meetings. The Engineer will establish the time and location of bi-weekly Project Meetings. Each Project Meeting shall be attended by the Contractor’s Representative. The Project Representative shall be the individual determined under section 7-6, “The Contractor’s Representative”, SSPWC. No separate payment for attendance of the Contractor, the Contractor’s Representative or any other employee or subcontractor or subcontractor‘s employee at these meetings will be made.
6-6 DELAYS AND EXTENSIONS OF TIME.
6-6.4 Written Notice and Report. Modify as follows: The Contractor shall provide written notice to the Engineer within two hours of the beginning of any period that the Contractor has placed any workers or equipment on standby for any reason that the Contractor has determined to be caused by the Agency or by any organization that the Agency may otherwise be obligated by. The Contractor shall provide continuing daily written notice to the Engineer, each working day, throughout the duration of such period of delay. The initial and continuing written notices shall include the classification of each workman and supervisor and the make and model of each piece of equipment placed on standby, the cumulative duration of the standby, the Contractor’s opinion of the cause of the delay and a cogent explanation of why the Contractor could not avoid the delay by reasonable means. Should the Contractor fail to provide the notice@) required by this section the Contractor agrees that no delay has occurred and that it will not submit any claim@) therefor.
6-7 TIME OF COMPLETION. Add the following: The Contractor shall diligently prosecute the work to completion within one hundred twenty (120) working days after the starting date specified in the Notice to Proceed.
6-7.2 Working Day. Add the following: Unless otherwise approved in writing by the Engineer, the hours of work shall be between the hours of 7:OO a.m. and 4:OO p.m. on Mondays through Fridays, excluding Agency holidays. The Contractor shall obtain the written approval of the Engineer if the Contractor desires to work outside said hours or at any time during weekends and/or holidays. This written permission must be obtained at least 48 hours prior to such work The Engineer may approve work outside the hours and/or days stated herein when, in hidher sole opinion, such work conducted by the Contractor is beneficial to the best interests of the Agency. The Contractor shall pay the inspection costs of such work.
Contractor is hereby advised that the Engineer will require after hours and weekend work on an
interim basis to accomplish wastewater bypass.
Revised 10/08/03 Contract No. 3809-1 Page 56 of 63 Pages
6-8 COMPLETION AND ACCEPTANCE. Delete the second paragraph and add the following:
The Engineer will not accept the Work or any portion of the Work before all of the Work is
completed and all outstanding deficiencies that may exist are corrected by the Contractor and the
Engineer is satisfied that all the materials and workmanship, and all other features of the Work,
meet the requirements of all of the specifications for the Work. Use, temporary, interim or
permanent, of all, or portions of, the Work does not constitute acceptance of the Work. If, in the
Engineer’s judgment, the Work has been completed and is ready for acceptance the Engineer will
so certify to the Board. Upon such certification by the Engineer the Board may accept the
completed Work. Upon the Board’s acceptance of the Work the Engineer will cause a “Notice of
Completion” to be filed in the office of the San Diego County Recorder. The date of recordation
shall be the date of completion of the Work.
”
Delete the first sentence of the third paragraph and substitute the following two sentences: All work
shall be warranted for one (1) year after recordation of the “Notice of Completion” and any faulty
work or materials discovered during the warranty period shall be repaired or replaced by the
Contractor, at its expense. Twenty-five percent of the faithful performance bond shall be retained as
a warranty bond for the one year warranty period.
6-9 LIQUIDATED DAMAGES.
Modify the last sentence of the first paragraph and the first sentence of the second paragraph and
add the following: For each consecutive calendar day in excess of the time specified for completion
of Work, as adjusted in accordance with 6-6, the Contractor shall pay the Agency, or have withheld
monies due it, the sum of $500.
Execution of the Contract shall constitute agreement by the Agency and Contractor that $1,500 per
day is the minimum value of costs and actual damages caused by the Contractor to complete the
Work within the allotted time. Any progress payments made after the specified completion date shall
not constitute a waiver of this paragraph or of any damages.
e Revised 10/08/03 Contract No. 3809-1 Page 57 of 63 Pages
SECTION 7 -- RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE CONTRACTOR
7-3 LIABILITY INSURANCE.
Modify as follows: All insurance is to be placed with insurers that have a rating in Best's Key Rating
Guide of at least A-:V and are admitted and authorized to conduct business in the state of California
and are listed in the official publication of the Department of Insurance of the State of California.
7-4 WORKERS' COMPENSATION INSURANCE.
Add the following: All insurance is to be'placed with insurers that are admitted and authorized to
conduct business in the state of California and are listed in the official publication of the Department
of Insurance of the State of California. Policies issued by the State Compensation Fund meet the
requirement for workers' compensation insurance.
7-5 PERMITS.
Delete the first sentence and add the following four sentences: Except as specified herein the
agency will obtain, at no cost to the Contractor, all encroachment, right-of-way, grading, resource
agency and building permits necessary to perform work for this contract on Agency property, in
streets, highways (except State highway right-of-way), railways or other rights-of-way. Contractor
shall not begin work until all permits incidental to the work are obtained. The Contractor shall obtain
and pay for all permits for the disposal of all materials removed from the project. The cost of said
permit(s) shall be included in the price bid for the appropriate bid item and no additional
compensation will be allowed therefor.
7-8 PROJECT SITE MAINTENANCE.
7-8.1 Cleanup and Dust Control. Add the following: Cleanup and dust control required herein
shall also be executed on weekends and other non-working days when needed to preserve the
health safety or welfare of the public. The Contractor shall conduct effective cleanup and dust
control throughout the duration of the Contract. The Engineer may require increased levels of
cleanup and dust control that, in hidher sole discretion, are necessary to preserve the health, safety
and welfare of the public. Cleanup and dust control shall be considered incidental to the items of
work that they are associated with and no additional payment will be made therefor.
7-8.5 Temporary Light, Power and Water. Add the following: The Contractor shall obtain a
construction meter for water used for the construction, plant establishment, maintenance, cleanup,
testing and all other work requiring water related to this contract. The Contractor shall contact the
appropriate water agency for requirements. The Contractor shall pay all costs of temporary light, power and water including hookup, service, meter and any, and all, other charges, deposits and/or
fees therefor. Said costs shall be considered incidental to the items of work that they are associated
with and no additional payment will be made therefor.
7-8.6 Water Pollution Control. Add the following: The Contractor shall comply with all requirements
of the storm water pollution and monitoring plan prepared for this project in accordance with the
California State Water Resources Control Board order number 92-08-DWQI NPDES General Permit
number CAS000002 and the ''Water Discharge Requirement for Discharges of Storm Water Runoff
Associated with Construction Activity" .
-
a Revised 10/08/03 Contract No. 3809-1 Page 58 of 63 Pages
I-' Add the following section:
7-8.8 Noise Control. All internal combustion engines used in the construction shall be equipped
with mufflers in good repair when in use on the project with special attention to the City Noise Control
Ordinance, Carlsbad Municipal Code Chapter 8.48.
7-10 PUBLIC CONVENIENCE AND SAFETY.
7-10.1 Traffic and Access. Add the following: The Contractor shall conduct work in a manner that
does not disrupt pedestrian traffic along the nature trail north of the Batiquitos Lagoon.
Add the following section:
7-10.4.4 Safety and Protection of Workers and Public. The Contractor shall take all necessary
precautions for the safety of employees on the work and shall comply with all applicable provisions of
Federal, State and Municipal safety laws and building codes to prevent accidents or injury to persons
on, about, or adjacent to the premises where the work is being performed. The Contractor shall erect
and properly maintain at all times, as required by the conditions and progress of the work, all
necessary safeguards for the protection of workers and public, and shall use danger signs warning
against hazards created by such features of construction as protruding nails, hoists, well holes, and
falling materials.
7-13 LAWS TO BE OBSERVED. Add the following: Municipal ordinances that affect this work
include Chapter 11.06. Excavation and Grading. If this notice specifies locations or possible
materials, such as borrow pits or gravel beds, for use in the proposed construction project which
would be subject to Section 1601 or Section 1603 of the Fish and Game Code, the conditions
established pursuant to Section 1601 et seq. of the Fish and Game Code shall become conditions of
the contract.
@ Revised 10108/03 Contract No. 3809-1 Page 59 of 63 Pages'
SECTION 9 -- MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT
9-1 MEASUREMENT OF QUANTITIES FOR UNIT PRICE WORK
9-1.4 Units of Measurement, modify as follows: The system of measure for this contract shall be
the U.S. Standard Measures.
9-3 PAYMENT.
9-3.1 General. Delete the eighth paragraph and substitute the following: Guarantee periods shall
not be affected by any payment but shall commence on the date of recordation of the “Notice of
Completion”
9-3.2 Partial and Final Payment. Delete the second paragraph and substitute the following:
Each month, the Engineer will make an approximate measurement of the work performed to the
closure date as basis for making monthly progress payments. The estimated value will be based on
contract unit prices, completed change order work and as provided for in Section 9-2 of the
Standard Specifications (SSPWC). Progress payments shall be made no later than thirty (30)
calendar days after the closure date. Five (5) working days following the closure date, the Engineer
shall complete the detailed progress pay estimate and submit it to the Contractor for the
Contractor’s information. Should the Contractor assert that additional payment is due, the
Contractor shall within ten (10) days of receipt of the progress estimate, submit a supplemental
payment request to the Engineer with adequate justification supporting the amount of supplemental
payment request. Upon receipt of the supplemental payment request, the Engineer shall, as soon
as practicable after receipt, determine whether the supplemental payment request is a proper
payment request. If the Engineer determines that the supplemental payment request is not proper,
then the request shall be returned to the Contractor as soon as practicable, but not later than seven
(7) days after receipt. The returned request shall be accompanied by a document setting forth in
writing the reasons why the supplemental payment request was not proper. In conformance with
Public Contract Code Section 20104.50, the City shall make payments within thirty (30) days after
receipt of an undisputed and properly submitted supplemental payment request from the Contractor.
If payment of the undisputed supplemental payment request is not made within thirty (30) days after
receipt by the Engineer, then the City shall pay interest to the Contractor equivalent to the legal rate
set forth in subdivision (a) of Section 685.01 0 of the Code of Civil Procedure.
Add paragraph 6 et seq. as follows: After final inspection, the Engineer will make a Final Payment
Estimate and process a corresponding payment. This estimate will be in writing and shall be for the
total amount owed the Contractor as determined by the Engineer and shall be itemized by the
contract bid item and change order item with quantities and payment amounts and shall show all
deductions made or to be made for prior payments and amounts to be deducted under provisions of
the contract. All prior estimates and progress payments shall be subject to correction in the Final
Payment Estimate.
The Contractor shall have 30 calendar days from receipt of the Final Payment Estimate to make
written statement disputing any bid item or change order item quantity or payment amount.
The Contractor shall provide all documentation at the time of submitting the statement supporting its
position. Should the Contractor fail to submit the statement and supporting documentation within the
time specified, the Contractor acknowledges that full and final payment has been made for all
contract bid items and change order items.
a Revised 10/08/03 Contract No. 3809-1 Page 60 of 63 Pages
If the Contractor submits a written statement with documentation in the aforementioned time, the
Engineer will review the disputed item within 30 calendar days and make any appropriate
adjustments on the Final Payment. Remaining disputed quantities or amounts not approved by the
Engineer will be subject to resolution as specified in subsection 3-5, Disputed Work.
The written statement filed by the Contractor shall be in sufficient detail to enable the Engineer to
ascertain the basis and amount of said disputed items. The Engineer will consider the merits of the
Contractor’s claims. It will be the responsibility of the Contractor to furnish within a reasonable time
such further information and details as may be required by the Engineer to determine the facts or
contentions involved in its claims. Failure to submit such information and details will be sufficient
cause for denying payment for the disputed items.
9-3.2.1 Payment for Claims. Add the following: Except for those final payment items disputed in
the written statement required in subsection 9-3.2 all claims of any dollar amount shall be submitted
in a written statement by the Contractor no later than the date of receipt of the final payment
estimate. Those final payment items disputed in the written statement required in subsection 9-3.2
shall be submitted no later than 30 days after receipt of the Final Payment estimate. No claim will be
considered that was not included in this written statement, nor will any claim be allowed for which
written notice or protest is required under any provision of this contract including sections 3-4
Changed Conditions, 3-5 Disputed Work, 6-6.3 Payment for Delays to Contractor, 6-6.4 Written
Notice and Report, or 6-7.3 Contract Time Accounting, unless the Contractor has complied with
notice or protest requirements.
The claims filed by the Contractor shall be in sufficient detail to enable the Engineer to ascertain the
basis and amount of said claims. The Engineer will consider and determine the Contractor’s claims
and it will be the responsibility of the Contractor to furnish within a reasonable time such further
information and details as may be required by the Engineer to determine the facts or contentions
involved in its claims. Failure to submit such information and details will be sufficient cause for
denying the claims.
Payment for claims shall be processed within 30 calendar days of their resolution for those claims
approved by the Engineer. The Contractor shall proceed with informal dispute resolution under
subsection 3-5, Disputed Work, for those claims remaining in dispute.
Add the following section:
9-3.3.1 Delivered Materials.
into the will not be included in the progress estimate.
The cost of materials and equipment delivered but not incorporated
Add the following section:
9-3.4.1 Mobilization and Preparatory Work.
be included in the various items of work and no other payment will be made.
Payment for mobilization and preparatory Work will
@ Revised 10/08/03 Contract No. 3809-1 Page 61 of 63 Pages
APPENDIX "A"
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
e Revised 10/08/03 Contract No. 3809-1 Page 62 of 63 Pages
01 01 0
01 045
01 300
01 660
01 730
02050
021 45
03600
05501
05505
08220
1 1000
11109
15064
151 84
16000
16110
161 20
1 6421
17000 17212
1751 0
Appendix A
Technical Specifications
Table of Contents
Summary of Work
Cutting and Patching
Submittals
Equipment and System Performance and Operational Testing
Operation and Maintenance Information
Demolition
Sewer Bypassing and Dewatering
Grout
Anchor Bolts
Miscellaneous Metalwork
Fiberglass Reinforced Plastic (FRP) Doors and Frames
General Requirements for Equipment
Fabricated Stainless Steel Slide Gates
Plastic Pipe
Manual Valve and Gate Operators and Operator Appurtenances
General Requirements for Electrical Work
Raceways, Boxes, and Supports
600 Volt Conductors, Wire, and Cable
Surge Arresters
General Requirements for Instrumentation and Industrial Electronic Systems
Transmitters
Combustible Gas Monitoring System
Revised 10/0#03 Contract No. 3809-1 Page 63 of 63 Pages
SECTION 01010
SUMMARY OF WORK
PART 1 --GENERAL
The WORK covered under this contract will be performed at the North Batiquitos Lift
Station located at 7382 Gabbiano Lane. The lift station, located on the north shore of the Batiquitos
Lagoon, receives influent from the east portion of the North Batiquitos Interceptor and discharges it
into the west portion of the interceptor.
1.01 DESCRIPTION OF OWNER'S PROJECT
WORK under this package addresses immediate improvements to the lift station. The
WORK includes replacement of existing cast iron sluice gates in the wet well; replacement of the
existing wet well access door (including frame and appurtenances); removal and disposal of a
mercury float switch; installation of an ultrasonic level sensor, transmitter and readout; installation
of a combustible gas sampling pump, sensor and control panel; and installation of a surge protection
device in the electrical room.
1.02 CONTRACTS
WORK described in Sections 1.01 and 1.03 shall be performed under this contract. The
CONTRACTOR shall cooperate with the agencies, trades or contractors involved in the execution
of other contracts at the project site.
1.03 WORK OF THIS CONTRACT
The WORK to be performed under this contract includes the following:
Sluice Gate Replacement:
The CONTRACTOR shall remove and replace existing 12" x 12" and 24" x 24" cast iron
sluice gates with new fabricated Type 3 16 L stainless steel slide gates of similar dimensions as the
existing gates. The CONTRACTOR shall also remove existing stems and stem guides and install
new stems, stem guides and manual operators for operating the new slide gates. Prior to installing
the new slide gates, CONTRACTOR shall patch or repair any concrete and polyvinyl chloride
(PVC) liner in the wet well that is damaged during the removal of the existing sluice gates.
Rmlacement of Wet Well Door:
The CONTRACTOR shall remove existing wet well access door and replace with a new fiberglass
reinforced plastic door, frame and appurtenances per specification sections 08820 and 0871 0.
NOVEMBER 2003
NBLS IMPROVEMENTS
SUMMARY OF WORK
01 01 0-1
Redacement of Mercw Float Switch:
The CONTRACTOR shall remove existing mercury float switch in the wet well and install
an ultrasonic level sensor in the wet well. A digital readout for the ultrasonic level sensor shall be
installed in the electrical room.
Installation of Combustible Gas Detection System:
The CONTRACTOR shall install a combustible gas sensor and gas sampling pump on the
wet well roof slab. A sampling line installed inside the wet well shall be connected to the gas
sampling pump, and a combustible gas detection control panel shall be installed inside the electrical
room.
Installation of Surge Protection Device:
The CONTRACTOR shall install a surge protection device in the electrical room for
protecting electrical equipment against electric surges. A transient voltage surge suppressor shall be
installed at the breaker in the existing main switchboard.
Miscellaneous and Ancillarv Work:
The WORK of this contract shall also include ancillary work such as bypassing influent
wastewater flow when installing the new slide gate.
PART 2--PRODUCTS Not Used
PART 3--EXECUTION Not Used
**END OF SECTION**
NOVEMBER 2003
NBLS IMPROVEMENTS SUMMARY OF WORK
01 01 0-2
SECTION 0 1 045
CUTTING AND PATCHING
PART 1 --GENERAL
1 .O 1 DEFINITION
A. "Cutting-and-Patching" is defined to include the cutting and patching of
nominally completed and previously existing concrete, steel, wood and miscellaneous metal
structures; piping and pavement, in order to accommodate the coordination of WORK, or the
installation of other facilities or structures or to uncover other facilities and structures for access
or inspection, or to obtain samples for testing, or for similar purposes.
1.02 REQUIREMENTS OF STRUCTURAL WORK
A. Structural WORK shall not be cut and patched in a manner resulting in a
reduction of load-canying capacity or loaddeflection ratio.
B. Prior to cutting-and-patching the following categories of WORK, the
CONTRACTOR shall obtain the CONSTRUCTION MANAGER'S approval to proceed:
1. Structural steel
2. Miscellaneous structural metals, including equipment supports, stair
systems and similar categories of WORK
3. Structural concrete
1.03 OPERATIONAL AND SAFETY LIMITATIONS
A. The CONTRACTOR shall not cut-and-patch operational elements and safety-
related components in a manner resulting in a reduction of capacities to perform in the manner
intended or resulting in decreased operational life, increased maintenance, or decreased safety.
B. Prior to cutting-and-patching the following categories of WORK, the
CONTRACTOR shall obtain the CONSTRUCTION MANAGER'S approval to proceed:
1. Operating systems and equipment
2. Noise and vibration control elements and systems
3. Control, communication, conveying and electrical wiring systems
NOVEMBER 2003
NBLS IMPROVEMENTS
CUTTING AND PATCHING
01045-1
1.04 VISUAL REQUIREMENTS
A. The CONTRACTOR shall not cut-and-patch WORK which is exposed on the
exterior or exposed in occupied spaces, in a manner resulting in a reduction of visual qualities or
resulting in substantial evidence of the cut-and-patch WORK, both as judged solely by the
CONSTRUCTION MANAGER. The CONTRACTOR shall remove and replace WORK judged
by the CONSTRUCTION MANAGER to have been cut-and-patched in a visually unsatisfactory
manner.
1.05 APPROVALS
A. Where prior approval of cutting-and-patching is required, the CONTRACTOR
shall submit the request well in advance of time WORK will be performed. The request should
include a description of why cutting-and-patching cannot reasonably be avoided, how it will be
performed, how structural elements (if any) will be reinforced, products to be used, firms and
tradesmen to perform the WORK, approximate dates of the WORK, and anticipated results in
terms of structural, operational, and visual variations from the original WORK.
B. The CONTRACTOR shall also request approval to proceed prior to starting
WORK of this Section.
PART 2--PRODUCTS
2.01 MATERIALS USED M CUTTING-AND-PATCHING
A. Except as otherwise indicated, the CONTRACTOR shall provide materials for
cutting-and-patching which will result in equal-or-better WORK than the WORK being cut-and-
patched, in terms of performance characteristics and including visual effects where applicable.
The CONTRACTOR shall use material identical with the original materials where feasible.
B. Materials shall comply with the requirements of the technical specifications
wherever applicable.
PART 3--EXECUTION
3.0 I PREPARATION
A. The CONTRACTOR shall provide adequate temporary support for WORK to be
cut to prevent failure.
B. The CONTRACTOR shall provide adequate protection of other WORK during
cutting-and-patching.
NOVEMBER 2003
NBLS IMPROVEMENTS
CUTTING AND PATCHING
01 045-2
3.02 INSTALLATION
A. The CONTRACTOR shall employ skilled tradesmen to perform cutting-and-
patching. Except as otherwise indicated, the CONTRACTOR shall proceed with cutting-and-
patching at the earliest feasible time and perform the WORK promptly.
B. The CONTRACTOR shall use methods least likely to damage equipment and
structures adjoining the WORK of this contract.
1. In general, where physical cutting action is required, the CONTRACTOR
shall cut WORK with sawing and grinding tools, not with hammering and chopping tools.
Openings through concrete WORK shall be core drilled.
2. Comply with the requirements of technical specifications wherever
appli cab1 e.
3. Comply with the requirements of applicable sections of Division 2 where
cutting-and-patching requires excavating and backfilling.
A. The CONTRACTOR shall patch with seams which are as invisible as possible
and comply with specified tolerances for the WORK.
B. The CONTRACTOR shall restore exposed seams of patched area; and, where
necessary, extend finish restoration onto retained WORK adjoining, in a manner which will
eliminate evidence of patching.
** END OF SECTION **
NOVEMBER 2003
NBLS IMPROVEMENTS
CUTTING AND PATCHING
01 045-3
-. SECTION 01 300
SUBMITTALS
1.0 GENERAL
Submittals covered by these requirements include manufacturers' information, shop
drawings, test procedures, test results, samples, requests for substitutions, and miscellaneous
WORK-related submittals. Submittals shall also include, but not be limited to, all mechanical,
electrical and electronic equipment and systems, materials, reinforcing steel, fabricated items, and
piping and conduit details. The CONTRACTOR shall fixnish all drawings, specifications,
descriptive data, certificates, samples, tests, methods, schedules, and manufacturer's installation and
other instructions as specifically required in the contract documents to demonstrate fully that the
materials and equipment to be furnished and the methods of WORK comply with the provisions and
intent of the contract documents.
2.0 CONTRACTOR'S RESPONSIBILITIES
The CONTRACTOR shall be responsible for the accuracy and completeness of the
information contained in each submittal and shall assure that the material, equipment or method of
WORK shall be as described in the submittal. The CONTRACTOR shall verifjr that all features of
all products conform to the specified requirements. Submittal documents shall be clearly edited to
indicate only those items, models, or series of equipment, which are being submitted for review. All
extraneous materials shall be crossed out or otherwise obliterated. The CONTRACTOR shall ensure
that there is no conflict with other submittals and notifjr the CONSTRUCTION MANAGER in each
case where his submittal may affect the WORK of another CONTRACTOR or the OWNER. The
CONTRACTOR shall coordinate submittals among his subcontractors and suppliers including those
submittals complying with unit responsibility requirements specified in paragraph I 1000-1.02 C and
applicable techcal sections.
The CONTRACTOR shall coordinate submittals with the WORK so that WORK will not
be delayed. He shall coordinate and schedule different categories of submittals, so that one will not
be delayed for lack of coordination with another. No extension of time will be allowed because of
failure to properly schedule submittals. The CONTRACTOR shall not proceed with WORK related
to a submittal until the submittal process is complete. This requires that submittals for review and
comment shall be returned to the CONTRACTOR stamped "No Exceptions Taken" or "Make
Corrections Noted."
The CONTRACTOR shall certify on each submittal document that he has reviewed the
submittal, verified field conditions, and complied with the contract documents.
The CONTRACTOR may authorize in writing a material or equipment supplier to deal
directly with the CONSTRUCTION MANAGER or with the OWNER with regard to a submittal.
These dealings shall be limited to contract interpretations to clarify and expedite the WORK.
NOVEMBER 2003
NBLS IMPROVEMENTS SUBMITTALS '
01300-1
3.0 CATEGORIES OF SUBMITTALS
A. GENERAL:
Submittals fall into two general categories: submittals for review and comment, and
submittals which are primarily for information only. Submittals which are for information only are
generally specified as PRODUCT DATA in Part 2 of applicable specification sections.
At the beginning of WORK, the CONSTRUCTION MANAGER will furnish the
CONTRACTOR lists of those submittals specified in the project manual. Two separate lists will be
provided: submittals for review and comment and product data (submittals) for information only.
B. SUBMITTALS FOR REVIEW AND COMMENT:
All submittals except where specified to be submitted as product data for information only
shall be submitted by the CONTRACTOR to the CONSTRUCTION MANAGER for review and
comment.
C. SUBMITTALS (PRODUCT DATA) FOR INFORMATION ONLY:
Where specified, the CONTRACTOR shall furnish submittals (product data) to the
CONSTRUCTION MANAGER for Information only.
4.0 TRANSMITTAL PROCEDURE
A. GENERAL:
Unless otherwise specified, submittals regarding material and equipment shall be accompa-
nied by Transmittal Form 01 300-A specified below.
NOVEMBER 2003
NBLS IMPROVEMENTS SUBMITTALS
0 1 300-2
01 300-A. SUBMITTAL TRANSMITTAL FORM:
SUBMITTAL TRANSMITTAL
Routing
Contractor/CM
CM/Engineer
EngineerICM
ibmittal Description: Submittal No: *
Sent
Spec Section:
Section
Item Copies Date No Descnption
OWNER:
Review
Review Rewewer comments
actiona initials attached
PROJECT:
CONTRACTOR:
Received
"Note: NET = No exceptions taken; MCN = Make corrections noted; A&R =Amend and resubmit; R = Rejected Attach additional sheets ifnecessary.
Contractor
Certify either A or B:
0 A.
0 B.
We have verified that the material or equipment contained in this submittal meets all the requirements, including
coordination with all related WORK, specified (no exceptions).
We have verified that the material or equipment contained in this submittal meets all the requirements specified
except for the attached deviations.
No. Deviation
Certified by:
Contractor's Signature
5ee paragraph 01 300-4.0 A, Transmittal Procedure. I
NOVEMBER 2003
NBLS IMPROVEMENTS
SUBMITTALS
0 1 300-3
A separate form shall be used for each specific item, class of material, equipment, and items
specified in separate, discrete sections, for which the submittal is required. Submittal documents
common to more than one piece of equipment shall be identified with all the appropriate equipment
numbers. Submittals for various items shall be made with a single form when the items taken
together constitute a manufacturer's package or are so functionally related that expediency indicates
checking or review of the group or package as a whole.
A unique number, sequentially assigned, shall be noted on the transmittal form
accompanying each item submitted. Original submittal numbers shall have the following format:
"XXX"; where "XXX" is the sequential number assigned by the CONTRACTOR. Resubrnittals
shall have the following format: "XXX-Y"; where "XXX" is the originally assigned submittal
number and "Y" is a sequential letter assigned for resubmittals, Le., A, B, or C being the lst, 2nd,
and 3rd resubmittals, respectively. Submittal 25B, for example, is the second resubmittal of
submittal 25.
B. DEVIATION FROM CONTRACT:
If the CONTRACTOR proposes to provide material, equipment, or method of WORK
which deviates from the project manual, he shall indicate so under "deviations" on the transmittal
form accompanying the submittal copies.
C. SUBMITTAL COMPLETENESS:
Submittals which do not have all the information required to be submitted, including
deviations, are not acceptable and will be returned without review.
5.0 REVIEW PROCEDURE
A. GENERAL:
Submittals are specified for those features and characteristics of materials, equipment, and
methods of operation which can be selected based on the CONTRACTOR'S judgment of their
conformance to the specified requirements. Other features and characteristics are specified in a
manner which enables the CONTRACTOR to determine acceptable options without submittals. The
review procedure is based on the CONTRACTORS guarantee that all features and characteristics
not requiring submittals conform as specified. Review shail not extend to means, methods,
techniques, sequences or procedures of construction, or to verifying quantities, dimensions, weights
or gages, or fabrication processes (except where specifically indicated or required by the project
manual) or to safety precautions or programs incident thereto. Review of a separate item, as such,
will not indicate approval of the assembly in which the item functions.
When the contract documents require a submittal, the CONTRACTOR shall submit the
specified information as follows:
1. Six copies of all submitted information plus one reproducible original of all
information shall be transmitted with submittals for review and comment.
NOVEMBER 2003
NBLS IMPROVEMENTS
SUBMITTALS
01 300-4
2. Unless otherwise specified, six copies of all submitted information shall be
transmitted with submittals (Product Data) for information only.
B. SUBMITTALS FOR REVIEW AND COMMENT:
Unless otherwise specified, within 20 working days after receipt of a submittal for review
and comment, the CONSTRUCTION MANAGER shall review the submittal and return three
copies of the marked-up reproducible original noted in 1 above. The reproducible original will be
retained by the CONSTRUCTION MANAGER. The returned submittal shall indicate one of the
following actions:
1. If the review indicates that the material, equipment or WORK method
complies with the project manual,, submittal copies will be marked "NO
EXCEPTIONS TAKEN." In this event, the CONTRACTOR may begin to
implement the WORK method or incorporate the material or equipment
covered by the submittal.
2. If the review indicates limited corrections are required, copies will be
marked "MAKE CORRECTIONS NOTED." The CONTRACTOR may
begin implementing the WORK method or incorporating the material and
equipment covered by the submittal in accordance with the noted
corrections. Where submittal information will be incorporated in O&M data,
a corrected copy shall be provided.
3. If the review reveals that the submittal is insufficient or contains incorrect
data, copies will be marked "AMEND AND RESUBMIT." Except at his
own risk, the CONTRACTOR shall not undertake WORK covered by this
submittal until it has been revised, resubmitted and returned marked either
"NO EXCEPTIONS TAKEN" or "MAKE CORRECTIONS NOTED."
4. If the review indicates that the material, equipment, or WORK method does
not comply with the project manual, copies of the submittal will be marked
"REJECTED - SEE REMARKS." Submittals with deviations which have
not been identified clearly may be rejected. Except at his own risk, the
CONTRACTOR shall not undertake the WORK covered by such submittals
until a new submittal is made and returned marked either "NO
EXCEPTIONS TAKEN" or "MAKE CORRECTIONS NOTED."
C. SUBMITTALS (PRODUCT DATA) FOR INFORMATION ONLY:
Such information is not subject to submittal review procedures and shall be provided as part
of the WORK under this contract and its acceptability determined under normal inspection
procedures.
NOVEMBER 2003
NBLS IMPROVEMENTS SUBMITTALS
01 300-5
6.0 EFFECT OF REVIEW OF CONTRACTOR'S SUBMITTALS
Review of contract drawings, methods of WORK, or information regarding materials or
equipment the CONTRACTOR proposes to provide, shall not relieve the CONTRACTOR of his
responsibility for errors therein and shall not be regarded as an assumption of risks or liability by the
CONSTRUCTION MANAGER or the OWNER, or by any officer or employee thereof, and the
CONTRACTOR shall have no claim under the contract on account of the failure, or partial failure,
of the method of WORK, material, or equipment so reviewed. A mark of "NO EXCEPTIONS
TAKEN" or "MAKE CORRECTIONS NOTED" shall mean that the OWNER has no objection to
the CONTRACTOR, upon his own responsibility, using the plan or method of WORK proposed, or
providing the materials or equipment proposed.
NOVEMBER 2003
NBLS IMPROVEMENTS
**END OF SECTION**
SUBMITTALS
01 300-6
_. - . SECTION 01 660
EQUIPMENT AND SYSTEM
PERFORMANCE AND OPERATIONAL TESTING
PART 1--GENERAL
1 .O 1 DESCRIPTION
This section contains requirements for the CONTRACTOR'S performance in documenting
testing work required under this contract. In addition, this section contains requirements for the
CONTRACTOR'S performance during installed performance testing of all mechanical, electrical,
instnunentation, and WAC equipment and systems, including structures for watertight
construction, provided under this contract and all equipment furnished by the OWNER under the
provisions of Section 0101 0. This section supplements but does not supersede specific testing
requirements found elsewhere in this project manual.
1.02 QUALITY ASSURANCE
The CONTRACTOR shall prepare a quality assurance program which shall include the
following:
1. A testing plan setting forth the sequence in which all testing work required
under this project manual will be implemented.
2. A documentation program to record the results of all equipment and system
tests.
3. An installed performahce testing program for all mechanical, electrical,
instrumentation, and HVAC equipment and systems installed under this
contract.
4. A calibration program for all instruments, meters, monitors, gages, and
thermometers installed under this contract.
5. A calibration program for all instruments, gages, meters, and thermometers
used for determining the performance of equipment and systems installed
under this contract.
A testing schedule conforming to the requirements specified in paragraph 6.
01 660-2.02 C.
For the purposes of this section, a system shall include all items of equipment, devices and
appurtenances connected in such a fashion as their operation or function complements, protects or
NOVEMBER 2003
NBLS IMPROVEMENTS
EQUIPMENT AND SYSTEM PERFORMANCE
AND OPERATIONAL TESTING
01660-1
controls the operation or function of the others. The CONTRACTOR shall coordinate the activities
of all subcontractors and suppliers to implement the requirements of this section.
B. CALIBRATION:
All test equipment (gages, meters, thermometers, analysis instruments, and other equipment)
used for calibrating or verifylng the performance of equipment installed under this contract shall be
calibrated to within plus or minus 2 percent of actual value at 111 scale. Test equipment employed
for individual test runs shall be selected so that expected values as indicated by the detailed
performance specifications will fall between 60 and 85 percent of full scale. At least five confirmed
valid data points shall be obtained within this range. Confirmed data points shall be validated by
not less than three test runs with results which agree within plus or minus 2 percent.
1.03 SUBMITTALS
Submittal material, to be submitted in accordance with Section 01 300, shall consist of the
following:
1. A complete description of the CONTRACTOR'S plan for documenting the
results from the test program in conformance with the requirements of
paragraph 0 1660-2.02 A, including:
a. Proposed plan for documenting the calibration of all test instruments.
b. Proposed plan for calibration of all instrument systems, including
flow meters and all temperature, pressure, weight, and analysis
systems.
c. Sample forms for documenting the results of field pressure and
performance tests.
2. The credentials and certification of the testing laboratory proposed by the
CONTRACTOR for calibration of all test equipment.
3. Preoperational check-out procedures, reviewed and approved by the
respective equipment manufacturers.
4. Detailed testing plans, setting forth step-by-step descriptions of the
procedures proposed by the CONTRACTOR for the systematic testing of all
equipment and systems installed under this contract.
5. A schedule and subsequent updates, presenting the CONTRACTOR'S plan
for testing the equipment and systems installed under this contract.
6. A schedule establishing the expected time period (calendar dates) when the
CONTRACTOR plans to commence operational testing of the completed
NOVEMBER 2003
NBLS IMPROVEMENTS
EQUIPMENT AND SYSTEM PERFORMANCE
AND OPERATIONAL TESTING
0 I 660-2
systems, along with a description of the temporary systems and installations
planned to allow operational testing to take place.
PART 2--PRODUCTS
2.01 GENERAL
The CONTRACTOR shall prepare test plans and documentation plans as specified in the
following paragraphs. The CONSTRUCTION MANAGER will not witness any test work for the
purpose of acceptance until all test documentation and calibration plans and the specified system or
equipment test plans have been submitted and accepted.
2.02 DOCUMENTATION
A. DOCUMENTATION PLANS:
The CONTRACTOR shall develop a records keeping system to document compliance with
the requirements of this Section. Calibration documentation shall include identification (by make,
manufacturer, model, and serial number) of all test equipment, date of original calibration,
subsequent calibrations, calibration method, and test labo@ory.
Equipment and system documentation shall include date of test, equipment number or
system name, nature of test, test objectives, test results, test instruments employed for the test and
signature spaces for the CONSTRUCTION MANAGERS witness and the CONTRACTORS
quality assurance manager. A separate file shall be established for each system and item of
equipment. These files shall include the following information as a minimum:
1. Metallurgical tests, as necessary
2. Factory performance tests
3. Field calibration tests
4. Field performance tests
5. Field operational tests
Each of these tests is required even though not specificaIly noted in the
detailed specification section
The CONTRACTOR shall develop test documentation forms specific to each item of
equipment and system installed under this contract. Acceptable documentation forms for all
systems and items of equipment shall be produced for review by the CONSTRUCTION
MANAGER. Once the CONSTRUCTION MANAGER has reviewed and taken no exception to the
proposed forms, the CONTRACTOR shall produce sufficient forms, at his expense, to provide
documentation of all testing work to be conducted as a part of this contract.
NOVEMBER 2003
NBLS IMPROVEMENTS
EQUIPMENT AND SYSTEM PERFORMANCE
AND OPERATIONAL TESTING
0 I 660-3
B. TESTPLANS:
The CONTRACTOR shall develop test plans detailing the coordinated, sequential testing of
each item of equipment and system installed under this contract. Each test plan shall be specific to
the item of equipment or system to be tested. Test plans shall identify by specific equipment or tag
number each device or control station to be manipulated or observed during the test procedure and
the specific results to be observed or obtained. Test plans shall also be specific as to support
systems required to complete the test work, temporary systems required during the test work,
subcontractors' and manufacturers' representatives to be present and expected test duration. As a
minimum, the test plans shall include the following features:
1. Step-by-step procedure for all control and electrical circuits by imposing low
voltage currents and using appropriate indicators to afirm that the circuit is
properly identified and connected to the proper device.
2. Calibration of all analysis instruments and control sensors.
3. Performance testing of each individual item of mechanical, electrical, and
instrumentation equipment. Performance tests shall be selected to duplicate
normal operating conditions.
4. System tests designed to duplicate, as closely as possible, nohnal operating
conditions.
Test plans shall contain a complete description of the procedures to be employed to achieve
the desired test environment. Two weeks prior to the proposed field and operational testing,
CONTRACTOR shall submit detailed test plans for the CONSTRUCTION MANAGER'S
approval. Once the CONSTRUCTION MANAGER has reviewed and taken no exception to the
test plans, the CONTRACTOR shall reproduce the plans in sufficient number for the
CONTRACTOR'S purposes and an additional six copies for delivery to the CONSTRUCTION
MANAGER. No test work shall begin until the CONTRACTOR has delivered the specified
number of final test plans to the CONSTRUCTION MANAGER.
C. TESTING SCHEDULE:
The CONTRACTOR shall produce a testing schedule for performing the test work. The
schedule shall detail the equipment and systems to be tested, and shall show the contemplated start
date, duration of the test and completion of each test. The test schedule shall be submitted no later
than two weeks in advance of the date testing is to begin. The CONSTRUCTION MANAGER will
not witness any testing work for the purpose of acceptance until the CONTRACTOR has submitted
a schedule to which the CONSTRUCTION MANAGER takes no exception.
NOVEMBER 2003
NBLS IMPROVEMENTS
EQUIPMENT AND SYSTEM PERFORMANCE
AND OPERATIONAL TESTING
0 1 660-4
2.03 SYSTEM AND EQUIPMENT PERFORMANCE TESTS
Each item of mechanical, electrical, instrumentation, and WAC equipment installed under
this contract shall be tested to demonstrate compliance with the performance requirements of this
project. Each electrical, instrumentation, mechanical, piping, and WAC system installed or
modified under this contract shall be tested in accordance with the requirements of this
project.
2.04 OPERATIONAL TESTS
Once all equipment and systems have been tested individually, the CONTRACTOR shall
fill all systems except wastewater, scum sludge and other wastewater derived systems with the
intended process fluids. Wastewater-derived process systems shall be filled with water. After
filling operations have been completed, the CONTRACTOR shall operate all systems for a
continuous period of not less than 1 day, simulating actual operating conditions to the greatest
extent possible. The CONTRACTOR shall install temporary connections, bulkheads and make
other provisions to recirculate process fluids or otherwise simulate anticipated operating conditions.
During the operational testing period, the CONTRACTOR'S testing team shall monitor the
characteristics of each machine and system and report any unusual conditions to the
CONSTRUCTION MANAGER.
2.05 PRODUCT DATA
Product data, to be provided in accordance with Section 03 300, shall be the original and
three copies of all records produced during the testing program.
PART 3--EXECUTION
3.01 GENERAL
The CONTRACTOR'S shall organize teams made up of qualified representatives of
equipment suppliers, subcontractors, the CONTRACTOR'S independent testing laboratory, and
others, as appropriate, to efficiently and expeditiously calibrate and test the equipment and systems
installed and constructed under this contract. The objective of the testing program shall be to
demonstrate, to the CONSTRUCTION MANAGER'S complete satisfaction, that the structures,
systems, and equipment constructed and installed under this contract meet all performance
requirements and the facility is ready for the commissioning process to commence. In addition, the
testing program shall produce baseline operating conditions for the OWNER to use in a preventive
maintenance program.
3.02 CALIBRATION OF FIXED INSTRUMENTS
Calibration of analysis instruments, sensors, gages, and meters installed under this contract
shall proceed on a system-by-system basis. No equipment or system performance acceptance tests
shall be performed until instruments, gages, and meters to be installed in that particular system have
NOVEMBER 2003
NBLS IMPROVEMENTS
EQUIPMENT AND SYSTEM PERFORMANCE
AND OPERATIONAL TESTING
0 1 660-5
been calibrated and the calibration work has been witnessed by the CONSTRUCTION
MANAGER. All analysis instruments, sensors, gages, and meters used for performance testing
shall be subject to recalibration to confirm accuracy after completion, but prior to acceptance of
each performance test.
3.03 PERFORMANCE TESTS
A. GENERAL:
Performance tests shall consist of the following:
1. Pressure and/or leakage tests.
2. Electrical testing as specified in Division 16.
3. Wiring and piping, individual component, loop, loop commissioning and
tuning testing as described in Division 17.
4. Preoperational checkout for all mechanical and WAC equipment.
Preoperational check-out procedures shall be reviewed and approved by the
respective equipment manufacturers.
5. Initial operation tests of all mechanical, electrical, WAC, and
instrumentation equipment and systems to demonstrate compliance with the
performance requirements of this project manual.
In general, performance tests for any individual system shall be performed in the order listed
above. The order may be altered only on the specific written authorization of the
CONSTRUCTION MANAGER after receipt of a written request, complete with justification of the
need for the change in sequence.
B. PRESSURE AND LEAKAGE TESTS:
Pressure and leakage tests shall be conducted in a&ordance with applicable portions of
Divisions 3 and 15. All acceptance tests shall be witnessed by the CONSTRUCTION MANAGER.
Evidence of successful completion of the pressure and leakage tests shall be the CONSTRUCTION
MANAGER'S signature on the test forms prepared by the CONTRACTOR.
C. FUNCTIONAL CHECKOUT:
Prior to energization (in the case of electrical systems and equipment), all circuits shall be
rung out and tested for continuity and shielding in accordance with the procedures required in
Division 16.
NOVEMBER 2003
NBLS IMPROVEMENTS
EQUIPMENT AND SYSTEM PERFORMANCE
AND OPERATIONAL TESTING
0 1 660-6
D. COMPONENT CALIBRATION AND LOOP TESTING:
Prior to energization (in the case of instrumentation system and equipment), all loops and
associated instruments shall be calibrated and tested in accordance with the procedures required in
Division 17.
E. ELECTRICAL RESISTANCE:
Electrical resistance testing shall be in accordance with Division 16.
F. PREOPERATIONAL TESTS:
Preoperational tests shall include the following:
1. Alignment of equipment using reverse dial indicator method.
2. Preoperation 1 u bri cati on.
3. Tests per the manufacturers' recommendations for prestart preparation and
preoperational check-out procedures.
I G. FUNCTIONAL TESTS:
1. GENERAL: Once all affected equipment has been subjected to the
required preoperational check-out procedures and the CONSTRUCTION
MANAGER has witnessed and has not found deficiencies in that portion of the
work, individual items of equipment and systems may be started and operated under
simulated operating conditions to determine as nearly as possible whether the
equipment and systems meet the requirements of these specifications. If available,
plant efiluent may be employed for the testing of all liquid systems except gaseous,
oil, or chemical systems.
If not available, potable water shall be employed as the test medium. Test
media for these systems shall either be the intended fluid or a compatible substitute.
The equipment shall be operated a sufficient period of time to determine machine
operating characteristics, including noise, temperatures and vibration; to observe
performance characteristics; and to permit initial adjustment of operating controls.
When testing requires the availability of auxiliary systems such as looped piping,
electrical power, compressed air, control air, or instrumentation which have not yet
been placed in service, the CONTRACTOR shall provide acceptable substitute
sources, capable of meeting the requirements of the machine, device, or system at no
additional cost to the OWNER.
Disposal methods for test media shall be subject to review by the
CONSTRUCTION MANAGER. During the functional test period, the
CONTRACTOR shall obtain baseline operating data on all equipment with motors
NOVEMBER 2003
NBLS IMPROVEMENTS
EQUIPMENT AND SYSTEM PERFORMANCE
AND OPERATIONAL TESTING
0 1660-7
greater than 1 horsepower to include amperage, bearing temperatures, and vibration.
The baseline data shall be collected for the OWNER to enter in a preventive
maintenance system.
Test results shall be withm the tolerances set forth in the detailed
specification sections of the contract documents. If no tolerances have been
specified, test results shall conform to tolerances established by recognized industry
practice. Where, in the case of an otherwise satisfactory functional test, any doubt,
dispute, or difference should arise between the CONSTRUCTION MANAGER and
the CONTRACTOR regarding the test results or the methods or equipment used in
the performance of such test, then the CONSTRUCTION MANAGER may order
the test to be repeated.
If the repeat test, using such modified methods or equipment as the
CONSTRUCTION MANAGER may require, confirms the previous test, then all
costs in connection with the repeat test will be paid by the OWNER. Otherwise, the
costs shall be borne by the CONTRACTOR. Where the results of any functional
test fail to comply with the contract requirements for such test, then such repeat tests
as may be necessary to achieve the contract requirements shall be made by the
CONTRACTOR at his expense.
The CONTRACTOR shall provide, at no expense to the OWNER, all
power, fuel, compressed air supplies, water, and chemicals, all labor, temporary
piping, heating, ventilating, and air conditioning for any areas where permanent
facilities are not complete and operable at the time of functional tests, and all other
items and work required to complete the functional tests. Temporary facilities shall
be maintained until permanent systems are in service.
2. RETESTING: If under test, any portion of the work should fail to
fulfill the contract requirements and is adjusted, altered, renewed, or replaced, tests
on that portion when so adjusted, altered, removed, or replaced, together with all
other portions of the work as are affected thereby, shall, unless otherwise directed by
the CONSTRUCTION MANAGER, be repeated within reasonable time and in
accordance with the specified conditions. The CONTRACTOR shall pay to the
OWNER all reasonable expenses incurred by the OWNER, including the costs of
the CONSTRUCTION MANAGER, as a result of repeating such tests.
3. POST TEST INSPECTION: Once functional testing has been
completed, all machines shall be rechecked for proper alignment and realigned, as
required. All equipment shall be checked for loose connections, unusual movement,
or other indications of improper operating characteristics. Any deficiencies shall be
corrected to the satisfaction of the CONSTRUCTION MANAGER.
All machines or devices which exhibit unusual or unacceptable operating
characteristics shall be disassembled and inspected. Any defects found during the
course of the inspection shall be repaired or the specific part or entire equipment
NOVEMBER 2003
NBLS IMPROVEMENTS
EQUIPMENT AND SYSTEM PERFORMANCE
AND OPERATIONAL TESTING
0 1 660-8
item shall be replaced to the complete satisfaction of the CONSTRUCTION
MANAGER at no cost to the OWNER.
3.04 OPERATIONAL TESTS
The CONTRACTOR shall provide system operation testing. After completion of all
performance testing and certification by the CONSTRUCTION MANAGER that all equipment
. complies with the requirements of the specifications, the CONTRACTOR shall fill all process units
and process systems, except those employing domestic water, oil, air, or chemicals, with plant
effluent water. All domestic water, oil, air, and chemical systems shall be filled with the specified
fluid.
Upon completion of the filling operations, the CONTRACTOR shall circulate water through
the completed facility for a period of not less than 48 ho.urs, during which all parts of the system
shall be operated as a complete facility at various loading conditions, as directed by the
CONSTRUCTION MANAGER.
The operational testing period shall commence after this initial period of variable operation.
Should the operational testing period be halted for any reason related to the facilities constructed or
the equipment furnished under this contract, or the CONTRACTOR'S temporary testing systems,
the operational testing program shall be repeated until the Fecified continuous period has been
accomplished without interruption. All process units shall be brought to full operating conditions,
including temperature, pressure, and flow.
**END OF SECTION**
NOVEMBER 2003
NBLS IMPROVEMENTS
EQUIPMENT AND SYSTEM PERFORMANCE
AND OPERATIONAL TESTING
0 I 660-9
SECTION 01 730
OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE INFORMATION
1.0 SCOPE
Operation and maintenance (O&M) instructions shall be provided in accordance with this
section and as required in the technical sections of the contract documents. O&M information shall
be provided for slide gates, pedestal mounted operators, portable electric operator, level transducer,
combustible gas pump and sensor and every other maintainable piece of equipment, equipment
assembly or subassembly, and material provided or modified under this contract. O&M instructions
must be submitted and accepted before on-site training may start.
2.0 TYPES OF INFORMATION REQUIRED
A. GENERAL:
O&M information shall contain the names, addresses, and telephone numbers of the
manufacturer, the nearest representative of the manufacturer, and the nearest supplier of the
manufacturer's equipment and parts. In addition, one or more of the following items of information
shall be provided as applicable.
B. OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS:
Specific instructions, procedures, and illustrations shall be provided for the following phases
of operations:
1. SAFETY PRECAUTIONS: List personnel hazards for equipment and list
safety precautions for all operating conditions.
2. OPERATOR PRE-START: Provide requirements to set up and prepare
each system for use.
3. START-UP, SHUTDOWN, AND POSTSHUTDOWN PROCEDURES:
Provide a control sequence for each of these operations.
4. NORMAL OPERATION: Provide control diagrams with data to explain
operation and control of systems and specific equipment.
5. EMERGENCY OPERATION: Provide emergency procedures for
equipment malfunctions to permit a short period of continued operation or to
shut down the equipment to prevent further damage to systems and
equipment. Include emergency shutdown instructions for fire, explosion,
spills, or other foreseeable contingencies. Provide guidance on emergency
NOVEMBER 2003
NBLS IMPROVEMENTS
OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE INFORMATION .
01 730-1
operations of all utility systems includmg valve locations and portions of
systems controlled.
6. OPERATOR SERVICE REQUIREMENTS: Provide instructions for
services to be performed by the operator such as lubrication, adjustments,
and inspection.
7. ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITIONS: Provide a list of environmental
conditions (temperature, humidity, and other relevant data) which are best
suited for each product or piece of equipment and describe conditions under
which equipment should not be allowed to run.
C. PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE:
The following information shall be provided for preventive and scheduled maintenance to
minimize corrective maintenance and repair:
1. LUBRICATION DATA: Provide lubrication data, other than instructions
for lubrication in accordance with paragraph 2.0-B6.
a. A table showing recommended lubricants for specific temperature
ranges and applications;
b. Charts with a schematic diagram of the equipment showing
lubrication points, recommended types and grades of lubricants, and
capacities; and
c. A lubrication schedule showing service interval frequency.
2. PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE PLAN AND SCHEDULE: Provide
manufacturer's schedule for routine preventive maintenance, inspections,
tests, and adjustments required to ensure proper and economical operation
and to minimize corrective maintenance and repair. Provide manufacturer's
projection of preventive maintenance man-hours on a daily, weekly,
monthly, and annual basis including craft requirements by type of craft.
D. CORRECTIVE MAINTENANCE:
Manufacturer's recommendations shall be provided on procedures and instructions for
correcting problems and making repairs.
1. TROUBLESHOOTING GUIDES AND DIAGNOSTIC TECHNIQUES:
Provide step-by-step procedures to promptly isolate the cause of typical
malfunctions. Describe clearly why the checkout is performed and what
conditions are to be sought. Identify tests or inspections and test equipment
NOVEMBER 2003 OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE INFORMATION
NBLS IMPROVEMENTS 0 1 730-2
required to determine whether parts and equipment may be reused or require
replacement.
2. WIRING DIAGRAMS AND CONTROL DIAGRAMS: Wiring diagrams
and control diagrams shall be point-to-point drawings of wiring and control
circuits including factory-field interfaces. Provide a complete and accurate
depiction of the actual job-specific wiring and control work. On diagrams,
number electrical and electronic Wiring and pneumatic control tubing and the
terminals for each type identically to actual installation numbering.
3. MAINTENANCE AND REPAIR PROCEDURES: Provide instructions
and list tools required to restore product or equipment to proper condition or
operating standards.
4. REMOVAL AND REPLACEMENT INSTRUCTIONS: Provide step-by-
step procedures and list required tools and supplies for removal, replace-
ment, disassembly, and assembly of components, assemblies, subassemblies,
accessories, and attachments. Provide tolerances, dimensions, settings, and
adjustments required. Instructions shall include a combination of test and
illustrations.
5. SPARE PARTS AND SUPPLY LISTS: Provide lists of spare parts and
supplies required for maintenance and repair to ensure continued service or
operation without unreasonably delays. Special consideration is required for
facilities at remote locations, List spare parts and supplies that have a long
lead time to obtain.
6. CORRECTIVE MAINTENANCE MANHOURS: Provide manufacturer's
projection of corrective maintenance man-hours including craft requirements
by type of craft. Corrective maintenance that requires participation of the
equipment manufacturer shall be identified and tabulated separately.
E. APPENDICES :
The following information shall be provided; include information not specified in the
preceding paragraphs but pertinent to the maintenance or operation of the product or equipment.
1. PARTS IDENTIFICATION: Provide identification and coverage for all
parts of each component, assembly, subassembly, and accessory of the end
items subject to replacement. Include special hardware requirements, such
as requirement to use high-strength bolts and nuts. Identify parts by make,
model, serial number, and source of supply to allow reordering without
further identification. Provide clear and legible illustrations, drawings, and
exploded views to enable easy identification of the items. When illustrations
omit the part numbers and description, both the illustrations and separate
listing shall show the index, reference, or key number which will cross-
NOVEMBER 2003 OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE INFORMATION
NBLS IMPROVEMENTS 0 I 730-3
reference the illustrated part to the listed part. Parts shown in the listings
shall be grouped by components, assemblies, and subassemblies.
2. WARRANTY INFORMATION: List and explain the various warranties
and include the servicing and technical precautions prescribed by the
manufacturers or contract documents to keep warranties in force.
3. PERSONNEL TRAINING REQUIREMENTS: Provide information
available from the manufacturers to use in training designated personnel to
operate and maintain the equipment and systems properly.
4. TESTING EQUIPMENT AND SPECIAL TOOL INFORMATION:
Provide information on test equipment required to perform specified tests
and on special tools needed for the operation, maintenance, and repair of
components.
3.0 TRANSMITTAL PROCEDURE
Unless otherwise specified, O&M manuals, information, and data shall be transmitted in
accordance with Section 01 300 accompanied by Transmittal Form 01 730-A and Equipment Record
Forms 01 730-B andor 01 730-C, as appropriate. Sample forms are provided at the end of this
section. The transmittal form shall be used as a checklist to ensure the manual is complete. Only
complete sets of O&M instructions will be reviewed for acceptance.
Six copies of the specified O&M information shall be provided. For ease of identification,
each manufacturer's brochure and manual shall be appropriately labeled with the equipment name
and equipment number as it appears in the contract documents. The information shall be organized
in the binders in numerical order by the equipment numbers assigned in the contract documents.
The binders shall be provided with a table of contents and tab sheets to permit easy location of
desired information.
If manufacturers' standard brochures and manuals are used to describe O&M procedures,
such brochures and manuals shall be modified to reflect only the model or series of equipment used
on this project. Extraneous material shall be crossed out neatly or otherwise annotated or
eliminated.
4.0 FIELD CHANGES
Following the acceptable installation and operation of an equipment item, the item's
instructions and procedures shall be modified and supplemented by the Contractor to reflect any
field changes or information requiring field data.
**END OF SECTION**
NOVEMBER 2003
NBLS IMPROVEMENTS
OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE INFORMATION
01 730-4
0 1 730-A. OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE TRANSMITTAL FORM:
Date: Submittal No:'
To: Contract No:
Spec. Section:
Submittal Description:
Contractor
. satisfactory I N/A
From:
Attention:
I I Construction manager I Deficient Accept Checklist
1. Table of contents
2. Equipment record forms
3. Manufacturer information
I I I I
4. Vendor information I I I I
~~ ~
5. Safety precautions
6. Operator prestart
7.
-8. Normal operations
Start-up, shutdown, and postshutdown procedures
9. Emergency operations
10. Operator service requirements
I 1. Environmental conditions
12. Lubrication data
I I I
13. Preventive maintenance plan and schedule I I I I
14. Troubleshooting guides and diagnostic techniques
15. Wiring diagrams and control diagrams
16. Maintenance and repair procedures
17. Removal and replacement instructions
18. Spare parts and supply list
19. Corrective maintenance man-hours I I I I
~~
20. Parts identification
21. Warranty infomation
22. Personnel training requirements
23. Testing equipment and special tool information I I I I
Remarks:
Contractor's Signature
1 See paragraph 01 300-4.0 A, Transmittal Procedure.
VENDOR
I I I I I I I
LUBRICANTS: RECOMMENDED:
ALTERNATIVE:
VENDOR CONTACT
MISC. NOTES:
EQUIP
MAKE
SERIAL NO.
MODEL NO.
HP RPM
TDH IMP SZ
PSI ASSY NO.
RECOMMENDED SPARE PARTS
ID NO.
FRAME NO.
CAP SIZE
BELT NO. CFM
CASE NO.
PARTNO. I QUAN. I ’ PARTNAME 1 COST
I I
ELECTRICAL NAMEPLATE DATA
EQUIP I MAKE I SERIALNO. I IDNO.
I MODELNO. I FRAMENO. I
1 HP Iv I AMP I HZ I
I PH I RPM 1 SF I DUTY I
I TYPE I I INSL. CL I DES I CODE
I NEMA DES I C AMB I TEMPRISE I RATING 1
I MISC. I
I MECHANICAL NAMEPLATE DATA I
01730-C. EQUIPMENT RECORD FORM: -
EQUIP NO.
EQUIP DESCRJP
SHOP DWG NO. DATE INST COST
I EQUIPLOC
MFGR ADDRESS PHONE
VENDOR VENDOR CONTACT
SECTION 02050
DEMOLITION
PART 1--GENERAL
1.01 WORK OF THIS SECTION
A. The WORK of this Section includes funushing materials, equipment and labor
necessary to perform and complete demolition of existing cast iron sluice gates, door and
appurtenances and mercury float switch as shown in the drawings .
1.02 RELATED SECTIONS
A. The WORK of the following Sections applies to the WORK of this Section.
Other Sections of the Specifications, not referenced below, shall also apply to the extent required
for proper performance of this WORK.
1. Section 01 045 Cutting and Patching
1.03 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS
A. Except as otherwise indicated in this Section of the Specifications, the
CONTRACTOR shall comply with the Standard Specifications for Public Works Construction
(SSPWC)
1.04 CODES
A. The WORK of this Section shall comply with the current editions of the following
codes:
1. Uniform Building Code
1.05 SUBMITTALS
A. The following shall be submitted in compliance with Section 01 300:
1. Demolition Schedule: The CONTRACTOR shall submit a complete
coordination schedule for demolition WORK including shut-off and continuation of utility
services prior to start of the WORK. The schedule shall indicate proposed methods and
operations of facility demolition, and provide a detailed sequence of demolition and removal
WORK to ensure uninterrupted operation of occupied areas. The influent sewer bypass plan shall
'be included with this submittal.
NOVEMBER 2003
NBLS IMPROVEMENTS
DEMOLITION
02050-1
PART 2-- PRODUCTS (NOT USED)
PART 3--EXECUTION
3.01 GENERAL
A. Structures shall be demolished and removed in compliance with applicable
SSPWC subsections and the requirements indicated herein.
3.02 PROTECTION
A. Interior and exterior shoring, bracing, or supports shall be provided to prevent
movement, settlement or collapse of structures to be demolished, if necessary.
B. Unless otherwise indicated, the CONTRACTOR shall protect and maintain all
utilities in the proximity of the facilities to be demolished.
C. The CONTRACTOR shall protect the nearby existing equipment such as control
panels and others from dust caused by demolition activities by covering, drop-curtains and other
similar methods.
3.03 DISPOSAL OF DEMOLISHED MATERIALS
A. Demolition and removal of debris shall be conducted to ensure minimum
interference with roads, streets, walks, and other adjacent occupied or used facilities which shall
not be closed or obstructed without permission from the OWNER.
B. Site debris, rubbish, and other materials resulting from demolition operations shall
be removed and disposed of in compliance all laws and regulations. Burning of removed
materials from demolished structures shall not be permitted.
3.04 PATCHlNG AND REPAIRING
A. The CONTRACTOR shall provide patching, replacing, repairing, and refinishing
of damaged areas involved in demolition as necessary to match the existing adjacent surfaces and
in compliance with Section 01 045.
B. The CONTRACTOR shall repair all damages caused to adjacent facilities by
demolition at no additional cost to the OWNER.
C. After patching and repairing has been completed, the CONTRACTOR shall
carefully remove splatterings of mortar from adjoining WORK (plumbing fixtures, trim, tile, and
finished metal surfaces) and repair any damage caused by such cleaning operations.
NOVEMBER 2003
NBLS IMPROVEMENTS
DEMOLITION
02050-2
3.05 CLEANING
A. During and upon completion of WORK, the CONTRACTOR shall promptly
remove unused tools and equipment, surplus materials, rubbish, debris, and dust and shall leave
areas affected by WORK in a clean condition.
B. . Clean adjacent structures and facilities of dust, dirt, and debris caused by
demolition and return adjacent areas to condition existing prior to start of WORK.
** END OF SECTION **
NOVEMBER 2003
NBLS IMPROVEMENTS
DEMOLITION
02050-3
SECTION 02 145
SEWER BYPASSING AND DEWATERING
PART 1 --GENERAL
1.01 DESCRIPTION
A. SCOPE:
This section specifies the requirements for temporary bypassing and dewatering of
B. REQUIREMENTS:
sewers.
CONTRACTOR shall provide labor, materials and supervision to temporarily bypass flow
around the CONTRACTORS WORK during the lift station rehabilitation and construction when
access to the wet well is required for conducting WORK or for any WORK inside the wet well that
requires occupancy of the wet well space. The influent sewer and emergency storage drain line shall
be plugged using a plugging device, and the influent wastewater flow shall be allowed to overflow
into the emergency storage reservoir on site. CONTRACTOR shall transfer influent wastewater
from the emergency reservoir to the force main by connecting to the existing bypass valve and
piping located above ground.
A schematic diagram (Figure 02145-1) of a possible site layout is provided at the end of this
specification section. CONTRACTOR shall provide 100% redundancy at all times for pumping
equipment and power source used to power the pumping equipment during the bypassing operation.
CONTRACTOR shall be responsible for obtaining all necessary permits from the local air pollution
control agency for operating fuel fired pumping or power equipment such as generators. After
completion of WORK, the CONTRACTOR shall clean and disinfect the emergency storage
reservoir to the CONSTRUCTION MANAGER’S satisfaction.
I .02 SUBMITTALS
Within 21 days of notice to proceed, the CONTRACTOR shall submit, in accordance with
Section 01 300, drawings and complete design data showing methods and equipment he proposes to
utilize in sewer bypassing and dewatering. The submittal shall include the following:
I.
2.
Drawings indicating the location of temporary sewer plugs and bypass
discharge lines
Capacities of pumps, prime movers, and standby equipment, including
system and pump curves of proposed pumps for ENGINEER’S approval
before start of WORK
Design calculations proving adequacy of the system and selected equipment 3.
NOVEMBER 2003
NBLS IMPROVEMENTS
SEWER BYPASSING AND DEWATERING
02145-1
4.
5,
6.
Emergency procedures to be followed in the event of bypass pumping
equipment failure
A plan outlining measures for preventing spills and containment measures in
the event of a spill
An odor control plan for containing odors for the duration of the WORK (a
low cost cover for the emergency basin and a passive carbon canister system
will likely be sufficient).
1.03 JOB CONDITIONS
A. .AVAILABLE DATA:
The peak dry weather flow rate influent to the lift station is 1.47 million gallons per day
(MGD). The peak wet weather flow rate is 2.1 6 MGD. The approximate retention capacity of the
emergency storage reservior is 121,000 gallons. The use of this information in no way relieves the
CONTRACTOR from his responsibility for design, construction, and operation of an adequate and
properly finctioning bypass and dewatering system. Any additional testing or gathering of flow data
are the responsibility of the CONTRACTOR.
B. PROTECTION:
Where bypassing is required, the CONTRACTOR shall ensure that service for connecting
laterals is not disrupted. All bypassed flow shall be discharged into the lift station emergency
storage reservoir. No bypassing to the ground surface, receiving streams, storm drains, or bypassing
which results in groundwater or surface water contamination or potential environmental or health
hazards shall be permitted. The CONTRACTOR shall provide spill containment to prevent spilled
wastewater from reaching the Batiquitos Lagoon.
C. SCHEDULING:
The bypassing and dewatering systems shall not be shut down between shifts, on holidays or
weekends, or during WORK stoppages without written permission from the CONSTRUCTION
MANAGER.
PART 2--PRODUCTS
No products are included in this section.
NOVEMBER 2003
NBLS IMPROVEMENTS
SEWER BYPASSING AND DEWATERING
02 145-2
PART 3--EXECUTION
3.01 SEWER BYPASSING
A. GENERAL:
Sewer bypassing shall be accomplished by pumping or diverting the upstream flow around
the CONTRACTOR'S WORK or as directed by the CONSTRUCTION MANAGER.
The CONTRACTOR shall provide temporary pumps, conduits, and other equipment to
bypass the sewer flow. CONTRACTOR shall furnish the necessary labor and supervision to set up
and operate the pumping and bypass system. Engines shall be equipped with mufflers andor
enclosed to keep the noise level within local ordinance requirements. Pumps and bypass lines shall
be of adequate capacity and size to handle the flows. All influent flow bypassed shall be discharged
to the lift station emergency storage reservoir. CONTRACTOR shall provide a temporary cover and
odor control system for the emergency storage reservoir for the duration of the WORK that requires
bypass pumping.
3.02 STANDBY EQUIPMENT
The CONTRACTOR shall maintain on site sufficient equipment and materials to ensure
continuous and successful operation of the bypass and dewatering systems. Standby pumps shall be
fueled and operational at all times. Standby pumps shall be connected to the lift station bypass
piping by means of a manifold, and designed to operate should the main pumps fail. The
CONTRACTOR shall maintain on site a sufficient number of valves, tees, elbows, connections,
tools, sewer plugs, piping and other parts or system hardware to ensure immediate repair or
modification of any part of the system as necessary.
3.03 DAMAGES
The CONTRACTOR shall repair without cost to the OWNER any damage that may result
from his negligence, inadequate or improper installation, maintenance and operation of bypassing
and a dewatering system including mechanical or electrical failures.
3.04 PENALTIES
Bypassing of untreated or partially treated sewage to surface waters or drainage courses is
prohibited during construction. In the event accidental bypassing is caused by the CONTRACTOR'S
operations, the OWNER shall immediately be entitled to employ others to stop the bypassing
without giving written notice to the CONTRACTOR.
Penalties imposed on the OWNER as a result of any bypass caused by the actions of the
CONTRACTOR, his employees, or subcontractors, shall be borne in full by the CONTRACTOR,
including legal fees and other expenses to the OWNER resulting directly or indirectly from the
bypass.
.
**END OF SECTION**
NOVEMBER 2003
NBLS 1MPROVEMENTS
SEWER BYPASSING AND DEWATERING
02 145-3
NOT TO SCALE
PaoEcT LuxmN
CITY OF CARLSBAD NORM BAllWlTOS UFl STATION
CARLSBAD. CALIFORNIA
@ ABOVE GRADE BYPASS PIPING AND VALVE DAW. m&EcrMo1 OCT 2003 3809
BROWN AND CALD W ELL
811p Dm. CILWRwll
OPENING IN - EMERGENCY STORAGE
ABOVE GROUND -PUMP SUCTION LINE
CONNECT TO @
SECTION 03600
GROUT
ASTM C33
ASTM C40
ASTM C88
PART 1--GENE=
.1.01 DESCRIPTION
Concrete Aggregates
Organic Impurities in Fine Aggregates for Concrete
Soundness of Aggregates by Use of Sodium Sulfate or
Magnesium Sulfate
This section specifies grout for uses other than masonry.
1.02 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. QUALITY CONTROL BY CONTRACTOR:
To demonstrate conformance with the specified requirements for grout, the
CONTRACTOR shall provide the services of an independent testing laboratory which complies
with the requirements of ASTM E329. The testing laboratory shall sample and test grout materials
as required in this section. Costs of testing laboratory services shall be borne by the
CONTRACTOR.
B. REFERENCES:
This section contains references to the following documents. They are a part of this section
as specified and modified. Where a referenced document contains references to other standards,
those documents are included as references under this section as if referenced directly. In the event
of conflict between the requirements of this section and those of the listed documents, the
requirements of this section shall prevail.
Unless otherwise specified, references to documents shall mean the documents in effect at
the time of Advertisement for Bids or Invitation to Bid (or on the effective date of the Agreement if
there were no Bids). If referenced documents have been discontinued by the issuing organization,
references to those documents shall mean the replacement documents issued or otherwise identified
by that organization or, if there are no replacement documents, the last version of the document
before it was discontinued. Where document dates are given in the following listing, references to
those documents shall mean the specific document version associated with that date, regardless of
whether the document has been superseded by a version with a later date, discontinued or replaced.
Reference I Title
NOVEMBER 2003
NBLS IMPROVEMENTS
GROUT
03600- 1
Reference
ASTM C117
ASTM C136 REV A
ASTM C150
ASTM C289
ASTM C494
ASTM C881
ASTM D24 19
ASTM E329 REV C
CRD-C62 I
PART 2--PRODUCTS
2.01 MATERIALS
A. CEMENT:
Material Finer Than 75 pn (No. 200) Sieve in Mineral
Aggregates by Washing
Sieve Analysis of Fine and Coarse Aggregates
Portland Cement
Potential Reactivity of Aggregates (Chemical Method)
Chemical Admixtures for Concrete
Epoxy-Resin-Base Bonding Systems for Concrete
Standard Test Method for Sand Equivalent Value of Soils
and Fine Aggregate
Inspection and Testing Agencies for Concrete, Steel, and
Bituminous Materials as Used in Construction
Corps of Engineers Specification for Nonshrink Grout
Portland cement shall be ASTM C150, Type I1 or Type V, low alkali, containing less than
0.60 percent alkalies.
B. AGGREGATE:
1. GENERAL: Aggregate shall be nonreactive and shall be washed before use.
When sources of aggregate are changed, test reports shall be provided for the new material.
The tests specified shall be performed prior to commencing grout WORK.
2. FINE AGGREGATE: Fine aggregate shall be hard, dense, durable particles
of either sand or crushed stone regularly graded from coarse to fine and shall conform to ASTM
C33 as modified herein. When tested in accordance with ASTM C136, gradation shall be such that
100 percent by weight will pass a standard No. 8 mesh sleeve and no less than 45 percent by weight
will pass a standard No. 40 mesh sieve.
..
Variation from the specified gradations in individual tests will be acceptable if the average
of three consecutive tests is within the specified limits and the variation is within the permissible
variation listed below:
NOVEMBER 2003
NBLS 1MPROVEMENTS GROUT
03600-2
U.S. standard I Permissible variation in
sieve size
30 or coarser
50 or finer
individual tests, percent
2
0.5
Other tests shall be in accordance with the following specifications:
Test
Organic Impurities
Amount of Material Passing
No. 200 Sieve
Soundness
Reactivity
Sand Equivalent
Test method
ASTM C40
ASTM C117
ASTM C88
ASTM C289
ASTM D24 19
Requirements
Color lighter than standard
3% maximum by weight
10% maximum loss with sodium
sulfate
Innocuous aggregate
Minimum 80
C. ADMIXTURES:
1. GENERAL: Admixtures shall be compatible with the grout. Calcium
chloride or admixtures containing calcium chloride are not acceptable. Admixtures shall be used in
accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations and shall be added separately to the grout
mix.
2. WATER REDUCING RETARDER: Water reducing retarder, if required,
shall be ASTM C494 Type D and shall be Master Builders Pozzolith 300-R, Sika Corporation
Plastiment, or equal.
D. WATER:
Water for washing aggregate, for mixing and for curing shall be free from oil and
deleterious amounts of acids, alkalies, and organic materials; shall not contain more than 1000 mg/l
of chlorides as C1, nor more than 1300 mg/l of sulfates as SO4; and shall not contain an amount of
impurities that may cause a change of more than 25 percent in the setting time of the cement nor a
reduction of more than 5 percent in the compressive strength of the grout at 14 days when compared
with the result obtained with distilled water. Additionally, water used for curing shall not contain an.
amount of impurities sufficient to discolor the grout.
NOVEMBER 2003
NBLS IMPROVEMENTS
GROUT
03600-3
2.02 GROUT
A. DRYPACK GROUT:
Drypack grout shall be a mixture of approximately one part cement, 1-1/2 to 2 parts sand,
water reducing retarder, and sufficient water to make a stiff workable mix.
B. CEMENT GROUT:
Cement grout shall be a mixture of one part cement, two parts sand, proportioned by
volume, admixtures for pressure grouting, and sufficient water to form a workable mix.
C. NONSHRINK GROUT:
Nonshrink grout is available with both metallic and nonmetallic aggregate. Metallic
aggregate grout shall be Master Builders Embeco 636, Burke Company Metallic Spec Grout,
Sonnoborn Ferrolith G Redimix, or equal. Nonmetallic aggregate grout shall be Five Star Products,
Inc. Five Star Grout, Master Builders Masterflow 71 3, Burke Company Non-Ferrous, Non-Shrink
Grout, or equal.
E. POLYMER CONCRETE (FOR RESURFACING OR PATCHING):
Polymer concrete (for resurfacing or patching) shall consist of a liquid binder and dry
aggregate mixed together to make a mortar or grout of a consistency as required for the application.
The liquid binder shall be a chemical and oil resistant, stress relieved, low modulus, moisture
insensitive, two-component epoxy-resin compound. The consistency shall be similar to lightweight
oil for proper mixing with aggregate. Material shall conform to ASTM C88 1, Type 3, Grade 1,
such as Sika Corporation Sikadur Lo-Mod series, Adhesive Engineering Concresive 1470,
Adhesive Technology Corporation 400 series, or equal.
The aggregate shall be oven dry in sealed packages until time of mixing, and shall be of size
and consistency compatible with recommendations of manufacturer of liquid binder for intended
application.
F. ADHESIVE CAPSULES FOR DOWEL ANCHORAGE:
Adhesive resin capsules shall consist of sealed glass capsules containing premeasured
amounts of a polyester or vinylester resin, quartz sand aggregate and a hardener contained in a
separate vial within the capsule. Adhesive capsules shall be Hilti HEA Capsules, Molly Parabond
Capsules, or equal.
NOVEMBER 2003
NBLS IMPROVEMENTS
GROUT
03600-4
2.04 PRODUCT DATA
The following information shall be provided in accordance with Section 01 300.
A. MANUFACTURER'S DATA:
Manufacturer's data shall be provided for the following:
, 1. Bondingcompounds
2. Nonshrink grout
3. Retardants
4. Epoxygrout
5. Polymer concrete
B. LABORATORY TEST REPORTS:
Test reports on previously tested materials shall be accompanied by the manufacturer's
statement that the previously tested material is the same type, quality, manufacture, and make as that
proposed for use in this project. Test reports are required for the following:
1. Cement
2. Aggregates
3. Retardants
4. Bonding compounds
5. Epoxy resin
C. EVIDENCE OF TESTING LABORATORY COMPETENCE:
The CONTRACTOR shall require that the laboratory provide directly to the
CONSTRUCTION MANAGER evidence of the most recent inspection of its facilities by the
Cement and Concrete Reference Laboratory of the National Bureau of Standards. The evidences
shall show that deficiencies mentioned in the report of that inspection have been corrected. The
evidence of inspection shall be provided prior to delivery of materials to the job site.
PART 3--EXECUTION
3.01 BONDING COMPOUND
Epoxy resin bonding compounds shall be used for wet areas and shall be Adhesive
Engineering, Concresive Nos. 1001, 1001 -LPL or I I 80 as applicable; Sika Chemical Corporation,
Sikadur 35, Hi-Mod LV, Sikadur 32, Hi-Mod, or Sikadur 31, Hi-Mod Gel as applicable; Burke
Company 881 LPL Epoxy; or equal. Nonepoxy bonding compounds shall be used for dry areas and
shall be Burke Company, Acrylic Bondcrete; lmperial Chemical Industrial, lnc., Thoro System
Products, Acryl60; Thorobond; or equal. Bonding compounds shall be applied in accordance with
NOVEMBER 2003
NBLS IMPROVEMENTS GROUT
03600-5
the manufacturer's instructions. Primer, if required for polymer concrete, shall be provided per
manufacturer's recommendation.
3.02 DRWACK GROUT
Drypack grout shall be used for built-up surfaces, setting miscellaneous metal items and
minor repairs.
Surfaces required to be built up with drypack grout shall be roughened by brushing, cleaned,
and coated with the bonding compound specified in section 03600-3.01 before the application of the
grout. The drypack grout shall be applied immediately following the application of the bonding
compound in bands or strips to form a covering of the required hckness. The covering shall be
smooth. Construction joints in the grout shall be sloped and shall be cleaned and wetted before
application is resumed.
Drypack grout shall be cured in accordance with the concrete curing procedure below.
A. GENERAL:
Concrete curing shall be completed by water curing or by using a clear membrane curing
compound or by a combination of both methods. Repairs or treatment of concrete surfaces shall be
coordinated so that interruption of the curing will not be necessary.
Concrete surface temperature shall be maintained between 50 degrees F and 80 degrees F
for at least 5 days. Curing concrete in hot weather (above 85 degrees F) shall be in accordance with
ACI 305 R. Curing concrete in cold weather (below 45 degrees F) shall be in accordance with ACI
306 F.
B. WATER CURING:
When water curing is used, concrete shall be kept wet continuously for a minimum of
10 days after placement. Absorptive mats or fabric may be used to retain moisture during the curing
period.
C. CURING COMPOUND:
Curing and sealing compound shall be Master Builders, Masterseal; A. C. Horn Inc., Horn
Clearseal EM 180; Burke Company Spartan-Cote WB Cure Seal Hardner; or equal; conforming to
ASTM C309. Curing compounds shall be clear and shall be applied in accordance with the
manufacturer's instructions, except as otherwise specified.
When curing compound is used, it shall be applied as soon as the concrete has set
sufficiently so as not to be marred by the application or immediately following form removal for
vertical and other formed surfaces. Preparation of surfaces, quantities used, application procedures,
and installation precautions shall be followed in strict compliance with the manufacturer's
NOVEMBER 2003
NBLS IMPROVEMENTS
GROUT
03600-6
instructions. Curing compound shall not be used on concrete surfaces to be coated, waterproofed, or
moi stureproo fed.
Grout shall not be placed during freezing weather unless adequate protection is provided.
3.03 CEMENT GROUT
Cement grout shall be used for filling nonbearing portions of equipment pads and pressure
grouting. Contact Robison for pedestal and cement use.
Except for the specialized equipment for pressure grouting, mixing and placing apparatus
shall be similar to that normally used for cast-in-place concrete. Grout shall be mixed for a period
of at least 1 minute. Diluted grout shall be agitated to keep ingredients mixed.
3.05 EPOXY GROUT
Epoxy grout shall be used for repairing cracks by pressure grouting or gravity flow,
repairing structural concrete, and may be used for setting reinforcing dowels or anchor bolts into
holes for grouting. Concrete shall be primed in accordance with the grout manufacturer's
instructions.
Use of epoxy grout for anchorage of bolts or reinforcing dowels shall be subject to the
following conditions:
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
Use shall be limited to locations where exposure, on an intermittent or
continuous basis, to acid concentrations higher than 10 percent, to chlorine
gas, or to machine or diesel oils, is extremely unlikely.
Use shall be limited to applications where exposure to fire or exposure to
concrete or rod temperature above the product's heat deflection temperature
or 120 degrees F (whichever is less) is extremely unlikely. Overhead
applications (such as pipe supports) because of the above concerns, shall be
di sal1 owed.
Approval from CONSTRUCTION MANAGER for specific application and
from supplier of equipment to be anchored, if applicable.
Anchor diameter and grade of steel shall be per contract documents or per
equipment supplier specifications. Anchor shall be threaded or deformed
full length of embedment and shall be free of rust, scale, grease, and oils.
.
Embedment depth and hole diameter shall be as specified.
Holes shall have rough surfaces, such as can be achieved using a rotary
percussion drill.
NOVEMBER 2003
NBLS IMPROVEMENTS
GROUT
03600-7
7. Holes shall be blown clean with compressed air and be free of dust or
standing water prior to application of grout.
8. Anchor shall be left undisturbed and unloaded for full curing period.
9. Anchors shall not be placed in concrete below 25 degrees F.
3.06 ADHESIVE CAPSULES
Adhesive resin capsules may be used for setting and anchoring reinforcing dowels or anchor
bolts into predrilled holes in concrete. Use of the adhesive resin capsules for anchorage of
reinforcing dowels or bolts shall be as specified in paragraph 05501 -3.03.
**END OF SECTION**
NOVEMBER 2003
NBLS IMPROVEMENTS GROUT
03600-8
SECTION 05501
ANCHOR BOLTS
ANSI A58.1
ASTM A36lA36M
ASTM A307
ASTM A320lA320M
UBC
PART 1--GENERAL
1.01 DESCRIPTION
Minimum Design Loads for Buildings and Other Structures
Structural Steel
Carbon Steel Bolts and Studs, 60,000 psi Tensile Strength
Alloy-Steel Bolting Materials for Low Temperature Service
Uniform Building Code
This section specifies anchor bolts complete with washers and nuts. Unless otherwise
specified, anchor bolts shall be type 31 6 stainless steel.
1.02 REFERENCES
This section contains references to the following documents. They are a part of this section
as specified and modified. Where a referenced document contains references to other standards,
those documents are included as references under this section as if referenced directly. In the event
of conflict between the requirements of this section and those of the listed documents, the
requirements of this section shall prevail.
Unless otherwise specified, references to documents shall mean the documents in effect at
the time of Advertisement for Bids or Invitation to Bid (or on the effective date of the Agreement if
there were no Bids). If referenced documents have been discontinued by the issuing organization,
references to those documents shall mean the replacement documents issued or otherwise identified
by that organization or, if there are no replacement documents, the last version of the document
before it was discontinued. Where document dates are given in the following listing, references to
those documents shall mean the specific document version associated with that date, regardless of
whether the document has been superseded by a version with a later date, discontinued or replaced.
Reference I Title
PART 2--PRODUCTS
2.01 GENERAL
Anchor bolt holes in equipment support frames shall not exceed the bolt diameters by more
than 25 percent, up to a limiting maximum oversizing of 1/4 inch. Unless otherwise specified,
anchor bolt diameters shall be per manufacturer’s recommendations. Tapered washers shall be
NOVEMBER 2003 ANCHOR BOLTS
NBLS IMPROVEMENTS 05501-1
provided where mating surface is not square with the nut. Expansion and wedge anchors set in holes
drilled in the concrete after the concrete is placed will not be permitted in substitution for anchor
bolts and adhesive anchors except where otherwise specified. Upset threads shall not be acceptable.
Material
Steel bolts
Fabricated steel bolts
Stainless steel bolts, nuts, washers
Adhesive anchors
2.02 MATERIALS
Specification
ASTM A307, Grade A
ASTM A36
ASTM A320, Type 3 16
HILTI-HVA, PARABOND Capsule, or equal
Anchor bolt materials shall be as specified in Table A.
Table A, Anchor Bolt Materials
2.03 DESIGN
Anchor bolts for equipment frames and foundations shall be designed in accordance with
UBC 2002 for seismic zone 4.
2.04 PRODUCT DATA
The following information shall be provided in accordance with Section 01300 for all bolt
systems not cast-in-place:
1. Data indicating load capacities.
2. Chemical resistance.
3. Temperature limitations.
4. Installation instructions.
PART 3--EXECUTION
3.01 GENERAL
Fieldwork, including cutting and threading, shall not be permitted on galvanized items.
Dissimilar metals shall be protected from galvanic corrosion by means of pressure tapes, coatings or
isolators. Grouting of anchor bolts with nonshrink or epoxy grouts, where specified, shall be in
accordance with Section 03600.
NOVEMBER 2003
NBLS IMPROVEMENTS ANCHOR BOLTS
05501 -2
3.02 ADHESIVE ANCHOR BOLTS
Use of adhesive or capsule anchors shall be subject to the following conditions:
1. Use shall be limited to locations where exposure, on an intermittent or
continuous basis, to acid concentrations hgher than 10 percent, to chlorine
gas, or to machine or diesel oils, is extremely unlikely.
I 2. Use shall be limited to applications where exposure to fire or exposure to
concrete or rod temperature above 120 degrees F is extremely unlikely.
Overhead applications (such as pipe supports) because of the above
concerns, shall be disallowed.
3. Approval from CONSTRUCTION MANAGER for specific application and
from supplier of equipment to be anchored, if applicable.
4. Anchor diameter and grade of steel shall be per contract documents or per
equipment supplier specifications. Anchor shall be threaded or deformed full
length of embedment and shall be free of rust, scale, grease, and oils.
5. Embedment depth shall be as specified. Adhesive capsules of different
diameters may be used to obtain proper volume for the embedment, but no
more than two capsules per anchor may be used. When installing different
diameter capsules in the same hole, the larger diameter capsule shall be
installed first. Any extension or protrusion of the capsule from the hole is
prohibited.
6. All installation recommendations by the anchor system manufacturer shall
be followed carefully, including maximum hole diameter.
7. Holes shall have rough surfaces, such as can be achieved using a rotary
percussion drill.
8. Holes shall be blown clean with compressed air and be free of dust or
standing water prior to installation.
9. Anchor shall be left undisturbed and unloaded for full adhesive curing
period.
10. Concrete temperature (not air temperature) shall be compatible with curing
requirements of adhesives per adhesive manufacturer. Anchors shall not be
placed in concrete below 25 degrees F.
**END OF SECTION**
NOVEMBER 2003
NBLS IMPROVEMENTS
ANCHOR BOLTS
05501-3
SECTION 05505
MISCELLANEOUS METALWORK
PART ]--GENERAL
1 .O1 DESCRIPTION
This section specifies miscellaneous metalwork, which consists of custom fabricated 'steel
metalwork other than structural metalwork.
1.02 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. GENERAL:
Shop and field welding shall conform to the requirements of the AISC Manual of Steel
Construction.The use of salvaged, reprocessed or scrap materials will not be permitted.
B. REFERENCES:
This section contains references to the following documents. They are a part of this section
as specified and modified. Where a referenced document contains references to other standards,
those documents are included as references under this section as if referenced directly. In the event
of conflict between the requirements of this section and those of the listed documents, the
requirements of this section shall prevail.
Unless otherwise specified, references to documents shall mean the documents in effect at
the time of Advertisement for Bids or Invitation to Bid (or on the effective date of the Agreement if
there were no Bids). If referenced documents have been discontinued by the issuing organization,
references to those documents shall mean the replacement documents issued or otherwise identified
by that organization or, if there are no replacement documents, the last version of the document
before it was discontinued. Where document dates are given in the following listing, references to
those documents shall mean the specific document version associated with that date, regardless of
whether the document has been superseded by a version with a later date, discontinued or replaced.
Reference
AJSC Manual of Steel
Construction
ASTM A36/A36M
ASTM A48
ASTM A283/A283M
Title
American Institute of Steel Construction, Manual of Steel
Construction, Allowable Stress Design-9th Edition
Structural Steel
Gray-Iron Castings
Low and Intermediate Tensile Strength Carbon Steel
Plates, Shapes and Bars
ASTM A307 I Carbon Steel Externally Threaded Standard Fasteners
NOVEMBER 2003
NBLS IMPROVEMENTS
MISCELLANEOUS METALWORK
05505-1
Reference
ASTM A320/ A320M
ASTM A500
PART 2--PRODUCTS
Title
Alloy-Steel Bolting Materials for Low Temperature
Service
Cold-Formed Welded and Seamless Carbon Steel
Structural Tubing in Rounds and Shapes
2.01 MATERIALS
Materials for miscellaneous metalwork are specified in Table A.
Table A, Materials for Miscellaneous Metalwork
Material
Nonstructural steel bars, angles, clips, and similar
items
Iron castings
Structural steel tubing
Steel bolts (except flanges and anchor bolts)
Stainless steel
Specification
ASTM A36 or ASTM A283
ASTM A48
ASTM A500, Grade B
ASTM A307, Grade A
ASTM A320. TvDe 3 16
2.02 FABRICATION
A. GENERAL:
Holes shall be punched 1 /16 inch larger than the nominal size of the bolts, unless otherwise
specified. Whenever needed, because of the thickness of the metal, holes shall be subpunched and
reamed or shall be drilled. Fabrication including cutting, drilling, punching, threading and tapping
required for miscellaneous metal or adjacent WORK shall be performed prior to hot-dip
galvanizing.
B. SEAT ANGLES, SUPPORTS AND BRACKETS:
Seat angles for gratings, supports for floor plates, clips for precast panels and brackets for
piping shall be type 31 6 stainless steel, unless otherwise specified.
C. POWER DRIVEN PINS:
Power driven pins may be used in interior locations of nonprocess areas. Pins shall be heat
treated steel alloy in accordance with AIS1 1062 or 4063 and shall be zinc-plated. Pins shall have
NOVEMBER 2003
NBLS IMPROVEMENTS
MISCELLANEOUS METALWORK
05505-2
capped or threaded heads capable of transmitting the loads the shanks are required to support. Pins
that are connected to steel shall have longitudinal serrations around the circumference of the shank.
Complete information describing pin capacities and connections shall be provided to the
CONSTRUCTION MANAGER. Proposed use and locations shall be approved by the
CONSTRUCTION MANAGER prior to their use.
D. OTHER MISCELLANEOUS STEEL METALWORK:
0ther.miscellaneous steel metalwork including embedded and nonembedded steel
metalwork, hangers and inserts shall be as specified on the drawings.
PART 3--EXECUTION
3.01 INSTALLATION
A. GENERAL:
Fieldwork shall not be permitted on galvanized items. Drilling of bolts or enlargement of
holes to correct misalignment will not be allowed. Dissimilar metals shall be protected from
galvanic corrosion by means of pressure tapes, coatings or, isolators.
Metalwork to be embedded in concrete shall be placed accurately and held in correct
position while the concrete is placed or, if specified, recesses or blockouts shall be formed in the
concrete. The surfaces of metalwork in contact with or embedded in concrete shall be thoroughly
cleaned. If accepted, recesses may be neatly cored in the concrete after it has attained its design
strength and the metalwork grouted in place.
B. SEAT ANGLES, SUPPORTS AND GUIDES:
Seat angles for grating and supports for floor plates shall be set so that they are flush with
the floor and also maintain the grating and floor plates flush with the floor.
3.02 CLEANING
After installation, damaged surfaces of shop primed metals shall be cleaned and touched up
with the same material used for the shop coat.
NOVEMBER 2003
NBLS IMPROVEMENTS
**END OF SECTION**
MISCELLANEOUS METALWORK
05505-3
SECTION 08220
FIBERGLASS REINFORCED PLASTIC DOORS
PART 1 --GENERAL
1.01 WORK OF THIS SECTION
The WORK of this Section includes providing all fiberglass reinforced plastic (FRP)
doors, frames, finish hardware, reinforcement and appurtenant work, complete.
1.02 CODES
The WORK of this Section shall comply with the current editions of the Uniform
Building Code
1.03 SPECIFICATIONS AND STANDARDS
Except as otherwise indicated, the current editions of the following apply to the WORK
of this Section:
Commercial Standards:
ANSYDHI A 115 Series Doors and Frames
ANSJ/NKCA A161.3 Construction and Performance Standards for Kitchen
and Vanity Cabinets (Modified for Large Doors)
ASTM B 117 Standard Test Method of Salt Spray (Fog) Testing
ASTM D 570 Standard Test Method for Water Absorption of Plastics
ASTM E 84
ASTM G 23
Test Method for Surface Burning Characteristics of
Building Materials
1.04 SHOP DRAWINGS AND SAMPLES
Standard Practice for Operating Light and Water
Exposure Apparatus (Carbon-Arc Type)
The following shall be submitted in compliance with Section 01 300:
Product Data: CONTRACTOR shall submit manufacturer's technical product data
substantiating that products comply with requirements.
NOVEMBER 2003
NBLS IMPROVEMENTS
FIBERGLASS REINFORCED PLASTIC DOORS
08220-1
Shop Drawings: Shop drawings shall be submitted for both fabrication and installation of
FRP doors and frames. They shall include the following:
a. Details of each frame type and each variation of opening condition with
specific information on connections to adjoining materials. Show anchorage
and accommodation of accessory items as they occur.
b. Elevations of each door design and type with specific information defining
glass lites, louvers and other accessory items.
c. Details of construction, joints, connections and location and installation
requirements of finish hardware and any supplemental reinforcement which
may be necessary.
d. A schedule shall be provided of all doors and frames, using the same reference
numbers for details and openings as those on the contract drawings.
Samples: A full range of samples shall be provided for the CONSTRUCTION
MANAGER'S selection; two samples, 6 inches square minimum, of each color and texture
selected for factory-finished doors and frames.
I .05 OWNER'S MANUAL
The following shall be included in the OWNER'S MANUAL in compliance with Section
01 300:
Product Data: CONTRACTOR shall submit manufacturer's technical product data
documenting maintenance and repair procedures. Calculations by a registered civil or structural
engineer shall be submitted showing that the doors, frames, and their structural connections are
designed to meet code requirements and loads. CONSTRUCTION MANAGER will review the
calculations for completeness only.
1.06 PRODUCT DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING
Fiberglass reinforced plastic doors and frames shall be packaged in such a way as to
prevent damage and scratching during shipment and handling. Temporary stiffeners, spacers, and
other accessories necessary to facilitate handling and accurate erection shall be provided.
Delivery of Materials: Products shall be delivered in original, unbroken, packages or
containers bearing the manufacturer's label. Packages or containers shall be delivered to the site
with seals unbroken.
Storage: Products shall be carefully stored in a manner that will prevent damage and in
an area that is protected from the deleterious effects of the elements.
NOVEMBER 2003
NBLS IMPROVEMENTS
FIBERGLASS REINFORCED PLASTIC DOORS
08220-2
PART 2--PRODUCTS
2.01 MATERIALS
General:
1. Doors, frames and accessory items shall be the products of a single manufacturer.
2. Flame Spread: All doors and frames shall be manufactured with fire retardant
resins that have retained a Class 1 (UBC Classification) flame spread when tested
in accordance with ASTM E 84 and NFPA by an independent laboratory. The
entire door and frame assembly shall have a flame spread rating of 25 or less.
3. Doors, frames, transom panels and all related accessories shall be fabricated from
premium grade, glass fiber reinforced, chemical resistant,'flame retardant,
isophthalic polyester resins. Components shall be fabricated to the greatest extent
by "pultrusion" process where glass and synthetic filaments are saturated with
polymer resins and pulled through steel dies to shape the profiles and control the
reinforcement-to-matrix ratio.
4. Minimum physical properties for all components shall conform to the following:
a.
b. Tensile strength: 55,000 psi
C. Compressive strength: 50,000 psi
d. Flexural strength: 50,000 psi
e.
f.
Reinforcement to matrix ratio: 65 percent to 35 percent, by weight
Modulus of elasticity: 3.5 x 1 O6
Coefficient of thermal expansion: 5.5 x 10'~
5. Door and frame assemblies may be used in an environment where exposure to
sulfuric acid, chlorine, and other chemical agents are possible. The manufacturer
shall select resins that are resistant to damage from such corrosive environments.
6. Door and frame assemblies shall meet or exceed the requirements of the following
tests:
ANSVNKCA A 161.1 100,000 open-close cycles with no visible wear or distress
ASTM B 1 17 300 hours minimum with no visible surface effect
ASTM D 570 No more than 0.2 percent absorption
NOVEMBER 2003
NBLS IMPROVEMENTS
FIBERGLASS REINFORCED PLASTIC DOORS
08220-3
ASTM G 23 1,000 hours exposure with no visible surface effect or reduction of
gloss
Doors:
Doors shall be full flush design and integral in every respect and have no visible seams or
surface irregularities. Doors shall be rigid and neat in appearance and shall be free from warpage
or buckle. Corner bends shall be true and straight and shall be of not less than the minimum
radius for the door used. Tops of exterior doors shall be provided with flush weathertight
construction.
Door cores shall be isocyanurate/urethane, closed cell rigid foam, 2.0 Ibs per cubic foot
density, self extinguishing, Class 1 flame retardant material.
Glass fiber reinforcements shall include continuous strand mats, continuous strand roving
and woven roving. No chopped strand materials shall be used.
The resin matrix shall be a cross-linking polymer, flame-retardant isophthalic polyester.
All component parts shall be surfaced with a 10 mil polyester nexus veil.
Frames :
Frames shall be custom profiles, similar to hollow metal configurations, of sizes and
shapes as indicated. Frames shall be "pultruded" sections with typical 0.1875-inch wall
thickness. Jambs and headers shall be joined with hairline mitered corners and reinforced as
required for a structural connection.
Hardware:
All hardware and fasteners, including screws, nuts and bolts, hinges, locksets, closers,
kickplates, panic bars and foot and head bolts, shall be completely fabricated of stainless steel.
Supports, Inserts, Anchors and Fasteners:
Metal: All metal occurring as a part of, or related to, the door and frame assembly, shall
be stainless steel.
Frames shall be provided with proper anchors as required and necessary for the specific
installation.
Door frames for installation in masonry and concrete walls shall be provided with
'adjustable jamb anchors of the stainless steel T-strap, stirrup and strap, or wire type. The
number of anchors provided per door jamb shall be as follows:
NOVEMBER 2003
NBLS IMPROVEMENTS
FIBERGLASS REINFORCED PLASTIC DOORS
08220-4
a.
b.
c.
Frames up to 7-feet, 6-inches in height: 3 anchors
Frames 7-feet, 6-inches to 8-feet in height: 4 anchors
Frames over 8 feet in height: 4 anchors plus 1 additional anchor for each
additional 2 feet or fraction thereof.
Door frames for installation in stud partitions shall be provided with stainless steel
anchors of suitable design and shall not be less than 18 gauge thickness and shall be securely
attached inside each jamb as follows:
a.
b.
c.
Frames up to 7-feet, 6-inches in height: 3 anchors
Frames 7-feet, 6-inches to 8-feet in height: 5 anchors
Frames over 8 feet in height: 5 anchors plus 1 additional anchor for each
additional 2 feet or fraction thereof. .
Dust Cover Boxes and Mortar Guards: Dust cover boxes or mortar guards of not less
than 24 gauge stainless steel or fiberglass shall be provided at all hardware mortises on frames to
be set in masonry, concrete, or plaster walls.
Anchors to Existing Construction: Frames to be anchored to previously placed concrete,
masonry, or structural steel shall be provided with anchors of suitable design to meet job
requirements.
2.02 FABRICATION
Fabricate fiberglass reinforced door and frame units to be rigid, neat in appearance and
free from defects, warp or buckle. Wherever practicable, fit and assemble units in
manufacturer's plant.
Clearly identi@ work that cannot be permanently factory-assembled before shipment to
assure proper assembly at the project site.
Imperfections:
After fabrication, all tool marks and other surface imperfections shall be filled, coated
and made smooth.
Doors:
Doors shall be rigid structural assemblies fabricated to size required plus or minus 0.10
inches, with a squareness tolerance, expressed as the difference between the diagonal
measurements from comer to comer of plus or minus 0.25-inchesY and with a flatness tolerance
of plus or minus 0.1876-inches measured on a diagonal across the face of the door surface.
NOVEMBER 2003
NBLS IMPROVEMENTS
FIBERGLASS REINFORCED PLASTIC DOORS
08220-5
Frames:
Frames shall be flush design, of profiles and sizes as indicated on the drawings. Frame
wall thickness shall be no less than 0.1 875-inch.
Assemblies: Frames shall be provided preassembled with doors prehung wherever
. prac ti cab1 e.
Door jamb depths, trim profile, and backbends shall be indicated on shop drawings.
Molded members shall be clean cut, straight, and shall be of uniform profile throughout
their lengths.
Comer joints shall have all contact edges tightly closed with all trim faces mitered and
finished smooth.
Reinforcing: Frames shall be provided with non-swelling polymer backing, comer
reinforcement, anchor reinforcement and hardware reinforcement as required.
Mutes or Silencers: Appropriate holes for silencers shall be provided in those 'door
frames which are not designated to receive weatherstripping or sound seals.
Finish Hardware Preparation:
Doors and frames to receive mortised and concealed finish hardware in accordance with
final finish hardware schedule shall be prepared according to templates provided by the hardware
supplier. Comply with applicable requirements of ANSI A 1 15 series specifications for door and
frame preparation for hardware.
Reinforce doors and frames to receive surface-applied hardware. Drilling and tapping for
surface-applied finish hardware may be done at the project site.
Locate finish hardware as indicated on the final shop drawings or, if not indicated, in
accordance with "Recommended Locations for Builder's Hardware," published by the Door and
Hardware Institute."
Finishing:
Exterior surfaces of doors, frames and accessory products shall be factory finished with a
pigmented resin gel coat a minimum of 25 mils thick *3 mils and to provide a smooth seamless
finish. Color shall be as selected by the CONSTRUCTION MANAGER from manufacturer's
standard color selection.
NOVEMBER 2003
NBLS IMPROVEMENTS
FIBERGLASS REINFORCED PLASTIC DOORS
08220-6
MANUFACTURERS
Products of the type indicated shall be manufactured by one of the following (or equal):
1. Chem-Pruf Door Co.
2.
3. Fiberglass Technologies, Inc.
4. Vega Technologies, Inc.
Corrim Door Systems Division, Fenestra Corporation
PART 3--EXECUTION
3 .O 1 INSTALLATION
General:
Install fiberglass reinforced plastic doors, frames and accessories in accordance with
manufacturer's recommendations.
I Placing Frames:
Frames shall be set plumb and square in a true plane. Frames in new masonry
construction shall be solid grouted. Stainless steel or fiberglass shims shall be provided and shall
be set tight and rigidly attached between frame anchors and structure. All finished frames shall
be strong and rigid, neat in appearance, and square, true, and free of defects, warp or buckle.
Door Installation:
Doors shall be installed plumb and square and level with the frames securely anchored to
the adjoining construction. Doors shall operate freely, but not loosely, and shall not bind in
operation nor rattle in a closed position.
Finish hardware shall be installed in accordance with hardware manufacturer's standard
templates and printed instructions. Operable parts shall be adjusted for correct function.
3.02 FINAL ADJUSTMENT
Protection Removal:
Immediately prior to final inspection, remove protective plastic wrappings from
prefinished doors.
NOVEMBER 2003
NBLS IMPROVEMENTS
FIBERGLASS REINFORCED PLASTIC DOORS
08220-7
I
Final Adjustments:
Check and readjust operating finish hardware items, leaving fiberglass reinforced doors
and frames undamaged and in complete and proper operating condition.
** END OF SECTION **
NOVEMBER 2003
NBLS IMPROVEMENTS
FIBERGLASS REINFORCED PLASTIC DOORS
08220-8
SECTION 1 1000
GENERAL REQUIREMENTS FOR EQUIPMENT
PART I--GENERAL
1.01 DESCRIPTION
A. . SCOPE:
This section specifies general requirements which are applicable to all mechanical
equipment. The CONTRACTOR is responsible for ensuring that all mechanical equipment meets
the requirements of this section in addition to the specific requirements of each individual
equipment specification section.
B. EQUIPMENT LISTS:
Equipment lists, presented in these specifications and as specified on the drawings, are
included for the convenience of the CONSTRUCTION MANAGER and CONTRACTOR and
are not complete listings of all equipment, devices and material required to be provided under this
contract. The CONTRACTOR shall prepare his own material and equipment takeoff lists as
necessary to meet the requirements of the project.
1.02 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. ARRANGEMENT:
The arrangement of equipment shown on the drawings is based upon information
available to the OWNER at the time of design and is not intended to show exact dimensions
conforming to a specific manufacturer. The drawings are, in part, diagrammatic, and some
features of the illustrated equipment installation may require revision to meet actual submitted
equipment installation requirements; these may vary significantly from manufacturer to
manufacturer. The CONTRACTOR shall, in determining the cost of installation, include these
differences as part of his bid proposal. Structural supports, foundations, connected piping, valves,
and electrical conduit specified may have to be altered to accommodate the equipment actually
provided. No additional payment shall be made for such revisions and alterations.
B. REFERENCES:
This section contains references to the documents listed below. They are a part of this
section as specified and modified. Where a referenced document cites other standards, such
standards are included as references under this section as if referenced directly. In the event of
conflict between the requirements of this section and those of the listed documents, the
' requirements of this section shall prevail.
NOVEMBER 2003
NBLS IMPROVEMENTS
GENERAL REQUIREMENTS FOR EQUIPMENT
1 1000-1
Unless otherwise specified, references to documents shall mean the documents in effect
at the time of Advertisement for Bids or Invitation to Bid (or on the effective date of the
Agreement if there were no Bids). If referenced documents have been discontinued by the
issuing organization, references to those documents shall mean the replacement documents
issued or otherwise identified by that organization or, if there are no replacement documents,
, the last version of the document before it was discontinued. Where document dates are given
in the following listing, references to those documents shall mean the specific document
version associated with that date, regardless of whether the document has been superseded by a
version with a later date, has been discontinued or has been replaced.
Reference Title
ABMA Std 9
ABMA Std 1 I
ANSI B1.l
ANSI B1.20.1
ANSI B16.1
ANSI B18.2.1
ANSI B18.2.2
Load Ratings and Fatigue Life for Ball Bearings
Load Ratings and Fatigue Life for Roller Bearings
Unified Screw Threads
Pipe Threads, General Purpose (Inch)
Cast Iron Pipe Flanges and Flanged Fittings, Class 125
Square and Hex Bolts and Screws, Including Askew Head Bolts, Hex Cap Screws, and Log Screws
Square and Hex Nuts
C. UNIT RESPONSIBILITY:
The CONTRACTOR shall cause equipment assemblies made up of two or more
components to be provided as a working unit by the unit responsibility manufacturer, where
specified. The unit responsibility manufacturer shall coordinate selection, coordinate design, and
shall provide all mechanical equipment assembly components such that all equipment components
furnished under the specification for the equipment assembly, and all equipment components
specified elsewhere but referenced in the equipment assembly specification, is compatible and
operates reliably and properly to achieve the specified performance requirements. Unless
otherwise specified, the unit responsibility manufacturer shall be the manufacturer of the driven
component equipment in the equipment assembly. The unit responsibility manufacturer is
designated in the individual equipment specifications found elsewhere in this project manual.
Agents' representatives or other entities that are not a direct division of the driven equipment
manufacturing corporation shall not be accepted as a substitute for the driven equipment
manufacturer in meeting this requirement. The requirement for unit responsibility shall in no way
relieve the CONTRACTOR of his responsibility to the OWNER for performance of all systems as
provided in paragraph 0071 0-2.04.
The CONTRACTOR shall ensure that all equipment assemblies provided for the project
are products for which unit responsibility has been accepted by the unit responsibility
manufacturer(s), where specified. Unit responsibility for related components in a mechanical
equipment assembly does not require or obligate the unit responsibility manufacturer to warranty
the workmanship or quality of component products not manufactured by them. Where an
individual specification requires the CONTRACTOR to furnish a certificate from a unit
responsibility manufacturer, such certificate shall conform to the content, form and style of form
NOVEMBER 2003
NBLS IMPROVEMENTS
GENERAL REQUIREMENTS FOR EQUPMENT
1 1000-2
specified below, shall be signed by an officer of the unit responsibility manufacturer's corporation
and shall be notarized. No other submittal material will be processed until a Certificate of Unit
Responsibility has been received and has been found to be satisfactory. Failure to provide
acceptable proof that the unit responsibility requirement has been satisfied will result in
withholding approval of progress payments for the subject equipment even though the equipment
may have been installed in the WORK.
UNIT RESPONSIBILITY CERTIFICATION FORM
(Job Title)
CERTIFICATE OF UNIT RESPONSIBILITY
for Specification Section
(Section title)
In accordance with paragraph 11000-1.02 C of the contract documents,
the undersigned manufacturer accepts unit responsibility for all
components of equipment furnished under specijication Section
We hereby certi_fjr that these components are compatible and comprise a
functional unit suitable for the specifedperjiormance and design
requirements.
Notary Public
~~~ commission expiration date
Seal:
Name of Corporation
Address
By:
Duly Authorized Official
Legal Title of Official
Date:
NOVEMBER 2003
NBLS IMPROVEMENTS
GENERAL REQUIREMENTS FOR EQUIPMENT
1 1000-3
PART 2--PRODUCTS
2.01 FLANGES AND PIPE THREADS
Flanges on equipment and appurtenances provided under this section shall conform in
dimensions and drilling to ANSI B16.1 , Class 125. Pipe threads shall conform in dimension and
limits of size to ANSI B1.l, coarse thread series, Class 2 fit.
Threaded flanges shall have a standard taper pipe thread conforming to ANSI B 1.20.1,
Unless otherwise specified, flanges shall be flat faced.
Flange assembly bolts shall be heavy pattern, hexagonal head, carbon steel machine bolts
with heavy pattern, hot pressed, hexagonal nuts conforming to ANSl B18.2.1 and B 18.2.2. Threads
shall be Unified Screw Threads, Standard Coarse Thread Series, Class 2A and 2B, ANSI B 1.1.
2.09 NAMEPLATES
Nameplates shall be provided on each item of equipment and shall contain the specified
equipment name or abbreviation and equipment number. Equipment nameplates shall be engraved
or stamped stainless steel and fastened to the equipment in an accessible and visible location with
stainless steel screws or drive pins.
2.10 LUBRICANTS
The CONTRACTOR shall provide for each item of mechanical equipment a supply of the
required lubricant adequate to last through the specified commissioning period. Lubricants shall be
of the type recommended by the equipment manufacturer and shall be products of the OWNER'S
current lubricant supplier. The CONTRACTOR shall limit the various types of lubricants by
consolidating them, with the equipment manufacturer's approval, into the least number of different
types. Not less than 90 days before the date shown in his construction schedule for starting, testing
and adjusting equipment (Section 01 660), the CONTRACTOR shall provide the OWNER with
three copies of a list showing the required lubricants, after consolidation, for each item of
mechanical equipment. The list shall show estimated quantity of lubricant needed for a full year's
operation, assuming the equipment will be operating continuously.
2.1 1 ANCHOR BOLTS
Anchor bolts shall be designed for lateral forces for both pullout and shear in accordance
with the provisions of Section 05501. Unless otherwise stated in the individual equipment
specifications, anchor bolt materials shall conform to the provisions of Section 05501.
2.12 SPARE PARTS
Spare parts, wherever required by detailed specification sections, shall be stored in
accordance with the provisions of this paragraph. Spare parts shall be tagged by project equipment
NOVEMBER 2003
NBLS IMPROVEMENTS
GENERAL REQUIREMENTS FOR EQUIPMENT
1 1000-4
number and identified by part number, equipment manufacturer, and subassembly component
(if appropriate). Spare parts subject to deterioration, such as ferrous metal items and electrical
components, shall be properly protected by lubricants or desiccants and encapsulated in
hermetically sealed plastic wrapping. Spare parts with individual weights less than 50 pounds and
dimensions less than 2 feet wide, or 18 inches high, or 3 feet in length shall be stored in a wooden
box with a hinged wooden cover and loclung hasp. Hinges shall be strap type. The box shall be
painted and identified with stenciled lettering stating the name of the equipment, equipment
numbers, and the words "spare parts." A neatly typed inventory of spare parts shall be taped to the
underside of the cover.
PART 3--EXECUTJON
Installation of equipment accessories included in this section shall be as recommended by
the equipment manufacturer unless otherwise specified in the individual equipment specification
section.
**END OF SECTION**
NOVEMBER 2003
NBLS IMPROVEMENTS
GENERAL REQUIREMENTS FOR EQUIPMENT
1 1000-5
SECTION 1 1109
Nominal
Gate Size,
inch a
Equipment
No.
SG- 1 24
SG-2 12
FABRICATED STAINLESS STEEL SLIDE GATES
Seating Head, ft Unseating Head, ft Frame
Direction Seating ' Type' Type' Max Design Max Design
b Opening Bottom Gate type
W U J 6.90 2.65 6.90 2.65 I1 C
W U J 9.60 5.35 9.60 5.35 I1 C
PART 1--GENERAL
1.01 DESCRIPTION
A. SCOPE:
This section specifies slide gates for isolation or control of domestic raw sewage.
B. TYPE:
Slide gates shall be of fabricated stainless steel construction utilizing type 3 16 L stainless
steel, with gates, guides, and operators provided by one manufacturer. Gates shall meet the leakage
requirements of AWWA C5 13.
C. DESIGN CONDITIONS:
Self-contained slide gates shall be designed for continuous exposure to raw municipal
wastewater. Fluid temperature is expected to range from 60 degrees F to 80 degrees F. The gates
will be installed inside a lift station wet well.
D. OPERATING REQUIREMENTS:
Operating requirements are included in the table below. Slide gates schedules presented in
this section and shown on the drawings are included for the convenience of the ENGINEER and
CONTRACTOR and are not intended to represent a rigorous and precise listing of all slide gates to
be provided under this Contract. The CONTRACTOR agrees to rely upon his own material and
equipment takeoff lists.
Notes:
a Dimensions of influent pipe (diameter) or wall opening (Width x Height) b C = Channel-mounted, W = Wall-mounted c U = Upward, D = Downward
d FB = Flush bottom, J = I-seal all around opening or UHMW polyethylene
e I = Geared crank type, II = Handwheel type, 111 = Electric powered, Type EMIT, 1V = electro-hydraulic operator, Type
EHMTT, V = handlift, VI=T-wrench/floor box, VI1 = T-lifting handle
f C = Conventional, SC = Self Contained (yoke-type)
NOVEMBER 2003
NBLS lMPROVEMENTS
FABRICATED STAINLESS STEEL SLIDE GATES
1 1 109-1
1.02 QUALITY ASSURANCE
ASTM A276
ASTM D1248
ASTM D2000
ASTM D4020
AWWA C5 13
A. REFERENCES:
Stainless and Heat-Resisting Steel Bars and Shapes
Polyethylene Plastics Molding and Extrusion Materials
for Wire and Cable
Rubber Products in Automotive Applications
Ultra-High-Molecular-Weight Polyethylene Molding and
Extrusion Materials
Open-Channel, Fabricated Metal Slide Gates
Tlvs section contains references to the following documents. They are a part of this section
as specified and modified. In case of a conflict between the requirements of this section and those
of the listed documents, the requirements of this section shall prevail.
Unless otherwise specified, references to documents shall mean the documents in effect
at the time of Notice Inviting Bids. If referenced documents have been discontinued by the
issuing organization, references to those documents shall mean the replacement documents
issued or otherwise identified by that organization or, if there are no replacement documents, the
last version of the document before it was discontinued. Where document dates are given in the
following listing, references to those documents shall mean the specific document version
associated with that date, whether or not the document has been superseded by a version with a
later date, discontinued or replaced.
American Society of Mechanical Engineers
ASTM 240 Heat-Resisting Chromium and Chromium Nickel
Stainless Steel Plate, Sheet, and Strip for Pressure
Vessels
B. SUBMITTALS:
The following information shall be provided in accordance with Section 01 300:
1. A copy of this specification section, with addendum updates included, and
all referenced and applicable sections, with addendum updates included,
with each paragraph check-marked to indicate specification compliance or
marked to indicate requested deviations from specification requirements.
Check marks (J ) shall denote full compliance with a paragraph as a whole.
If deviations from the specifications are indicated, and therefore requested by
the CONTRACTOR, each deviation shall be underlined and denoted by a
number in the margin to the right of the identified paragraph, referenced to a
detailed written explanation of the reasons for requesting the deviation. The
'
NOVEMBER 2003
NBLS IMPROVEMENTS
FABRICATED STAINLESS STEEL SLIDE GATES
I 1109-2
ENGINEER shall be the final authority for determining acceptability of
requested deviations. The remaining portions of the paragraph not underlined
will signify compliance on the part of the CONTRACTOR with the
specifications. failure to include a copy of the marked-up specification
sections, along with justification(s)for any requested deviations to the
specification requirements, with the submittal shall be sufficient cause for
rejection of the entire submittal with no further consideration.
2.
3.
Fabrication drawings with full dimensions.
Plan, cross section, and details showing proposed mounting for each size and
typical application of gate.
4. Certificate of Unit Responsibility per Section 1 1 109-1.02D.
5. Installation list per Section 1 1 109-1.02E.
6. Submittal information required in Section 15 184 for gate operators.
C. MANUFACTURING:
Manufacturer’s welders shall be certified per ASME, Section 1X or American Welding
-
Society.
D. UNIT RESPONSIBILITY:
The CONTRACTOR shall assign unit responsibility as specified in paragraph
I 1000- 1.02 C to the gate manufacturer for the equipment specified in this Section 1 1 109 and the
associated equipment specified in Section 15 184. A Certificate of Unit Responsibility shall be
provided.
E. EXPERIENCE:
Manufacturer shall have a minimum of ten years experience with the fabrication of the
model of gate provided. Submit installation list of the model of gate provided to confirm this
requirement.
F. SEISMIC:
Anchorage shall meet all building requirements for Zone 4. Submit seismic calculations
stamped and signed by a Professional Structural Engineer licensed in the State of California for
ENGINEER’S approval prior to fabrication and installation.
NOVEMBER 2003
NBLS IMPROVEMENTS
FABRlCATED STAINLESS STEEL SLIDE GATES
1 1 109-3
PART 2--PRODUCTS
Component
2.01 PRODUCTS
Material
The OWNER and Consulting ENGINEER believe the following manufacturers are capable
of producing equipment and products, which will satisfy the requirements of this Section. This
statement, however, shall not be construed as an endorsement of a particular manufacturer’s
product, nor shall it be construed that a named manufacturer’s standard product will comply with
the requirements of this Section. Candidate manufacturers include Rodney Hunt, Waterman,
Fontaine, or equal.
Frames, slides, rails, and
yokes
Fasteners and anchor bolts
2.02 MATERIALS
ASTM A276 or ASTM A240, Type 316L
Stainless Steel
ASTM A276, Type 3 16 Stainless Steel
Materials for components shall be as follows:
Seals ASTM D2000, Grade AA625, Buna-N or
neoprene rubber, or ASTM D4020 UHMW
Polyethylene
Stems
Stem Guides
ASTM A276, Stainless Steel, Type 316
ASTM A276, Stainless Steel, Type 3 16L, with
bronze or UHMW Polyethylene bushing
2.03 EQUIPMENT FEATURES
A. GENERAL:
Design stresses shall not exceed the lesser of 40% of the yield strength or 25% of the
ultimate strength of the materials at maximum load conditions. Minimum thickness of slide, its
reinforcing members, and all structural components of the guide and frame shall be 0.25 inches.
B. FRAME AND GUIDES:
The gate frame shall be a rigid, welded unit, composed of the guide rails, cross bars, and
deadrails, with a minimum clear opening the same size as the waterway, unless otherwise specified.
They shall be integral flange back or embedded type. The guides will be of sufficient length to
support two-thirds (213) the height of the slide, when the gate is fully open. On wall mounted gates,
compressible gaskets or grout shall be provided between frame and wall as needed to ensure full
mating of surfaces and no leakage. On self-contained gates, where the guides extend above the
operating floor, they shall be sufficiently strong so that no further reinforcing will be required.
NOVEMBER 2003
NBLS IMPROVEMENTS
FABRICATED STAINLESS STEEL SLIDE GATES
11 109-4
C. SLIDE:
The slide shall be plate reinforced with structural shapes welded to the plate. The slide shall
not deflect more than 1/1000 ofthe span ofthe gate, or 1/16 inch whichever is greater, under
maximum design head. The stem connection shall be either the Clevis type, with structural
members welded to the slide and a bolt to act as pivot pin, or a threaded and bolted (or keyed) thrust
nut supported in welded nut pocket. The pocket of the gate shall withstand at least 2.5 times the
rated thrust output of the operator at 40 pounds pull.
D. SEALING SYSTEM:
The bottom seal shall be of compressible neoprene and may be located in either the slide
or the frame. Top and side seals shall be able to be replaced without removing the gate frame
from the concrete or wall thimble.
Gates shall use a sealing system of neoprene andor polyethylene to achieve the leakage
rates specified and to provide a durable sealing system. Sealing surfaces shall have a finish
smoother than 125 micro-inch rms. Possible methods may include:
1. A minimum of two independent and adjustable ultra-high molecular
weight polyethylene (UHMW) pressure pads with a maximum spacing of
12 inches in each guide to control the seal compressions. These shall
provide point-to-point adjustment of the double hollow bulb seal located
on the sides and top of the slide. Each bulb shall have a 1 -inch outside
diameter and a concentric hollow center, and shall be attached to the gate
with UHMW polyethylene grommets and stainless steel fasteners. The
invert shall be a stainless steel angle welded to the bottom of the guides to
form the seating surface for the seals attached to the slide.
2. The slide shall fit into an extruded polyethylene guide. Side and top seals
shall be self adjusting. A continuous compression cord within the side and
top guide (frame side) shall ensure contact between the guide and the
slide.
E. STEM:
Stems shall be manufactured of solid bar. The stem diameter shall be capable of
withstanding twice the rated output of the operator at 40 pounds pull for manual operators, or 1.25
times the output thrust of operator for powered actuators (the hydraulic cylinder or the electric
motor in stalled condition), and shall be supported such that I/r ratio for the unsupported part of the
stem shall not exceed 200. Stem threads shall be of cut ACME type. Stems shall be rising type.
NOVEMBER 2003
NBLS IMPROVEMENTS
FABRICATED STAINLESS STEEL SLIDE GATES
I 1109-5
2.04 OPERATORS
A. MANUAL OPERATORS:
Operators shall be handwheel type. Operators shall meet AWWA C501 specifications,
except as otherwise specified, and shall be designed to meet the operating requirements specified in
paragraph 1 1 109-1 .O 1 D. Clear plastic stem covers shall be provided as specified in AWWA C501,
Section 3-14.5.
The manual operators, gears, and bearings shall be enclosed in a weatherproof housing, and
pressure type fittings shall be provided for grease lubrication of the bearings and gears. A maximum
effort of 40 pounds pull of the handwheel shall operate the gate under the specified operating
conditions.
The operator shall be pedestal mounted as specified. Pedestal type floor standards shall
be standard type with wall mounting bracket. Pedestals shall be constructed of aluminum. The
head of the pedestal shall have a solid bronze, internally threaded operating nut. The operator
shall be mounted on anti friction roller bearings. Handwheels shall be removable from the
operator. Operators shall be provided with a 2-inch AWWA operating nut in the vertical plane
appropriate for use with portable electric operators.
2.05 PORTABLE ELECTRIC OPERATOR
The CONTRACTOR shall provide a portable electric operator for operating the 2-inch
operating nut specified in 1 1 109-2.04. The portable electric operator shall be tripod mounted,
electric drill type with a single phase motor designed for 1 10 Volt, 60 hertz power supply, and
shall be supplied by the manufacturer of the slide gate. The portable electric operator shall be
capable of reversible operation and an automatically resetting clutch shall be provided to limit
output torque to 75 Wlb. The tripod shall be adjustable in height between 3 feet to 5 feet off the
ground.
2.05 PRODUCT DATA
The following information shall be provided in accordance with Section 01300:
1. Product information, charts, or graphs to verify that the product provided
meets the requirements set forth in the specification.
2. Affidavits of compliance in accordance with AWWA C5 13.
3. Applicable operation and maintenance information as specified in
Section 01 730.
4. Seismic calculations specified in 1 1 109-1.02F.
5. Calculations demonstrating conformance with 1 1 109-2.03.
NOVEMBER 2003
NBLS IMPROVEMENTS
FABRICATED STAINLESS STEEL SLIDE GATES
I 1 109-6
<,- PART 3--EXECUTION
3.01 INSTALLATION
Unless otherwise specified, slide gates shall be installed in accordance With manufacturer's
instructions.
3.02 TESTING
For purpose of this specification, field leakage tests shall be performed as specified in
Section 6.3 of AWWA C5 13. Field leakage tests shall be conducted with no head on one side of the
gate being tested. Gate shall be operated through a minimum of two cycles, to confirm operation.
Stops shall be adjusted per the manufacturer's recommendations.
**END OF SECTION**
I
NOVEMBER 2003
NBLS IMPROVEMENTS
FABRICATED STAINLESS STEEL SLIDE GATES
1 1 109-7
I FIGURE I 1109-1 TYPICAL SLIDE GATE MOUNTING DETAIL
BROWN AND I CALDWE LL
CW OF CARLSBAD NORTH w-noums LIFT sTAnoN I I I SAN DIEGO. CALIFORNIA cAFILsBAo.cKIKlANLA
SECTION 15064
PLASTIC PPE
PART I--GENERAL
. 1.01 DESCRIPTION
A. SCOPE:
This section specifies polyvinylchloride (PVC) pipe and fittings.
1.02 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. REFERENCES:
This section contains references to the following documents. They are a part of this section
as specified and modified. Where a referenced document contains references to other standards,
those documents are included as references under this section as if referenced directly. In the event
of conflict between the requirements of this section and those of the listed documents, the
requirements of this section shall prevail.
Unless otherwise specified, references to documents shall mean the documents in effect
at the time of Advertisement for Bids or Invitation to Bid (or on the effective date of the
Agreement if there were no Bids). If referenced documents have been discontinued by the
issuing organization, references to those documents shall mean the replacement documents
issued or otherwise identified by that organization or, if there are no replacement documents, the
last version of the document before it was discontinued. Where document dates are given in the
following listing, references to those documents shall mean the specific document version
associated with that date, regardless of whether the document has been superseded by a version
with a later date, discontinued or replaced.
Reference
ASTM D17S4
ASTM Dl785
ASTM D2241
Title
Rigid Poly (Vinyl Chloride) (PVC) Compounds and
Chlorinated Poly (Vinyl Chloride) (CPVC) Compounds
Poly (Vinyl Chloride) (PVC) Plastic Pipe, Schedules 40, SO,
and 120
Polv (Vinvl Chloride) (PVC) Plastic Pine (SDR-PR)
NOVEMBER 2003
NBLS IMPROVEMENTS
PLASTIC PIPE
15064-1
Reference
ASTM D2464
ASTM D2466
ASTM D2467
ASTM D2564
ASTM D2657
ASTM D2665
ASTM D3034
ASTM F402
ASTM F477
Title
Threaded Poly (Vinyl Chloride) (PVC) Plastic Pipe Fittings,
Schedule 80
Poly (Vinyl Chloride) (PVC) Plastic Pipe Fittings, Schedule 40
Socket-Type Poly (Vinyl Chloride) (PVC) Plastic Pipe Fittings,
Schedule 80
Solvent Cements for Poly (Vinyl Chloride) (PVC) Plastic Pipe
and Fittings
Heat-Joining Polyolefin Pipe and Fittings
Poly (Vinyl Chloride) (PVC) Plastic Drain, Waste, and Vent
Pipe and Fittings
Type PSM Poly (Vinyl Chloride) (PVC) Sewer Pipe and
Fittings
Safe Handling of Solvent Cements and Primers Used for
Joining Thermoplastic Pipe and Fittings
Elastomeric Seals (Gaskets) for Joining Plastic Pipe
PART 2--PRODUCTS
2.01 PVCPIPE
A. NONPRESSURE PIPE:
DRAIN, WASTE AND VENT PIPE: PVC material for drain waste and vent
(DWV) pipe and fittings shall conforrn to Class 12454-B, ASTM D1784. Pipe and fittings shall
conform to ASTM D2665. Unless otherwise specified, connections shall be solvent weld.
Connections to traps, closet flanges, and nonplastic pipe shall be with approved adapter type fittings
designed for intended use. Solvent weld cement for socket connections shall meet requirements of
ASTM D2564.
2.02 PRODUCT DATA
The following information shall be provided in accordance with Section 01 300:
1. Manufacturer's certificates of compliance with the specified standards and
Contractor's la you t drawings.
NOVEMBER 2003
NBLS IMPROVEMENTS
PLASTICPIPE .
15064-2
" PART 3--EXECUTION
3.01 INSTALLATION
PVC pipe 3 inches in diameter and smaller shall be joined by means of socket fittings and
solvent welding in conformance with ASTM F402. Solvent-cemented joints shall be made in strict
compliance with the manufacturer's/supplier's instructions and recommended procedures. Unless
otherwise specified, PVC pipe 4 inches in diameter and greater shall be joined by means of gasketed
push-on joints and steel or ductile iron push-on or mechanical joint fittings.
Connections to diffferent types of pipe shall be by means of flanges, specified adapters or
transition fittings. Where sleeve type couplings are used, both shall be uniformly torqued in
accordance with pipe manufacturer's recommendation. Foreign material shall be removed from the
pipe interior prior to assembly.
**END OF SECTION**
NOVEMBER 2003
NBLS IMPROVEMENTS PLASTIC PIPE
15064-3
SECTION 15 184
Reference
AWA C5 1 3
MANUAL VALVE AND GATE OPERATORS AND
OPERATOR APPURTENANCES
Title
@en Channel. Fabricated Metal Slide Gates
PART 1--GENERAL
1 .Ol DESCRIPTION
This section specifies manual operators for valves and gates, and operator appurtenances.
1.02 REFERENCES
This section contains references to the following'documents. They are a part of this section
as specified and modified. Where a referenced document contains references to other standards,
those documents are included as references under this section as if referenced directly. In the event
of conflict between the requirements of this section and those of the listed documents, the
requirements of this section shall prevail.
Unless otherwise specified, references to documents shall mean the documents in effect
at the time of Advertisement for Bids or Invitation to Bid (or on the effective date of the
Agreement if there were no Bids). If referenced documents have been discontinued by the
issuing organization, references to those documents shall mean the replacement documents
issued or otherwise identified by that organization or, if there are no replacement documents, the
last version of the document before it was discontinued. Where document dates are given in the
following listing, references to those documents shall mean the specific document version
associated with that date, regardless of whether the document has been superseded by a version
with a later date, discontinued or replaced.
PART 2--PRODUCTS
2.01 GENERAL
Except as specified in valve and gate specification sections, manual operators shall be as
specified herein. Operators shall be mounted on the valve or gate and provided as a unit. Each
valve body or operator shall have cast thereon the word "OPEN," an arrow indicating the direction
to open, and flow direction arrows.
NOVEMBER 2003
NBLS IMPROVEMENTS
MANUAL VALVE AND GATE OPERATORS
AND OPERATOR APPURTENANCES
1 5 184- 1
2.02 OPERATORS
A. GENERAL:
Manual operators shall have operating torques less than 40 foot-pounds. Unless specified
otherwise, each manual operator shall be provided with an operating wheel. Unless specified
otherwise, the direction of rotation of the operator shall be counterclockwise for opening.
B. WRENCHNUTS:
Wrench nuts shall comply with Section 3.15 of AWWA C500.
C. PORTABLE ELECTRIC OPERATORS:
Portable electric operators shall conform to Section 1 1 109-2.05.
2.03 PRODUCT DATA
Manufacturer's catalog information and other data confirming conformance to design and
material requirements shall be provided in accordance with Section 01 300.
PART 3--EXECUTION
3.01 GENERAL
Installation shall be as specified herein. Valve operators shall be located so that they are
readily accessible for operation and maintenance. Valve operators shall be mounted for
unobstructed access, but mounting shall not obstruct walkways. Valve operators shall not be
mounted where shock or vibration will impair their operation. Support systems shall not be
attached to handrails, process piping, or mechanical equipment.
3.02 OPERATORS
A. GENERAL:
Valves and gates shall be provided with manual operators, unless specified otherwise.
Where possible, manual operators shall be located between 48 inches and 60 inches above the floor
or a permanent work platform.
B. WRENCH NUTS:
Wrench nuts shall be provided to allow operation of the slide gate with a portable electric
operator as specified in specification section 11 109-2.05.
**END OF SECTION**
NOVEMBER 2003
NBLS IMPROVEMENTS
MANUAL VALVE AND GATE OPERATORS
AND OPERATOR APPURTENANCES
15 I 84-2
SECTION 16000
GENERAL REQUIREMENTS FOR ELECTRICAL WORK
PART 1--GENERAL
1.01 DESCRIPTION
A. SCOPE:
This section specifies general requirements for electrical WORK. Detailed requirements for
specific electrical items are specified in other sections but are subject to the general requirements of
this section. The electrical drawings and schedules included in this project manual are functional in
nature and do not specify exact locations of equipment or equipment terminations.
B. DEFINITIONS:
1. ELEMENTARY OR SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM: A schematic (elementary)
diagram shows, by means of graphic symbols, the electrical connections and functions of a specific
circuit arrangement. The schematic diagram facilitates tracing the circuit and its functions without
regard to the actual physical size, shape, or location of the component devices or parts.
2. ONE-LINE DIAGRAM: A one-line diagram shows by means of single
lines and graphical symbols the course of an electrical circuit or system of circuits and the
components, devices or parts used therein. Physical relationships are usually disregarded.
3. BLOCK DIAGRAM: A block diagram is a diagram of a system,
instrument, computer, or program in which selected portions are represented by annotated boxes
and interconnecting lines.
4. WIRING DIAGRAM OR CONNECTION SYSTEM: A wiring or
connection diagram includes all of the devices in a system and shows their physical relationship to
each other including terminals and interconnecting wiring in an assembly. This diagram shall be
(a) in a form showing interconnecting wiring only by terminal designation (wireless diagram), or
(b) a panel layout diagram showing the physical location of devices plus the elementary diagram.
5. INTERCONNECTION DIAGRAM: Interconnection diagrams shall show
all external connections between terminals of equipment and outside points, such as motors and
auxiliary devices. References shall be shown to all connection diagrams which interface to the
interconnection diagrams. Interconnection diagrams shall be of the continuous line type. Bundled
wires shall be shown as a single line with the direction of entry/exit of the individual wires clearly
shown. Wireless diagrams and wire lists are not acceptable. Each wire identification as actually
installed shall be shown. The wire identification for each end of the same wire shall be identical.
All devices and equipment shall be identified. Terminal blocks shall be shown as actually installed
and identified in the equipment complete with individual terminal identification. All jumpers,
NOVEMBER 2003 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS FOR ELECTRICAL WORK
NBLS IMPROVEMENTS 1 6000- 1
shielding and grounding termination details not shown on the equipment connection diagrams shall
be shown on the interconnection diagrams. Wires or jumpers shown on the equipment connection
diagrams shall not be shown again on the interconnection diagram. Signal and DC circuit polarities
and wire pairs shall be shown. Spare wires and cables shall be shown.
Reference
ANSI A58.1
NFPA-70
UBC
6. ARRANGEMENT, LAYOUT, OR OUTLINE DRAWINGS: An arrange-
ment, layout, or outline drawing is one which shows the physical space and mounting requirements
of a piece of equipment. It may also indicate ventilation requirements and space provided for
connections or the location to which connections are to be made.
Title
Minimum Design Loads for Buildings and Other Structures
National Electrical Code (NEC)
Uniform Building Code
I .02 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. REFERENCES:
This section contains references to the following documents. They are a part of this section
as specified and modified. Where a referenced document contains references to other standards,
those documents are included as references under thls section as if referenced directly. In the event
of conflict between the requirements of this section and those of the listed documents, the
requirements of this section shall prevail.
Unless otherwise specified, references to documents shall mean the documents in effect
at the time of Advertisement for Bids or Invitation to Bid (or on the effective date of the
Agreement if there were no Bids). If referenced documents have been discontinued by the
issuing organization, references to those documents shall mean the replacement documents
issued or otherwise identified by that organization or, if there are no replacement documents, the
last version of the document before it was discontinued. Where document dates are given in the
following listing, references to those documents shall mean the specific document version
associated with that date, regardless of whether the document has been superseded by a version
with a later date, discontinued or replaced.
B. IDENTIFICATION OF LISTED PRODUCTS:
Electrical equipment and materials shall be listed for the purpose for which they are to be
used, by an independent testing laboratory. Three such organizations are Underwriters Laboratories
(UL), Canadian Standards Association (CSA), and Electrical Testing Laboratories (ETL).
Independent testing laboratory shall be acceptable to the inspection authority having jurisdiction.
When a product is not available with a testing laboratory listing for the purpose for which it
is to serve, the product may be required by the inspection authority, to undergo a special inspection
NOVEMBER 2003 , GENERAL REQUIREMENTS FOR ELECTRICAL WORK
NBLS IMPROVEMENTS 16000-2
at the manufacturer's place of assembly. All costs and expenses incurred for such inspections shall
be included in the original contract price.
C. FACTORY TESTS:
Where specified in the individual product specification section, factory tests shall be
performed at the place of fabrication and performed on completion of manufacture or assembly.
The costs of factory tests shall included in the contract price.
1.03 SUBMITTALS
The following
1.
2.
3.
NOVEMBER 2003
submittals shall be provided in accordance with Section 01300:
A copy of this specification section, with addendum updates included, and
all referenced and applicable sections, with addendum updates included,
with each paragraph check-marked to indicate specification compliance or
marked to indicate requested deviations from specification requirements.
Check marks (J ) shall denote full compliance with a paragraph as a whole.
If deviations from the specifications are indicated, and therefore requested by
the CONTRACTOR, each deviation shall be underlined and denoted by a
number in the.margin to the right of the identified paragraph, referenced to a
detailed written explanation of the reasons for requesting the deviation. The
CONSTRUCTION MANAGER shall be the final authority for determining
acceptability of requested deviations. The remaining portions of the
paragraph not underlined will signi@ compliance on the part of the
CONTRACTOR with the specifications. Failure to include a copy of the
marked-up specification sections, along with justification(s) for any
requested deviations to the specification requirements, with the submittal
shall be suficient cause for rejection of the entire submittal with no further
consideration.
Catalog cuts of equipment, devices, and materials requested by the
individual specification sections. Catalog information shall include technical
specifications and application information, including ratings, range, weight,
accuracy, etc. Catalog cuts shall be edited to show only the items, model
numbers, and information which apply.
Catalog cuts shall be assembled in a folder. Each folder shall contain a cover
sheet, indexed by item, and cross-referenced to the appropriate specification
Paragraph.
Interconnection diagrams--The CONTRACTOR shall prepare
interconnection diagrams depicting all cable requirements together with their
actual terminations as specified in paragraph 16000-1.01 B.
GENERAL REQUIREMENTS FOR ELECTRICAL WORK
NBLS IMPROVEMENTS 16000-3
,. " 1.04 DRAWINGS
Where the CONTRACTOR is required to provide information on drawings as part of the
specified WORK, such drawings shall be prepared on 22-inch by 34-inch polyester pl&tic (Mylar)
drafting media complete with borders and title blocks clearly identifylng project name, equipment
and the scope of the drawing. Drawing quality and size of presentation shall be such as to permit
50 percent reduction of such drawings for insertion in operation and maintenance manuals.
1.05 PROJECT/SITE CONDITIONS
A. GENERAL:
Unless otherwise specified, equipment and materials shall be sized and derated for the
ambient conditions, but not less than an ambient temperature of 40 degrees C at an elevation
ranging from sea level to 3000 feet without exceeding the manufacturer's stated tolerances.
B. CORROSIVE AREAS:
The following areas are designated as corrosive:
1. Wetwell
C. HAZARDOUS (CLASSIFIED) AREAS:
The following areas are designated as hazardous (classified):
1. Wetwell (Class 1 Division 1)
2. Drywell (Class 1 Division 2)
D. SEISMIC:
Electrical equipment and supports shall be braced in accordance with UBC for Seismic
Zone 4.
I .06 STORAGE OF MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT
Equipment and materials to be located indoors shall be stored indoors and sealed with
plastic film wrap.
1.07 ELECTRICAL NUMBERING SYSTEMS
A. RACEWAY NUMBERS:
Raceways shall be tagged at all terminations. Where raceway numbers have not been
assigned, CONTRACTOR shall assign raceway numbers in accordance with the following system:
NOVEMBER 2003 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS FOR ELECTRICAL WORK
NBLS IMPROVEMENTS 16000-4
~ Raceway Prefix
C
H
N
P
S
X
Type of Function
Control and/or 120V or less power
Power above 600V
Pneumatic tubing
Power 208V to 600V
Low level signal (less than 90 volt communication
or less than 30 volt instrumentation)
Snare
Prefixes shall be followed by a 4-digit number. Where there is more than one race'
particular piece of equipment, a letter suffix is added to distinguish the raceways.
ray to a
Example:
Raceway number = P3 109A
where:
P = conduit contains power
3 109 = unique 4-digit number
A = letter to distinguish from other raceways to same
equipment
B. CONDUCTOR NUMBERS:
Conductors shall be identified with numbers at both ends. Conductor tag numbers shall
consist of the equipment number followed by a dash followed by the conductor number specified on
the control diagram.
Example:
Tag number = 1900 - L1
where:
1900 = cable number
L1 = conductornumber
Conductors which are in parallel or in series between equipment shall have the same
conductor number. Neutral conductors shall have the same conductor number. Wherever possible, .
the conductor number shall be the same as the terminal to which it connects.
When factory-wired equipment has terminal numbers different than the conductor numbers
shown on the control diagrams, both shall be shown on the interconnection diagram, and a copy of
the interconnection diagram shall be fastened to the inside of the equipment cabinet.
NOVEMBER 2003 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS FOR ELECTRICAL WORK
NBLS IMPROVEMENTS 16000-5
1 .OS INDICATING LAMP COLORS
Function
Run, open valve
Ready, closed valve
Normal condition
Abnormal condition
Unless otherwise specified, indicating lights shall be equipped with colored lenses in
accordance with the following schedule:
Example
Equipment operating, motor running
Equipment ready, end of cycle
Control power on, status OK
Failure of equipment or status
abnormal, fault condition
color
Red
Green
White or clear
Amber (yellow)
PART 2--PRODUCTS
2.01 EQUIPMENT AND MATERIALS
A. GENERAL:
Equipment and materials shall be new and free from defects. All material and equipment of
the same or a similar type shall be of the same manufacturer throughout the WORK. Standard
production materials shall be used wherever possible.
B. EQUIPMENT FINISH:
Unless otherwise specified, electrical equipment and materials shall be painted by the
manufacturer.
2.02 WIRE MARKERS
Each power and control conductor shall be identified at each terminal to which it is
connected. Conductors size No. 10 AWG or smaller shall have identification sleeves. Conductors
shall be identified in accordance with paragraph 16000-1.07 B. The letters and numbers that
identify each wire shall be machine printed on sleeves with permanent black ink. The figures shall
be 1 /8 inch high. Sleeves shall be yellow or white tubing, sized to fit the conductor insulation. The
sleeves shall be shrunk to fit the conductor with hot air after installation. They shall be TMS
Thermofit Marker System by Raychem Co., sleeve style wire marking system by W. H. Brady Co.,
or equal. Adhesive strips are not acceptable. Conductors No. 8 AWG and larger shall use cable
markers of the locking tab type. Tabs shall be white plastic with conductor identification number
permanently embossed.
NOVEMBER 2003
NBLS IMPROVEMENTS
GENERAL REQUIREMENTS FOR ELECTRICAL WORK
16000-6
2.03 RACEWAY MARKERS
Raceway markers shall be 0.036-inch minimum thickness, solid brass tags with raceway
number stamped in 3/16-inch minimum height characters. Tags shall be attached to the raceway
with 3 16 stainless steel wire.
2.04 NAMEPLATES
Nameplates shall be made from laminated phenolic plastic. The nominal size of the
nameplates shall be 3/4 inch high by 2 inches long. Nameplates shall have black backgrounds with
3/16-inch white letters. If abbreviations are required because of space limitations, abbreviations
shall be submitted to the CONSTRUCTION MANAGER prior to manufacture. Nameplates shall
be fastened using self-tapping stainless steel screws. The use of adhesives will not be permitted on
the outside of enclosures.
2.05 TERMINAL BLOCKS
Unless otherwise specified, terminal blocks shall be panhead strap screw type. Terminals
shall be provided with integral marking strips which shall be permanently identified with the
connecting wire numbers as shown on the drawings. Terminal blocks for P-circuits (power 208-600
volts) shall be rated not less than the conductor current rating and shall not be rated less than
600 volts AC. Terminal blocks for C-circuits (control and/or power 120 volts or less power) and S-
circuits (signal) shall be rated not less than 20 amperes and shall not be rated less than 600 volts AC.
Terminals shall be tin-plated. Insulating material shall be nylon.
2.06 PRODUCT DATA
The following information and product data specified under individual specification sections
shall be provided:
1. Applicable operation and maintenance information on an item-by-item basis.
Operation and maintenance information shall be provided at the time of
equipment, device, or material site delivery, or at a certain stage of project
completion. Full-size drawings shall be reduced to 1 1 x 17 inches.
2. Test results for motors and electrical systems shall be provided by the
CONTRACTOR. A file of the original test results shall be maintained by the
CONTRACTOR. Prior to acceptance of WORK, the resulting file shall be
provided to the CONSTRUCTION MANAGER.
3. Description of functional checkout procedures specified under paragraph
16000-3.02 C shall be provided 30 days prior to performing functional
checkout tests.
4. Record documents specified in paragraph 16000-3.03.
NOVEMBER 2003 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS FOR ELECTRICAL WORK '
NBLS IMPROVEMENTS 16000-7
,- . PART 3--EXECUTION
3.01 GENERAL
A. CONSTRUCTION:
The WORK under Division 16 shall be performed in accordance with these specifications.
Unless otherwise detailed or dimensioned, electrical layout drawings are diagrammatic. The
CONTRACTOR shall coordinate the location of electrical material or equipment with the WORK.
Minor changes in location of electrical material or equipment made prior to installation shall be
made at no cost to the OWNER.
B. HOUSEKEEPING:
Electrical equipment shall be protected from dust, water and damage. Motor control
centers, switchgear, and buses shall be wiped free of dust and dirt on the outside kept dry and shall
be vacuumed on the inside within 30 days of acceptance of the WORK.
Before final acceptance, the CONTRACTOR shall touch up any scratches on equipment as
required to restore to original condition.
Electrical equipment temporarily exposed to weather, debris, liquids, or damage during
construction shall be protected as required.
3.02 TESTING
A. GENERAL:
Prior to energizing the electrical circuits, the following tests shall be performed. Unless
otherwise specified, a 1000 volt megohmmeter shall be used for resistance measurements.
The test measurements shall be recorded on the specified forms and provided in accordance
with paragraph 1 6000- 1.03.
B. INSULATION RESISTANCE MEASUREMENTS:
1. GENERAL: Insulation resistance measurements shall be made on
conductors and energized parts of electrical equipment. Minimum acceptable values of insulation
resistance shall be in accordance with the applicable KEA, NEMA or ANSI standards for the
equipment or material being tested, unless otherwise specified. The ambient temperature at which
insulation resistance is measured shall be recorded on the test form.
Insulation resistance measurements shall be recorded in a format similar to Form 16000-A,
contained in Section 01 999. Insulation with resistance of less than 10 megohms is not acceptable.
NOVEMBER 2003 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS FOR ELECTRICAL WORK
NBLS IMPROVEMENTS 16000-8
2. CONDUCTOR AND CABLE TESTS: The phase-to-ground insulation
resistance shall be measured for all circuits 120 volts and above except lighting circuits.
Measurements may be made with motors and other equipment connected, except that solid state
equipment shall be disconnected unless the equipment is normally tested by the manufacturer at
voltages in excess of 1000 volts DC.
3. MOTOR TESTS: The Installed Motor Test Form, 16000-B, contained in
Section 01999, shall be completed for each motor after installation. All motors shall have their
insulation resistance measured before they are connected. Motors 50 HP and larger shall have their
insulation resistance measured at the time of delivery as well as when they are connected.
Insulation resistance values less than 10 megohms are not acceptable.
C. PREFUNCTIONAL CHECKOUT:
Functional testing shall be performed in accordance with the requirements of Section 16030.
Prior to functional testing, all protective devices shall be adjusted and made operative. Prior to
energization of equipment, the CONTRACTOR shall perform a functional checkout of the control
circuit. Checkout shall consist of energizing each control circuit and operating each control, alarm
or malfunction device and each interlock in turn to verify that the specified action occurs. The
CONTRACTOR shall submit a description of his proposed functional test procedures prior to the
performance of functional checkout. 1
The CONTRACTOR shall verify that motors are connected to rotate in the correct direction.
Verification may be accomplished by momentarily energizing the motor, provided the
CONTRACTOR confirms that neither the motor nor the driven equipment will be damaged by
reverse operation.
3.03 RECORD DOCUMENTS
Record documents refer to those documents maintained and annotated by the
CONTRACTOR during construction, and include record drawings in accordance with
Section 01 720, and the following additional schedules, lists, and drawings:
Cable Schedule (I 6120, part 3)
Raceway Schedule (I 61 10, part 3)
Interconnection Diagrams (1 6000, part 2)
Original Submittal Drawings (1 6000, part I )
**END OF SECTION**
NOVEMBER 2003 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS FOR ELECTRlCAL WORK
NBLS 1MPROVEMENTS 16000-9
SECTION 16110
RACEWAYS, BOXES, AND SUPPORTS
AASHTO H20
ANSI C80.1
PART I--GENERAL
.1.01 SCOPE
Highway Bridges
Rigid Steel Conduit-Zinc Coated
This section covers the furnishing and installation of electrical conduits, wireways, pull
boxes, manholes, handholes, cable trays, fittings and supports. Raceways shall be provided for
lighting, receptacles, power, control, instrumentation, signaling and grounding systems.
ASTM A48 REV A
ASTM A1 93/A193M
REV C
1.02 REFERENCES
Gray Iron Castings
Alloy-Steel and Stainless Steel Bolting Materials for
High Temperature Service
This section contains references to the following documents. They are a part of this section
as specified and modified. Where a referenced document contains references to other standards,
those documents are included as references under this section as if referenced directly. In the event
of conflict between the requirements of this section and those of the listed documents, the
requirements of this section shall prevail.
FEDSPEC WW-C-581 E
Unless otherwise specified, references to documents shall mean the documents in effect
at the time of Advertisement for Bids or Invitation to Bid (or on the effective date of the
Agreement if there were no Bids). If referenced documents have been discontinued by the
issuing organization, references to those documents shall mean the replacement documents
issued or otherwise identified by that organization or, if there are no replacement documents, the
last version of the document before it was discontinued. Where document dates are given in the
following listing, references to those documents shall mean the specific document version
associated with that date, regardless of whether the document has been superseded by a version
with a later date, discontinued or replaced.
Conduit, Metal, Rigid and Intermediate; and Coupling,
Elbow, and Nipple, Electrical Conduit; Zinc Coated
Reference I Title
ANSI C80.3 I Electrical Metallic Tubing-Zinc Coated
ASTM F512 Smooth-Wall Polyvinylchloride Conduit and Fittings
for Underground Installation
FEDSPEC W-C-I094A 1 Conduit and Conduit Fittings, Plastic, Rigid
NOVEMBER 2003
NBLS IMPROVEMENTS
RACEWAYS, BOXES, AND SUPPORTS
161 10-1
Reference
JIC EMP-I
NEMA ICs 6
NEMA TC2
NEMA TC6
NEMA VEI
NEMA 250
NFPA 70
NFPA 79
UL 1
UL 6
UL 360
UL 651
UL 797
1.03 SUBMITTALS
Title
Electrical Standards for Mass Production Equipment
Industrial Control and Systems Enclosures
Electrical Plastic Tubing (EPT) and Conduit (EPC 40
and EPC 80)
PVC and ABS Plastic Utilities Duct for Underground
Installation
Cable Tray Systems
Enclosures for Electrical Equipment (I 000 volts
maximum)
National Electrical Code (NEC)
Electrical Standards for Industrial Machinery
Flexible Metal Electrical Conduit
Rigid Metal Electrical Conduit
Liquid Tight Flexible Electrical Conduit
Rigid Nonmetal Electrical Conduit
Electrical Metallic Tubing
The following information shall be provided in accordance with Section 01300:
1. A copy of this specification section, with addendum updates included, and
all referenced and applicable sections, with addendum updates included,
with each paragraph check-marked to indicate specification compliance or
marked to indicate requested deviations from specification requirements.
Check marks (J) shall denote full compliance with a paragraph as a whole.
If deviations from the specifications are indicated, and therefore requested by
the CONTRACTOR, each deviation shall be underlined and denoted by a
number in the margin to the right of the identified paragraph, referenced to a
detailed written explanation of the reasons for requesting the deviation. The
CONSTRUCTION MANAGER shall be the final authority for determining
acceptability of requested deviations. The remaining portions of the
paragraph not underlined will signifi compliance on the part of the
CONTRACTOR with the specifications. Failure to include a copy of the
marked-up specification sections, along with justification(s) for any
requested deviations to the specification requirements, with the submittal
shall be sufficient cause for rejection of the entire submittal with no further
consideration.
2. Manufacturer's descriptive literature for all materials.
NOVEMBER 2003
NBLS IMPROVEMENTS
RACEWAYS, BOXES, AND SUPPORTS
161 10-2
PART 2--PRODUCTS
2.01 RACEWAY
General requirements for raceway materials specified in this section are listed in the
RACESPECS sheets at the end of this section. The type of raceway to be used for any given area
and application shall conform with the requirements of Table A in this section.
2.02 BOXES AND FITTINGS
A. PULL BOXES AND WIRING GUTTERS:
Indoor boxes larger than FD boxes shall be constructed of sheet steel and galvanized after
fabrication. Similar enclosures outdoors shall be provided with neoprene gaskets on the hinged
doors or removable covers. Box and gutter sizes, metal thickness, and grounding shall comply with
the National Electrical Code. Bolt-on junction box covers 3 feet square or larger, or heavier than
25 pounds, shall have a rigid handle. Covers larger than 3 x 4 feet shall be split.
B. TERMINAL CABINETS:
Terminal cabinets located indoors shall be NEMA 12. Cabinets located outdoors and in
corrosive areas shall be NEMA 4X. Cabinets shall be provided with hmged doors. Adjustable
terminal strip mounting accessories shall be provided. Cabinets shall be provided with channel
mounted terminal blocks rated 30 amperes, 600 volt AC. Terminals shall be No. 8 minimum strap-
screw type, suitable for ring tongue or locking spade terminals.
C. MANHOLES:
Unless otherwise specified, manholes shall be precast concrete, 3000 psi strength at 28 days,
with reinforcing and cover designed for H-20 bridge loading. Manhole dimensions shall be as
indicated on the drawings. Necking and shaft shall have 36-inch minimum clear opening.
Manhole cover and frame shall be Class 30B gray cast iron per ASTM A48 with machine
finished flat bearing surfaces. Manholes shall be watertight. Exterior walls of manholes shall be
provided with 6 mils of waterproof membrane, Sonneborn HLM 5000 Series, or equal.
Duct entries shall be no less than 14 inches above floor and below ceiling. Cables supports,
clamps or racks shall be provided to support the cable at minimum 2-foot intervals. Concrete inserts
shall be embedded in walls and ceiling. Floor shall slope 2 percent in all directions to a sump,
Sump shall be a minimum of 18 x 18 x 12 inches deep.
Manhole walls shall be provided with boxouts with waterstops on all sides of each boxout.
Waterstops shall be as specified in the Cast-in-Place Concrete section. Boxouts shall be sized to
accommodate the penetrating underground duct banks.
NOVEMBER 2003
NBLS IMPROVEMENTS
RACEWAYS, BOXES, AND SUPPORTS
161 10-3
D. WHOLES:
Handholes shall be precast concrete with checker plate, galvanized, traffic covers designed
for H-20 loading. Dimensions shall be as specified on the drawings. Handholes shall be provided
with precast solid concrete slab bottoms with sumps. Handholes shall be constructed of 3000 psi
reinforced concrete. Handhole cover shall be engraved "ELECTRICAL" or "SIGNAL" as
applicable.
Handhole walls shall be provided with boxouts, as specified for manholes.
2.03 RACEWAY SUPPORTS
A. CONDUIT SUPPORTS:
Hot-dip galvanized framing channel with end caps shall be provided to support groups of
conduit. Individual conduit supports shall be one-hole galvanized malleable iron pipe straps used
with galvanized clamp backs and nesting backs where required. Conduit supports for PVC coated
rigid steel and PVC conduit systems shall be one-hole PVC coated rigid steel or clamps conduit
wall hangers.
B. CEILING HANGERS:
Ceiling hangers shall be adjustable galvanized carbon steel rod hangers as specified. Straps
or hangers of plumber's perforated tape are not acceptable. Unless otherwise specified, hanger rods
shall be 1/2-inch all-thread rod and shall meet ASTM A193. Hanger rods in corrosive areas and
those exposed to weather or moisture shall be stainless steel.
C. SUSPENDED RACEWAY SUPPORTS (RACKS):
Suspended raceway supports shall consist of concrete inserts, galvanized carbon steel rod
hangers, and jamb nuts supporting hot-dip galvanized framing channel or lay-in pipe hangers as
required. Hanger rods shall be 1/2-inch all-thread rod and shall meet ASTM A193, unless otherwise
specified. All suspended raceway supports shall be braced at 30-foot intervals (alternating from one
side to the other) to meet specified seismic requirements.
2.04 CONCRETE ENCASED DUCT BANKS
Concrete used for duct banks shall be Class E with red oxide added as specified in the Cast-
in-Place Concrete section.
2.05 UNDERGROUND MARKING TAPE
Underground marking tape shall be for early warning protection of digging around
'reinforced concrete duct banks. Tape shall be low density polyethylene plastic, nominally 6 inches
wide and 4 mil thickness. The plastic color shall be red. A warning shall be imprinted continuously
along the length, with message reading similar to "CAUTION - STOP DIGGING - BURIED
NOVEMBER 2003
NBLS IMPROVEMENTS
RACEWAYS, BOXES, AND SUPPORTS
161 10-4
_. ELECTRIC LINE BELOW." Tape shall be Brady "Identoline"; Services and Materials "Buried
Underground Tape"; Somerset (Thomas & Betts) "Protect-A-Line"; or equal.
Location
Indoor noncorrosive
Underground marking tape for directly buried cables and conduits shall be 6-inch wide
metallic lined tape with red polyethylene film on top and clear polyethylene film on the bottom.
The message shall be clearly printed with black over red tape and shall read "CAUTION
ELECTRIC LINE BURIED BELOW".
Applicatiodcondition RACESPEC
Exposed GRS
2.06 NAMEPLATES
Concealed
Underground
Nameplates shall be provided for all boxes in accordance with the requirements of Section
16000. Nameplate wording shall be as indicated on the drawings. Where no wording is specified,
the CONTRACTOR shall provide the functional description of the device on the nameplate.
2.07 FIRESTOPS
Embedded in concrete structure or beneath
SI ab-on-grade
Instrumentation, communications and data GRS
PVC4
Firestops and seals shall be Flamemastic 77, Vimasco No. 1 -A, or equal, and shall be
applied in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations. Products which are affected by water
are not acceptable.
2.08 RACEWAY IDENTIFICATION
Raceway number tags shall conform to the requirements of raceway markers,
Section 16000.
PART 3--EXECUTION
3.01 GENERAL
Table A specifies the type of raceway required for each location and application by
RACESPEC sheet. Unless otherwise specified, in Table A, unscheduled conduit shall be
galvanized, rigid steel, RACESPEC type GRS.
Table A
Indoor corrosive 1 Exposed
Outdoor Exposed (WWTP)
Exposed (other)
PGRS
PGRS
GRS
NOVEMBER 2003
NBLS IMPROVEMENTS
RACEWAYS, BOXES, AND SUPPORTS
161 10-5
Location
Underground
Underground
Nonhazardous
Hazardous corrosive
Hazardous
Architecturally finished
areas
Architecturally finished
areas
~ Application/condi tion
signals encased in concrete, duct bank
Instrumentation, communications and data
signals directly buried
Power encased in concrete, duct bank
Final connection to equipment and light
futures
Exposed
Final connection to equipment
Concealed in framed walls and ceiling spaces
(lighting and receptacle circuits only)
Final connection to light furtures
RACESPEC
PGRS
PVC4
LFS
PGRS
XPFS
EMT
FLEX
3.02 CONDUIT
A. GENERAL:
The number of directional changes of a conduit shall be limited to 270 degrees in any run
between pull boxes.
Conduit runs shall be limited to a maximum of 400 feet, less 100 feet or fraction thereof, for
every 90 degrees of change in direction.
B. INDOOR AND OUTDOOR CONDUIT SYSTEMS:
In general, conduit inside structures shall be (concealed) /(exposed) unless otherwise
specified or indicated on the drawings. No conduit shall be exposed in water chambers unless so
indicated on the drawings.
Unless otherwise indicated on the drawings, the CONTRACTOR shall be responsible for
determining conduit routing that conforms to the installation requirements set forth herein.
Conduit installation shall conform to the requirements of the RACESPEC sheets and the
following:
1. Exposed conduit shall be installed either parallel or perpendicular to
structural members and surfaces.
2. Two or more exposed conduits in the same general routing shall be in
parallel with symmetrical bends.
3. Exposed conduit shall be run on supports spaced not more than 10 feet apart.
NOVEMBER 2003
NBLS IMPROVEMENTS
RACEWAYS, BOXES, AND SUPPORTS
161 10-6
4. Where three or more conduits are located in parallel run, they shall be spaced
out from the wall using framing channel.
5. Where conduits are suspended from the ceiling, support systems shall
comply with the requirements of Section 16000.
6. Conduit rack supports shall be secured to concrete walls and ceilings by
means of cast-in-place anchors or framing channel concrete inserts.
Conduits shall be at least 6 inches from high temperature piping, ducts, and
flues with temperatures higher than 90 degree C.
7.
8. Conduits shall be installed between the reinforcing steel in walls or slabs
which have reinforcing in both faces. In slabs which have only a single layer
of reinforcing steel, conduits shall be placed under the reinforcement.
9. Conduit shall be routed clear of structural openings and indicated future
openings.
10. Conduits through roofs or metal walls shall be flashed and sealed watertight.
1 1. Conduit shall be neatly grouted into any openings cut into concrete and
masonry structures.
12. Conduits shall be capped during construction to prevent entrance of dirt,
trash, and water.
13. Exposed conduit stubs for future use shall be terminated with galvanized
pipe caps.
14. Concealed conduit stubup locations shall be determined from the
manufacturer's shop drawings.
15. Concealed conduit for future use shall be terminated in equipment or by
galvanized couplings plugged flush with structural surfaces.
16. Where the drawings indicate future duplication of equipment wired
hereunder, concealed portions of conduits for future equipment shall be
provided.
17. Conduit installed horizontally shall allow headroom of at least 7 feet except
where it may be installed along structures, piping, and equipment, or in other
areas where headroom cannot be maintained because of other considerations.
18. All conduits that enter enclosures shall be terminated by fittings which
ensure that the NEMA rating of the enclosure is not affected or changed.
NOVEMBER 2003
NBLS IMPROVEMENTS
RACEWAYS, BOXES, AND SUPPORTS
161 10-7
19. Underground metallic or nonmetallic conduit which turns out of concrete,
masonry or earth shall be connected to a 90-degree elbow of PVC-coated
rigid steel conduit before emergence.
20. Conduit across structural joints where structural movement is allowed shall
have an 0-Z "Type DX" or Crouse-Hinds "Type XD," bonded, weathertight
expansion and deflection fitting of that conduit size.
C. UNDERGROUND CONDUIT SYSTEM:
All excavation, backfilling, and concrete work shall conform to respective sections of these
specifications. Underground conduit shall conform to the following requirements:
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
NOVEMBER 2003
All underground conduits not indicated otherwise on the drawings shall be
concrete encased. All concrete encasement shall be reinforced.
Concrete encased conduit shall have minimum concrete thicknesses of
2 inches between conduits, I inch between conduit and reinforcing, and
3 inches over reinforcing.
Concrete encasement on exposed outdoor conduit risers shall continue to
3 inches above grade, with top crowned and edges chamfered.
Underground conduit bend radius shall be not less than 2 feet minimum at
vertical risers nor less than 3 feet elsewhere.
Where conduit and concrete encasement are terminated underground, the
conduit and reinforcing shall both extend at least 2 feet past the concrete.
Conduits shall be capped and threads shall be protected. All steel surfaces
shall be given two coats of thixotropic coal tar paint.
Underground conduits and conduit banks shall have 2 feet minimum earth
cover except where indicated otherwise.
Underground conduit banks through building walls shall be cast in place or
concreted into boxouts with waterstops on all sides of the boxout. Water-
stops shall be as specified in the Cast-in-Place Concrete section.
Conduits not encased in concrete and passing through walls which have one
side in contact with earth shall be sealed watertight with special rubber
gasketed sleeve and joint assemblies or with sleeves and modular rubber
sealing elements.
Conduits shall be thoroughly swabbed on the inside, immediately upon
completion of pouring concrete. After the concrete has set, and before
RACEWAYS, BOXES, AND SUPPORTS
NBLS IMPROVEMENTS 16110-8
backfilling, a mandrel having a diameter equal to the nominal conduit inside
&ameter minus 1/2 inch, and not less than 4 inches long, shall be pulled
through each conduit. If the mandrel showed signs of protrusions on the
inside of the conduit, the conduit shall be repaired or replaced.
10. All spare raceways shall be provided with a nylon pull rope.
D. SEALING OF CONDUIT:
Conduits passing from a hazardous or corrosive area into a nonhazardous or noncorrosive
area, or between Class 1 , Division 1 area and Class 1 , Division 2 area shall be provided with a
sealing fitting which shall be located at the boundary in accordance with NEC.
Seal fittings for conduit systems in hazardous atmosphere locations shall be hot-dip
galvanized cast ferrous alloy. Sealing compound shall be hard type, UL listed for explosionproof
sealing fittings. Sealing compound shall be nonhardening type for corrosive areas. Seal fitting and
sealing compound shall be as manufactured by Appleton, Crouse-Hinds, or equal.
3.03 MANHOLES AND HANDHOLES
Unless otherwise specified, manhole and handhole, installation shall be as follows:
1. Manholes and handholes shall be set on a minimum of 6 inches of crushed
rock on top of undisturbed or compacted earth.
2. Manholes and handholes shall be set plumb, so that water shall drain
properly to the sump.
3. Manhole covers, unless otherwise specified, shall be set at 1 to 2 inches
above finish grade with surrounding pavement sloping away from the
manhole cover.
4. All metallic hardware inside manholes and handholes shall be grounded by
connection to the ground plate. Connections shall be made using bolted
connections, bonding jumpers and grounding bushings.
3.04 CABLE TRAY
Unless otherwise specified, cable tray installation shall be as follows:
I. Cable trays shall be supported at intervals not to exceed 5 feet.
2. Comers shall be supported by two supports installed as close as possible to
the comer, with one support on each side of the comer.
3. All field cuts shall be treated with zinc rich paint.
NOVEMBER 2003
NBLS IMPROVEMENTS
RACEWAYS, BOXES, AND SUPPORTS
161 10-9
4. Expansion joint splice plates shall be used to allow 1-1/2-inch free
movement between adjacent trays when crossing building expansion joint,
5. Cable tray shall have minimum clearance of 3/4 inch from concrete surfaces
and minimum spacing of 12 inches from other trays. The top of the tray
shall be minimum 9 inches from the ceiling.
6. Signal cable trays shall be provided with covers. Covers shall be solid or
louvered type.
7. Each cable tray shall be provided with No. 20 AWG minimum bare copper
equipment ground conductor. The ground conductor shall be attached to the
outside of each tray section using UL Listed bolted bronze or brass ground
clamp.
8. Power cables shall be placed in cable trays not more than two layers deep.
9. Cables shall be arranged in trays so as to provide minimum cross-over.
3.05 RACEWAY NUMBERING
Each conduit shall be provided with a number tag at each end and in each manhole and/or
pull box. Trays shall be identified by stencils at intervals not exceeding 50 feet, at intersections, and
at each end.
3.06 RACEWAY SCHEDULE
With the exception of lighting, communication, paging, fire alarm, security and receptacle
circuits, the type and size of raceway shall be as specified on the drawings. Lighting and receptacle
raceway are unscheduled and shall be sized by the CONTRACTOR in accordance with the NEC,
Table 3A (TW insulation). Minimum size shall be 3/4 inch for exposed and 1 inch for embedded
raceway.
The number and size of communication, paging, fire alarm, and security raceways shall be
as required for the particular equipment provided subject to the minimum sizes specified above.
The type of raceway shall be in accordance with paragraph 16 1 10-3.01.
C. SCHEDULED RACEWAY:
The size and type of raceway shall be as specified on the drawings. In case of conflicts
between the drawings and paragraph 161 10-3.01, the drawings shall prevail. Where conduit size is
not indicated on the drawings or schedules, the conduit shall be subject to the minimum sizes
specified above.
NOVEMBER 2003
NBLS IMPROVEMENTS
RACEWAYS, BOXES, AND SUPPORTS
161 10-10
..
3.07 RACESPECS SHEETS
The following RACESPECS are included in this section:
RACESPEC symbol
GRS
PGRS
XPFS
Type
Rigid Steel Conduit
PVC Coated Rigid Steel
Conduit
Explosion-Proof
Flexible Steel Conduit
r
Application
Electrical Room,
Outdoor Direct-Buried
Conduit
Wetwell, Drywell
Wetwell
NOVEMBER 2003
NBLS IMPROVEMENTS
RACEWAYS, BOXES, AND SUPPORTS
161 10-1 1
3.07 RACEWAY SPECIFICATION SHEETS (RACESPEC)
Raceway Identification: GRS
Description: Rigid Steel Conduit
Compliance: ANSI (30.1, UL 6
Finish:
Manufacturers :
Minimum size:
Fittings:
Hubs:
Unions:
Boxes:
Indoor:
Outdoor:
NOVEMBER 2003
NBLS IMPROVEMENTS
Hot-dip galvanized after fabrication, inside and outside.
Smooth finished surfaces.
Allied Tube and Conduit Cop., Wheatland Tube Co., or
equal.
Unless otherwise specified, 3/4 inch for exposed, 1 inch for
embedded, encased, or otherwise inaccessible.
Insulated throat with bonding locknut, hot-dip galvanized.
The hubs shall utilize a neoprene "0" ring and shall provide
a watertight connection. 0-Z Gedney, CHM-XXT, or
equal
Electrogalvanized ferrous alloy type Appleton UNF or
UNY , Crouse-Hinds UNF or UNY, or equal. Threadless
fittings are not acceptable.
Type FD cast ferrous for all device boxes and for junction
boxes less than 6 inches square. NEMA 12 welded steel
6 inches square and larger. Door shall have hinges with
clamp locks. Boxes in process areas shall be NEMA 4
watertight .
Conduit bodies: ferrous alloy type with screw taps for
fastening covers. Gaskets shall be made of neoprene.
Type FD cast ferrous for all device boxes and for junction
boxes less than 6 inches square. NEMA 4X stainless steel
nonmetallic for 6 inches square and larger.
RACEWAYS, BOXES, AND SUPPORTS
161 10-12
3.07 RACEWAY SPECIFICATION SHEETS (RACESPEC)
Raceway Identification: GRS (continued)
Corrosive:
Hazardous:
NEMA 4X stainless steel or nonmetallic.
NEMA Class 7 cast ferrous.
Elbows:
(3/4" thru 1-1/27 Factory fabricated or field bent.
(2" thru 6")
Conduit Bodies:
(3/4" thru 4l7
(5" and 6")
Expansion Fittings:
Manufacturers :
Installation:
NOVEMBER 2003
NBLS IMPROVEMENTS
Factory fabricated only.
Malleable iron, hot-dip galvanized, unless otherwise noted.
Neoprene gaskets for all access plates. Tapered threads for
all conduit entrances.
Electrogalvanized iron or cast iron box.
Expansion fittings in embedded runs shall be watertight and
shall be provided with an internal bonding jumper. The
expansion material shall be neoprene and shall allow for
3/4-inch movement in any direction.
Appleton, Crouse-Hinds, Hubbell, 0. Z. Gedney, or equal.
Rigid steel conduit shall be made up tight and without
thread compound. Joints shall be made with standard
couplings or threaded unions. Steel conduit shall be
supported away from the structures using hot-dip
galvanized malleable iron straps with nesting backs.
Conduit entering boxes shall be terminated with a threaded
hub with a grounding bushing.
Exposed male threads on rigid steel conduit shall be coated
with zinc-rich paint.
RACEWAYS, BOXES, AND SUPPORTS '.
16110-13
3.07 RACEWAY SPECIFICATION SHEETS (RACESPEC)
Raceway Identification: PGRS
Description:
Compliance:
Finish:
Minimum size:
Fittings:
Hubs:
Boxes:
Nonhazardous:
Hazardous:
Manufacturers:
NOVEMBER 2003
NBLS IMPROVEMENTS
Rigid Steel Conduit, Corrosion-Resistant, Polyvinyl
Chloride (PVC) Coated
ANSI C80.1, UL 6
PGRS shall be hot-dip galvanized rigid steel conduit, to
which a minimum 40-mil thick PVC coating has been
bonded to the outside of the conduit. A 2-mil coat of
urethane coating shall be bonded to the inside. Coating
shall be free of pinholes. Bond strength shall exceed the
tensile strength of the PVC coat. Elbows shall be factory
made and coated.
314 inch
Similarly coated to the same thickness as the conduit and
provided with type 3 16 stainless steel hardware. Conduit
and fittings shall be manufactured by the same company.
Hubs for connection of conduit to junction, device, or
terminal boxes shall be threaded and made of cast ferrous
alloy. Hubs shall have the same PVC coating as the
conduit. The hub shall have and insulating grounding
bushings. The hubs shall utilize a neoprene "0" ring and
shall provide a watertight connection.
NEMA Class 4X stainless steel or nonmetallic.
NEMA Class 7 cast ferrous.
PVC coated conduit shall be by Robroy Industries,
Occidental Coating Company, or equal.
RACEWAYS, BOXES, AND SUPPORTS
161 10-14
3.07 RACEWAY SPECIFICATION SHEETS (RACESPEC)
Raceway Identification: PGRS (continued)
Installation: Plastic coated conduit shall be made up tight, threaded, and
installed using tools approved 'by the conduit manufacturer.
All conduit threads shall be covered by a plastic overlap
which shall be coated and sealed per manufacturer's
recommendations. Pipe wrenches and channel locks shall
not be used for tightening plastic coated conduits.
Damaged areas shall be patched, using manufacturer's
recommended material. The area to be patched shall be
built up to the full thickness of the coating. Painted fittings
are not acceptable.
PVC coated conduit shall be supported away from the
structure using PVC coated conduit wall hangers or PVC
coated conduit mounting hardware.
3.07 RACEWAY SPECIFICATION SHEETS (RACESPEC)
Raceway Identification: XPFS 1
Description: Explosionproof Flexible Steel Conduit
Application:
Compliance :
XPFS Conduit shall be used for final connections to motors
and other equipment subject to vibration or adjustment in
Class 1 Division 1 hazardous areas
XFSC shall be suitable for use in Class I, Division 1,
Groups C and D hazardous areas as specified in the NEC
and shall be watertight.
Minimum size: 112 inch
**END OF SECTION**
NOVEMBER 2003
NBLS IMPROVEMENTS
RACEWAYS, BOXES, AND SUPPORTS
161 10-15
SECTION 16 1 20
ASTM B33
ICEA S-68-5 I 6
IEEE 383
NEMA WC7
NFPA 70
600 VOLT CONDUCTORS, WIRE, AND CABLE
Tinned Soft or Annealed Copper Wire for Electrical Purposes
Ethylene-Propylene-Rubber-Insulated Wire
Type Test of Class IE Electric Cables, Field Splices, and
Connections for Nuclear Power Generating Stations
Cross-Linked-Thermosetting Insulated Wire and Cable for the
Transmission and Distribution of Electric Energy
National Electric Code (NEC)
PART 1--GENERAL
1.01 DESCRIPTION
This section specifies conductors and cables rated 600 volts used for power, lighting,
receptacle, signal, and control circuits.
1.02 REFERENCES
This section contains references to the following documents. They are a part of this section
as specified and modified. Where a referenced document contains references to other standards,
those documents are included as references under this section as if referenced directly. In the event
of conflict between the requirements of this section and those of the listed documents, the
requirements of tlm section shall prevail.
Unless otherwise specified, references to documents shall mean the documents in effect
at the time of Advertisement for Bids or Invitation to Bid (or on the effective date of the
Agreement if there were no Bids). If referenced documents have been discontinued by the
issuing organization, references to those documents shall mean the replacement documents
issued or otherwise identified by that organization or, if there are no replacement documents, the
last version of the document before it was discontinued. Where document dates are given in the
following listing, references to those documents shall mean the specific document version
associated with that date, regardless of whether the document has been superseded by a version
with a later date, discontinued or replaced.
Reference I Title
ASTM B3 I Soft or Annealed Copper Wire
ASTM B8 Concentric-Lay-Stranded Copper Conductors, Hard, Medium-
Hard, or Soft
NOVEMBER 2003
NBLS IMPROVEMENTS
600 VOLT CONDUCTORS, WIRE, AND CABLE
161 20-1
Reference Title
1.03 SUBMITTALS
~
UL 44
UL 83
The following information shall be provided in accordance with Section 01300:
Rubber-Insulated Wires and Cables
Thermoplastic-Insulated Wires and Cables
1. A copy of this specification section, with addendum updates included, and
all referenced and applicable sections, with addendum updates included,
with each paragraph check-marked to indicate specification compliance or
marked to indicate requested deviations from specification requirements.
Check marks (J) shall denote full compliance with a paragraph as a whole.
If deviations from the specifications are indicated, and therefore requested by
the CONTRACTOR, each deviation shall be underlined and denoted by a
number in the margin to the right of the identified paragraph, referenced to a
detailed written explanation of the reasons for requesting the deviation. The
CONSTRUCTION MANAGER shall be the final authority for determining
acceptability of requested deviations. The remaining portions of the
paragraph not underlined will signifjl compliance on the part of the
CONTRACTOR with the specifications. Failure to include a copy of the
marked-up specification' sections, along with justification(s) for any
requested deviations to the specification requirements, with the submittal
shall be sufficient cause for rejection of the entire submittal with no further
consideration.
2. Catalog cuts showing general information of the conductors and cable.
PART 2--PRODUCTS
2.01 GENERAL
A. UNSCHEDULED CONDUCTORS AND CABLES:
With the exception of lighting, communication, paging, security and receptacle circuits, the
type, size and number of conductors shall be as specified on the drawings or schedules. Lighting
and receptacle circuit conductors are unscheduled and shall be sized by the CONTRACTOR in
accordance with the NEC to limit voltage drop to 3 percent. Minimum size of lighting and
receptacle circuits shall be 12 AWG. Number and types of communication, paging, and security
cables shall be as required for the particular equipment provided. Lighting and receptacle circuit
conductors shall be provided in accordance with CABLESPEC "THHN," unless otherwise
specified.
NOVEMBER 2003
NBLS IMPROVEMENTS
600 VOLT CONDUCTORS, WIRE, AND CABLE
161 20-2
B. CABLE SPECIFICATION SHEETS (CABLESPEC):
General requirements for conductors and cables specified in this Section are listed on
CABLESPEC sheets in paragraph 16120-3.06.
2.02 COLOR CODING
A. CONTROL CONDUCTORS:
Control conductors color coding shall be manufacturer's standard.
B. POWER CONDUCTORS:
Single-conductor power conductors shall have the following colors for the indicated voltage:
Phase A Black
Phase B
Phase C
Ground
Neutral
Red
Blue
Green
White
Multiconductor power cable colors shall be manufacturer's standard.
Cables sized No. 4 AWG and larger may be black with colored 3/4-inch vinyl plastic tape
applied in 3-inch lengths around the cable at each end. The cables shall be tagged at terminations
and in pull boxes, handholes and manholes.
C. SIGNAL CONbUCTORS:
Unless otherwise specified, cables shall be color coded black and white for pairs or black,
white, and red for triads.
2.03 POWER AND CONTROL CONDUCTORS AND CABLE, 600 VOLT
A. SINGLE CONDUCTOR:
Single conductor cable shall be stranded and shall be used in conduits for power and control .
circuits. Single conductor cable shall be provided in accordance with CABLESPEC "XHHW,"
unless otherwise specified.
I. POWER CABLE: Multiconductor power cable shall contain three or four
conductors, as specified, plus an equipment grounding conductor.
NOVEMBER 2003 600 VOLT CONDUCTORS, WIRE, AND CABLE
NBLS IMPROVEMENTS I61 20-3
2. CONTROL CABLE: Unless otherwise specified multiconductor control
cable shall be size 14 AWG.
2.05 SIGNAL CABLES
A. GENERAL:
Sjgnal cable shall be provided for instrument signal transmission, alarm, communication and
other circuits as specified. Circuit shielding shall be provided in addition to cable shielding.
Circuits for type a and b signals specified in paragraph 17000-1.01 C.8 shall be provided in
compliance with the instrument manufacturer's recommendations.
Single circuit signal cable shall be provided in accordance with CABLESPEC "SIC," unless
otherwise specified. Multicircuit signal cable shall be provided in accordance with CABLESPEC
"MIC," unless otherwise specified.
B. COMMUNICATION, PAGING, AND SECURITY SYSTEM CABLES:
Communication, paging, and security system cables shall be as specified in Division 17.
2.06 PORTABLE CORD
Portable cord shall be provided in accordance with CABLESPEC "CORD," unless
otherwise specified. Cords shall contain an equipment grounding conductor.
2.07 SPLICING AND TERMINATING MATERIALS
Connectors shall be tool applied compression type of correct size and UL listed for the
specific application. Connectors shall be tin-plated high conductivity copper. Connectors for wire
sizes No. 10 AWG and smaller shall be nylon self-insulated, ring tongue or locking-spade terminals.
Connectors for wire sizes No. 8 AWG and larger shall be one-hole lugs up to size No. 3/0 AWG,
and two-hole or four-hole lugs for size No. 4/0 and larger. Mechanical clamp, dimple, screw-type
connectors are not acceptable.
In-line splices and taps shall be used only where specified, or by written consent of the
CONSTRUCTION MANAGER. When used, they shall be of the same construction as other
connectors. Splices shall be compression type, made with a compression tool die approved for the
purpose, as made by Thomas and Betts COT., or equal. Splice shall be covered with a heat-
shrinkable sleeve or boot.
Motor connection kits shall consist of heat-shrinkable, polymeric insulating material over
the connection area and a high dielectric strength mastic to seal the ends against ingress of moisture
and contamination. Motor connection kits shall accommodate a range of cable sizes for both in-line
ind stub-type configurations. Connection kits shall be independent of cable manufacturer's
tolerances.
NOVEMBER 2003
NBLS IMPROVEMENTS
600 VOLT CONDUCTORS, WIRE, AND CABLE
16120-4
PART 3--EXECUTION
3.01 GENERAL
Each power and control conductor shall be identified at each terminal to which it is
connected. The markmg system shall comply with Section 16000.
Pulling wire and cable into conduit or trays shall be completed without damaging or putting
undue stress on the cable insulation. Soapstone, talc or UL listed pulling compounds are acceptable
lubricants for pulling wire and cable. Grease is not acceptable. Raceway construction shall be
complete, cleaned, and protected from the weather before cable is placed.
Whenever a cable leaves a raceway, a cable support shall be provided.
When flat bus bar connections are made with unplated bar, the CONTRACTOR shall
scratch-brush the contact areas. Bolts shall be torqued to the bus manufacturer's recommendations.
3.02 600 VOLT CONDUCTOR AND CABLE
Conductors in panels and electrical equipment, No. 6 AWG and smaller, shall be bundled
and laced at intervals not greater than 6 inches, spread into trees and connected to their respective
terminals. Lacing shall be made up with plastic cable ties.' Lacing is not necessary in plastic panel
wiring duct. Conductors crossing hinges shall be bundled into goups not exceeding 12 and shall be
so arranged that they will be protected from chafing when the hinged member is moved.
Slack shall be provided in junction and pull boxes, handholes and manholes. Slack shall be
sufficient to allow cables or conductors to be routed along the walls of the box. Amount of slack
shall be equal to largest dimension of the box. Where plastic panel wiring duct is provided for wire
runs, lacing is not required. Plastic panel wiring duct shall not be used in manholes and handholes.
Stranded conductors shall be terminated as described in paragraph 16120-2.07, except
where terminals will not accept such terminations. In these cases, the conductors shall be
terminated directly on the terminal block. Compression lugs and connectors shall be installed using
manufacturer's recommended tools.
Raceway fill limitations shall be as defined by NEC and the following:
Lighting and receptacle circuits may be in the same conduit in accordance
with derating requirements of the NEC. However, lighting and receptacle
circuits shall not be in conduits with power or control conductors.
Solid wire shall not be lugged nor shall electrical spring connectors be used on any except
for solid wires in lighting and receptacle circuits. Lugs and connectors shall be installed with a
compression tool.
NOVEMBER 2003
NBLS IMPROVEMENTS
600 VOLT CONDUCTORS, WIRE, AND CABLE
161 20-5
All splices and terminations are subject to inspection by the CONSTRUCTION
MANAGER prior to and after insulating. Terminations at 460 volt motors shall be made by bolt-
connecting the lugged connectors. Connections shall be insulated and sealed with factory-
engineered kits. Bolt connection area shall be kept free of mastics and fillers to facilitate rapid
stripping and re-entry.
In-line splices and tees, where approved, shall be made with tubular compression connectors
and insulated as specified for motor terminations, except that conductors No. 10 AWG and smaller
may be spliced using self-insulating connectors as specified in paragraph 161 20-2.07. Splices and
tees in underground handholes or pull boxes shall be insulated using Scotch-cast epoxy resin
splicing kits.
Terminations at solenoid valves, 120 volt motors, and other devices furnished with pigtail
leads shall be made using self-insulating tubular compression connectors.
Conductor and cable markers shall be provided at splice points.
3.03 SIGNAL CABLE
Circuits shall be run as individually shielded twisted pairs or triads. In no case shall a circuit
be made up using conductors fiom different pairs or triads. Triads shall be used wherever 3-wire
circuits are required. Terminal blocks shall be provided at instrument cable junctions, and circuits
shall be identified at such junctions unless otherwise specified. Signal circuits shall be run without
splices between instruments, terminal boxes, or panels.
Shields are not acceptable as a signal path, except for circuits operating at radio frequencies
and utilizing coaxial cables.
Common ground return conductors for two or more circuits are not acceptable.
Unless otherwise specified, shields shall be bonded to the signal ground bus at the control
panel and isolated fiom ground and other shields at other locations. Terminals shall be provided for
running signal leads and shield drain wires through junction boxes.
Spare circuits and the shield drain wire shall be terminated on terminal blocks at both ends
of the cable run and be electrically continuous through terminal boxes. Shield drain wires for spare
circuits shall not be grounded at either end of the cable run.
Terminal boxes shall be provided at instrument cable splices. If cable is buried or in
raceway below grade at splice, an instrument stand shall be provided as specified with terminal box
mounted approximately 3 feet above grade.
Cable for paging, telephone, and security systems shall be installed and terminated in
compliance with the manufacturer's recommendations.
NOVEMBER 2003
NBLS 1MPROVEMENTS
600 VOLT CONDUCTORS, WIRE, AND CABLE
1 6 120-6
3.04 PORTABLE CORD
Portable cord feeding permanent equipment, such as pendant cords, pumps, cranes, hoists,
and portable items shall have a wire mesh cord grip of flexible stainless steel wire to take the
tension from the cable termination. Connection of portable cords to permanent wiring shall be
accomplished with the use of terminals. In-line taps and splices shall be used only where specified.
3.05 TESTING
A. GENERAL:
The CONTRACTOR shall test conductors and cable in accordance with paragraph 16000-
3.02 B.
B. SIGNAL CABLE:
Each signal pair or triad shall be tested for electrical continuity. Any pair or triad exhibiting
a loop resistance of less than or equal to 50 ohms shall be deemed satisfactoj without further test.
For pairs with greater than 50 ohm loop resistance, the CONTRACTOR shall calculate the expected
loop resistance considering loop length and intrinsic safety baniers if present. Loop resistance shall
not exceed the calculated value by more than 5 percent. !
Each shield drain conductor shall be tested for continuity. Shield drain conductor resistance
shall not exceed the loop resistance of the pair or triad.
Each conductor (signal and shield drain) shall be tested for insulation resistance with all
other conductors in the cable grounded.
Instruments used for continuity measurements shall have a resolution of 0.1 ohms and an
accuracy of better than 0.1 percent of reading plus 0.3 ohms. A 500 volt megohmmeter shall be
used for insulation resistance measurements.
3.07 CABLE SPECIFICATlON SHEETS (CABLESPEC)
A. GENERAL
Conductor and cable types for different locations, service conditions and raceway systems
are specified on individual cable specification sheets (CABLESPECS). Scheduled and unscheduled
conductors and cables shall be installed in accordance with the CABLESPECS.
NOVEMBER 2003
NBLS IMPROVEMENTS
600 VOLT CONDUCTORS, WIRE, AND CABLE
16120-7
B. CABLESPEC SHEETS
' CABLESPEC symbol
The following CABLESPEC sheets are included in this section:
Type Application
Single conductor Cross-
linked polyethylene
Single twisted, shielded
pair or triad
XHHW Power and Control
Conductors
Instrumentation Cables SIC
NOVEMBER 2003
NBLS IMPROVEMENTS 600 VOLT CONDUCTORS, WIRE, AND CABLE '
I61 20-8
3.07 B. CABLE SPECIFICATION SHEET--CABLESPEC
Cable System Identification: X"W
Description: Single conductor Cross-linked polyethylene power and
control cable
Voltage: 600 volts
Conductor Material:
Insulation:
Jacket:
Flame Resistance:
Manufacturer( s):
Execu tion:
Installation:
Testing:
NOVEMBER 2003
NBLS IMPROVEMENTS
Bare annealed copper; stranded in accordance with
ASTM B8
XHHW, 90 degree C dry, 75 degree C wet, cross-linked
polyethylene in accordance with ICEA S-66-524
None
N/A
Okonite, X-Olene; ,Cablec, Durasheath XLP; or equal
Install in accordance with paragraph 161 20-3.02.
Test in accordance with paragraph 16120-3.03.
600 VOLT CONDUCTORS, WIRE, AND CABLE
161 20-9
3.07 B. CABLE SPECIFICATION SHEET--CABLESPEC
Cable System Identification: SIC
Description: Single twisted, shielded pair or triad, 16 AWG,
instrumentation cable, UL listed
Voltage: 600 volts
Conductor Material:
Insulation:
Bare annealed copper; stranded in accordance with
ASTM B8
15 mil, 90 degree C, polyvinylchloride (PVC) with 4 mil
nylon conduit or jacket
Lay: Twisted on a 2-inch lay
Shield: 100 percent, 1.35 mil aluminum-Mylar tape with 18 AWG
7-strand tinned copper drain wire
Jacket: 45 mil polyvinylchloride (PVC)
Flame Resistance: UL 1277
Manufacturer(s): Okonite, Okoseal-N type P-OS; or equal
Execution:
Installation: Install in accordance with paragraph 16120-3.03.
Testing: Test in accordance with paragraph 16120-3.05.
**END OF SECTION**
NOVEMBER 2003
NBLS IMPROVEMENTS
600 VOLT CONDUCTORS, WIRE, AND CABLE
161 20- 10
SECTION 16421
SURGE ARRESTERS
Reference
ANSI C62.1
NEMA LA I
PART ]--GENERAL
Title
Surge Arresters for AC Power Circuits
Surge Arresters
1.01 DESCRIPTION
This section specifies surge arresters used for the protection of electrical power equipment
against surges caused by lightning or switching.
1.02 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. REFERENCES:
This section contains references to the following documents. They are a part of this section
as specified and modified. Where a referenced document contains references to other standards,
those documents are included as references under this section as if referenced directly. In the event
of conflict between the requirements of this section and those of the listed documents, the
requirements of this section shall prevail. I
Unless otherwise specified, references to documents shall mean the documents in effect
at the time of Advertisement for Bids or Invitation to Bid (or on the effective date of the
Agreement if there were no Bids). If referenced documents have been discontinued by the
issuing organization, references to those documents shall mean the replacement documents
issued or otherwise identified by that organization or, if there are no replacement documents, the
last version of the document before it was discontinued. Where document dates are given in the
following listing, references to those documents shall mean the specific document version
associated with that date, regardless of whether the document has been superseded by a version
with a later date, discontinued or replaced.
B. DESIGN TEST DATA AND FACTORY TESTS:
The manufacturer shall provide copies of design testdata on the arresters provided showing
that the arresters are in compliance with ANSI C62. I
The following tests shall be made on each arrester in conformance with ANSI C62.1:
Power-frequency spark-over
Radio influence voltage
Sealing
NOVEMBER 2003
NBLS IMPROVEMENTS
SURGE ARRESTERS
1642 1 - 1
PART 2--PRODUCTS
2.01 ACCEPTABLE PRODUCTS
The surge arresters shall be valve-type designed to protect electrical power distribution
equipment against overvoltages due to surges from lightning or switchmg. The arresters shall
comply with ANSI C62. I and NEMA LA 1. Surge arresters shall be Transtector AEGIS 277/480
'3Y, or equal.
2.03 RATING
The surge arresters shall be rated for the voltage class specified and as indicated on
Drawings.
2.04
2.05
2.06
MOUNTING
The manufacturer shall provide the necessary mounting hardware.
NAMEPLATES
Nameplates shall be provided in accordance with the requirements of paragraph 16000-2.04.
PRODUCT DATA
The following information shall be provided:
1. Certified design test data and individual test data for arresters as specified in
paragraph I 642 1-1.02 B.
Applicable operation and maintenance information items 2.
PART 3--EXECUTION
Unless otherwise specified, the surge arresters shall be mounted next to the equipment
terminals. The terminations shall be torqued as recommended by the manufacturer.
**END OF SECTION**
NOVEMBER 2003
NBLS IMPROVEMENTS
SURGE ARRESTERS
I 642 I -2
SECTION 17000
GENERAL REQUIREMENTS FOR INSTRUMENTATION
AND INDUSTRIAL ELECTRONIC SYSTEMS
PART 1--GENERAL
1.01 DESCRIPTION
A. SCOPE:
This section specifies general requirements which are applicable to all process control,
instrumentation, communication, and signal systems.
Raceways and requirements for signal cables are specified in Division 16.
B. DEFINITIONS:
1. GENERAL: Unless otherwise specified, the definitions of terminology
related to Instrumentation and Industrial Electronic Systems that are used in the specifications shall
be as defined in IEEE 100, ISA S5 1.1, and NEMA ICs 1.
2. SOLID STATE: Circuitry or components of the type which convey
electrons by means of solid material such as crystals or which work on magnetic principles such as
ferrite cores. Vacuum tubes, gas tubes, slide wires, stepping motors, or other devices are not
acceptable substitutes for solid state components or circuitry.
3. INTEGRATED CIRCUIT: A number of circuit elements inseparably
associated on or within a continuous body to perform the function of a circuit.
4. TWO-WIRE TRANSMITTER: A transducer which derives operating
power supply from the signal transmission circuit and therefore requires no separate power supply
connections. As used in this specification, two-wire transmitter refers to a transmitter which
produces a 4 to 20 milliampere current regulated signal in a series circuit with a 24 volt direct
current driving potential and a maximum circuit resistance of 600 ohms.
5. GALVANIC ISOLATION: Pertaining to an electrical node having no direct
current path to another electrical node. As used in this specification, galvanic isolation refers to a
device with electrical inputs and/or outputs which are galvanically isolated from ground, the device
case, the process fluid, and any separate power supply terminals, but such inputs and/or outputs are
capable of being externally grounded without affecting the characteristics of the devices or
providing path for circulation of ground currents.
NOVEMBER 2003
NBLS IMPROVEMENTS
GENERAL REQUIREMENTS FOR INSTRUMENTATION
AND INDUSTRIAL ELECTRONIC SYSTEMS '
1 7000- I
6. PANEL: An instrument support system which may be either a flat surface, a
partial enclosure, or a complete enclosure for instruments and other devices used in process control
systems. Panels may provide mechanical protection, electrical isolation, and protection fiom dust,
dirt, and chemical contaminants which may be present in the atmosphere. Panel shall include
consoles, cabinets and racks.
7. DATA SHEETS: Data sheets as used in this specification shall refer to
ISA S20.
8. SIGNAL TYPES: The following types of signals are used in systems
specified in this division:
a. HIGH LEVEL ANALOG: Signals with full output level greater than
100 millivolts but less than 30 volts, including 4-20 mA
transmission.
b. DISCRETE EVENTS: Dry contact closures monitored by solid state
equipment. If the conductors connecting to dry contacts enter
enclosures containing power or control circuits and cannot be
isolated from such circuits in accordance with NEC Article 725, this
signal shall be treated as low voltage control.
g. LOW VOLTAGE CONTROL: Contact closures monitored by
relays, or control circuits operating at less than 30 volts and
2 5 0 milliamperes.
9. SYSTEMS HOUSE: An organization engaged in the business of detail
engineering, component purchase, assembly, programming and implementing process control and
industrial electronic systems.
1.02 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. REFERENCES:
This section contains references to the following documents. They are a part of hs section
as specified and modified. Where a referenced document contains references to other standards,
those documents are included as references under this section as if referenced directly. In the event
of conflict between the requirements of this section and those of the listed documents, the
requirements of this section shall prevail.
Unless otherwise specified, references to documents shall mean the documents in effect
at the time of Advertisement for Bids or Invitation to Bid (or on the effective date of the
Agreement if there were no Bids). If referenced documents have been discontinued by the
issuing organization, references to those documents shall mean the replacement documents
NOVEMBER 2003
NBLS IMPROVEMENTS
GENERAL REQUIREMENTS FOR INSTRUMENTATION
AND INDUSTRIAL ELECTRONIC SYSTEMS
17000-2
issued or otherwise identified by that organization or, if there are no replacement documents, the
last version of the document before it was discontinued. Where document dates are given in the
following listing, references to those documents shall mean the specific document version
associated with that date, regardless of whether the document has been superseded by a version
with a later date, discontinued or replaced.
Reference
ANSI A58.1
ANSI B16.5
ANSI (37.13
ANSI MC96.1
API W550
ASME
ASTM A 105/A105M
ASTM A240
ASTM A269
ASTM A276
ASTM A3 12/A3 12M
ASTM A5 15/A5 15M
ASTM B68
ASTM D883
AWWA C210
IEEE 100
ISA RP7.1
ISA S5.4
ISA S7.3
JSA S7.4
NOVEMBER 2003
NBLS IMPROVEMENTS
Title
Minimum Design Loads for Buildings and Other Structures
Pipe Flanges and Flanged Fittings
Requirements for Instrument Transformers
Temperature Measurement The~mocouples
Manual on Installation of Refinery Instruments and Control
Systems, Part I - Process Instrumentation and Control
Sections 1 Through 13
"Fluid Meters." Report of ASME Research Committee on
Fluid Meters
Forgings, Carbon Steel for Piping Components
Heat-Resisting Chromium and Chromium-Nickel Stainless
Steel Plate, Sheet, and Strip for Pressure Vessels
Seamless and Welded Austenitic Stainless Steel Tubing for
General Service
Stainless and Heat Resisting Steel Bars and Shapes
Seamless and Welded Austenitic Stainless Steel Pipe
Pressure Vessel Plates, Carbon Steel for Intermediate and
Higher-Temperature Service
Seamless Copper Tube, Bright Annealed
Definition of Terms Relating to Plastics
Liquid Epoxy Coating Systems for the Interior and Exterior
of Steel Water Pipelines
Standard Dictionary of Electrical and Electronics Terms
Pneumatic Control Circuit Pressure Test
Instrument Loop Diagrams
Quality Standard for Instrument Air
Air Pressures for Pneumatic Controllers, Transmitters, and
Transmission Systems
GENERAL REQUIREMENTS FOR INSTRUMENTATION
AND INDUSTRIAL ELECTRONIC SYSTEMS
17000-3
Reference
ISA S20
Title
Specification Forms For Process Measurement and Control
Instrumentation, Primary Elements, and Control Valves
ISA S51.1
MILSPEC MIL-I-46058C
Process Instrumentation Terminology
Insulating Compound, Electrical (For Coating Printed
Circuit Assemblies)
NEMA 250
NFPA 70
NEMA ICs 1
SAMA PMCS-I 0-63
SAMA PMC6-10-63
SAMA PMC8- 10-63
SAMA PMC17-10-63
SAMA PMC21-4-66
UBC
Enclosures for Electrical Equipment( 1000 Volts Maximum)
National Electric Code (NEC)
General Standards for Industrial Control and Systems
Resistance Thermometers
Filled System Thermometers
Thermocouple Thermometers
Bushings and Wells for Temperature Sensing Elements
Temperature-Resistance Values for Resistance
Thermometer Elements of Platinum, Nickel, and Copper
Uniform Building Code
B. SYSTEMS RESPONSIBILITY:
All instrumentation and industrial electronic systems shall be provided under the supervision
of a single systems house, chosen by the CONTRACTOR, which is regularly engaged in the design
and installation of such systems of similar scope and complexity. CONTRACTOR is responsible to
the OWNER for performance of all systems as specified.
1.03 ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITIONS
A. GENERAL:
Specified communication and process control equipment shall be modified, if necessary, to
make it suitable for operation in the following ambient conditions. Indoor and outdoor field
location temperatures and relative humidities are specified in paragraph 16000-1.05.
C. HAZARDOUS LOCATIONS:
Hazardous locations shall be as specified in paragraph 1 6000- 1.05.
D. CORROSIVE LOCATJONS:
Corrosive locations shall be as specified in paragraph 16000-1.05.
GENERAL REQUJREMENTS FOR INSTRUMENTATION
AND INDUSTRIAL ELECTRONIC SYSTEMS NOVEMBER 2003
NBLS IMPROVEMENTS 17000-4
1.04 FUNCTIONAL REQUIREMENTS
A. GENERAL:
The instrumentation and signal system functions required are specified on the drawings and
in subsequent sections of this division.
B. DRAWINGS:
1. GENERAL: The drawings included in thls project manual are functional in
nature and do not show exact locations of equipment or interconnections between equipment. The
CONTRACTOR, as part of his WORK, shall prepare detailed construction drawings as specified
below.
Drawings shall be prepared on 22-inch by 34-inch drafting media. Media shall be vellum or
mylar. Drawings shall have borders and title blocks identifylng the project, system, revisions to the
drawing, and type of drawing. Each revision of a drawing shall carry a date and brief description of
the revisions. Diagrams shall cany a uniform and coordinated set of wire numbers and terminal
block numbers in compliance with panelwork wiring, to permit cross-referencing between contract
documents and the drawings prepared by the CONTRACTOR.
2. ELEMENTARY AND LOOP DdGRAMS: The CONTRACTOR shall
provide elementary diagrams for all discrete loops. Loop diagrams shall be prepared in compliance
with ISA S5.4 and shall be provided for all analog loops. Elementary diagrams and loop diagrams
shall show circuits and devices of a system. These diagrams shall be arranged to emphasize device
elements and their functions as an aid to understanding the operation of a system and maintaining or
troubleshooting that system. Elementary and loop diagrams shall also show wire numbers, wire
color codes, signal polarities, and terminal block numbers.
3. CONNECTION DIAGRAMS: Connection diagrams for panels shall be
provided by the CONTRACTOR. Connection diagrams shall show components of a control panel
in an arrangement similar to the actual layout of the panel. Internal wiring between devices within
the panel shall be shown on these diagrams. Connection diagrams shall show all terminal blocks
whether used for internal or field wiring. Those used for field wiring shall be clearly identified as
such. Wiring diagrams shall indicate insulation color code, signal polarities, and shall show wire
numbers and terminal block numbers.
4. INTERCONNECTION DIAGRAMS: Interconnection diagrams shall be
provided by the CONTRACTOR for field wiring. Interconnection diagrams shall show each panel
and field devices. Wire numbers, cable numbers, raceway numbers, terminal box numbers, terminal
block numbers, panel numbers, and field device tag numbers shall be shown.
1.05 SUBMITTALS
The following information shall be provided:
GENERAL REQUIREMENTS FOR INSTRUMENTATION
AND INDUSTRIAL ELECTRONIC SYSTEMS NOVEMBER 2003
NBLS lMPROVEMENTS 17000-5
1. A copy of this specification section, with addendum updates included, and
all referenced and applicable sections, with addendum updates included,
with each paragraph check-marked to indicate specification compliance or
marked to indicate requested deviations from specification requirements.
Check marks (J ) shall denote full compliance with a paragraph as a whole.
If deviations from the specifications are indicated, and therefore requested by
the CONTRACTOR, each deviation shall be underlined and denoted by a
number in the margin to the right of the identified paragraph, referenced to a
detailed written explanation of the reasons for requesting the deviation. The
CONSTRUCTION MANAGER shall be the final authority for determining
acceptability of requested deviations. The remaining portions of the
paragraph not underlined will signify compliance on the part of the
CONTRACTOR with the specifications. Failure to include a copy of the
marked-up specification sections, along with justification(s) for any
requested deviations to the specification requirements, with the submittal
shall be sufficient cause for rejection of the entire submittal with no further
consideration.
2. Elementary and loop diagrams specified in paragraph 17000-1.04 B.2.
PART 2--PRODUCTS
2.01 MATERIALS AND QUALITY
Material shall be new, free fkom defects, and of the quality specified. Each type of
instrument, instrument accessory, and device shall be by the same manufacturer throughout the
WORK.
Electronic equipment shall be of solid state construction unless otherwise specified. Printed
or etched circuit boards shall be glass epoxy of sufficient thickness to prevent warping. Solder shall
be tin-lead plate, 55 to 75 percent tin, electrodeposited followed by tin emersion and reflow (hing).
Printed wiring shall have solder finish with no exposed copper on surface, edges, or in holes of
finished product. Printed circuit boards in field mounted equipment shall be coated with 2 mils of a
solderable conformal coating complying with MILSPEC MIL-I-46058C. Alignment and adjust-
ments shall be noncritical, stable with temperature changes or aging and accomplished with
premium grade potentiometers. Components of standard electronic assemblies shall not be replaced
with components of different characteristics in order to meet the performance requirements of this
specification. Parts shall be as shown in the instruction manuals and shall be replaceable with
standard commercial components of the same description without degrading the performance of the
completed assembly.
NOVEMBER 2003
NBLS IMPROVEMENTS
GENERAL REQUIREMENTS FOR INSTRUMENTATION
AND INDUSTRIAL ELECTRONIC SYSTEMS
17000-6
2.02 PRODUCT DATA
A. GENERAL:
The following data shall be provided in accordance with Section 01300.
B. CATALOG CUTS:
The CONTRACTOR shall provide catalog cuts for equipment to be provided. Catalog
information shall include technical specifications and application information for each piece of
equipment. Catalog cuts shall be edited to indicate only those items, model or series of equipment
which are being provided. All extraneous materials shall be crossed out or otherwise obliterated.
C. COMPONENT FABRICATION DRAWINGS:
Detailed circuit schematics, printed circuit board drawings, and chassis layouts shall be
provided for electrical and electronic components.
D. CERTIFICATION:
1. TEMPERATURE: Type test data certified by the manufacturer shall be
provided to demonstrate that field electronic devices are suitable for the specified ambient
temperatures.
2. CORROSION: Data shall be provided showing design features of the
electronic equipment provided to protect against damage by the specified atmospheric contaminants
and specific evidence that similarly protected electronic equipment has operated in similar
environments for a period of not less than 5 years without failure due to corrosion.
E. RECORD DRAWINGS AND SCHEDULES:
Drawings specified under paragraph 1 7000- 1.04 B and all schedules included in Division 1 7
shall be provided as record drawings. Following start-up but prior to acceptance of the WORK, the
CONTRACTOR shall provide full-size mylar reproducible prints of elementary, loop, connection
and interconnection diagrams and full-size sepia reproducible prints of other drawings. Prints shall
reflect the final constructed state of the instrumentation and control systems.
F. OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE INFORMATION:
Operation and maintenance information shall be provided in accordance with Section
01 730.
NOVEMBER 2003
NBLS IMPROVEMENTS
GENERAL REQUIREMENTS FOR INSTRUMENTATION
AND INDUSTRIAL ELECTRONIC SYSTEMS
17000-7
,*- . PART 3--EXECUTION
3.01 INSTALLATION
A. GENERAL:
Installation and testing procedures shall be as specified in this and subsequent sections of
thls division.
Equipment shall be located so that it is readily accessible for operation and maintenance.
B. FIELD EQUIPMENT:
Equipment shall be provided as specified on the drawings such that ports and adjustments
are accessible for in-place testing and calibration. Where possible, equipment shall be located
between 48 inches and 60 inches above the floor or a permanent work platform. Instrumentation
equipment shall be mounted for unobstructed access, but mounting shall not obstruct walkways.
Equipment shall not be mounted where shock or vibration will impair its operation. Support
systems shall not be attached to handrails, process piping or mechanical equipment except for
measuring elements and valve positioners. Instruments and cabinets supported directly by concrete
or concrete block walls shall be spaced out not less than 5/8 inch by framing channel between
instrument and wall.
Steel used for support of equipment shall be hot-dip galvanized after fabrication. Support
systems including panels shall be designed in accordance with UBC for seismic zone 4 and to
prevent deformation greater than 1 /8 inch under the attached equipment load and an external load of
200 pounds in any direction.
C. ELECTRICAL POWER CONNECTIONS:
Electric power wiring and equipment shall be in compliance with Division 16. Power
disconnect switches shall be provided within sight of equipment and shall be labeled to indicate
opened and closed positions and specific equipment served. "Within sight of' is defined as having a
clear unobstructed view from the equipment served and within 50 feet of the equipment served.
Disconnect switches shall be mounted between 36 inches and 72 inches above the floor or
permanent work platform. Where equipment location is such that the above requirements cannot be
met by a single disconnect switch, two switches, one at the equipment and one at the work platform,
shall be provided.
Each disconnect switch serving equipment located outdoors shall be provided with a surge
arrestor, General Electric 9L15CCB001, or equal. The surge arrestor shall be bonded to the plant
ground grid with a No. 8 AWG bare copper conductor.
NOVEMBER 2003
NBLS IMPROVEMENTS
GENERAL REQUIREMENTS FOR INSTRUMENTATION
AND INDUSTRIAL ELECTRONIC SYSTEMS
17000-8
D. SIGNAL CONNECTIONS:
Electric signal connections to equipment shall be made on terminal blocks or by locking
plug and receptacle assemblies. Jacketed flexible conduit shall be used between equipment and
rigid raceway systems except that flexible cable assemblies may be used where plug and receptacle
assemblies are provided and the installation is not subject to mechanical damage in normal use. The
length of flexible conduit or cord assemblies shall not exceed 2 feet. Flexible cable, receptacle and
plug assemblies shall be used only where specified.
3.02 TESTS AND INSPECTIONS
A. GENERAL REQUIREMENTS:
Materials, equipment, and construction included under this specification shall be inspected
in accordance with subsequent sections of this division. Testing shall be performed by the
CONTRACTOR in accordance with this and subsequent sections of this division.
No required test shall be applied without prior notice to the CONSTRUCTION
MANAGER. Between 60 and 70 days before the commencement of any testing activity, the
CONTRACTOR shall provide a detailed step-by-step test procedure, complete with forms for the
recording of test results, testing equipment used, and identjfication of the individual performing or,
if applicable, witnessing the test.
B. DELIVERY INSPECTION:
The CONTRACTOR shall notify the CONSTRUCTION MANAGER upon arrival of any
material or equipment to be incorporated into the WORK and shall remove protective covers or
otherwise provide access in order that the CONSTRUCTION MANAGER may inspect such items.
**END OF SECTION**
NOVEMBER 2003
NBLS IMPROVEMENTS
GENERAL REQUIREMENTS FOR INSTRUMENTATION
AND INDUSTRIAL ELECTRONIC SYSTEMS
17000-9
SECTION 17212
TRANSMITTERS
PART 1--GENERAL
l.01 DESCRIPTION
This section specifies requirements for transmitters.
1.02 REFERENCES
This section contains references to the following documents. They are a part of this section
as specified and modified. Where a referenced document contains references to other standards,
those documents are included as references under th~s section as if referenced directly. In the event
of conflict between the requirements of this section and those of the listed documents, the
requirements of this section shall prevail.
Unless otherwise specified, references to documents shall mean the documents in effect
at the time of Advertisement for Bids or Invitation to Bid (or on the effective date of the
Agreement if there were no Bids). If referenced documents have been discontinued by the
issuing organization, references to those documents shall mean the replacement documents
issued or otherwise identified by that organization or, if there are no replacement documents, the
last version of the document before it was discontinued. Where document dates are given in the
following listing, references to those documents shall mean the specific document version
associated with that date, regardless of whether the document has been superseded by a version
with a later date, discontinued or replaced.
Reference I Title
NEMA 250 1 Enclosures for Electrical Equipment
1.03 SUBMITTALS
The following information shall be provided:
I. Within 30 days after "Notice to Proceed," the CONTRACTOR shall submit
a list of the manufacturer and model series for each type of equipment
proposed.
2. Component connection diagrams showing function and identification of
terminals.
3. Data sheets in accordance with ISA S20, together with a complete list of
instruments provided.
NOVEMBER 2003
NBLS IMPROVEMENTS
TRAN SMJTTERS
17212-1
PART 2--PRODUCTS
2.01 GENERAL
Unless otherwise specified, measuring elements and transmitters shall comply with the
following requirements:
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
IO.
11.
Output indicators complying with paragraph 17212-2.02 shall be provided
with any transmitter that does not include an integral indicator. Indicators,
whether integral or separate, shall be calibrated in process units, and said
units shall be engraved on the indicator scale plate.
Transmitters shall be two-wire type with operating power derived from the
signal transmission circuit.
Transmitter output shall be 4 to 20 milliamperes, current regulated and shall
drive any load between 0 and 550 ohms with the power supply at 23 volts
DC .
Transmitters shall meet specified performance requirements with load
variations within the range of 0 to 600 with the power supply at 24 volts DC.
Transmitter output shall be galvanically isolated.
Time constant of transmitters used for flow or pressure measurement,
including level transmitters used for flow measurement, shall be adjustable
from 0.5 to 5.0 seconds.
Transmitter output shall increase with increasing measurement.
Transmitter enclosures shall be rated NEMA 250, Type 4, unless otherwise
specified .
Transmitters located outdoors shall be provided with surge protectors:
Rosemount Model 470A, Taylor 1020FP, or equal.
Where two-wire transmitter is located in an area classified as hazardous, it
shall be made safe by means of an intrinsic safety barrier as specified in
paragraph I72 12-2.03.
Where four-wire transmitters are permitted, they shall be provided with a
loop powered signal current isolator as specified in paragraph 17212-2.05
connected in the output signal circuit.
NOVEMBER 2003
NBLS IMPROVEMENTS
TRANSMITTERS
1 72 1 2-2
2.02 OUTPUT INDICATOR
Output indicator shall be 90-degree movement, 2-1/2-inch milliammeter enclosed in a
NEMA 7/9 meter case. Scale shall be calibrated in process units with tic marks for milliampere
input. A diode shall be provided to maintain loop continuity in case of meter movement failure or
removal. Accuracy shall be within 2 percent of span.
2.03 INSTRINSIC SAFETY BARRIERS
Intrinsic safety barriers for two-wire transmitters shall be of the active, isolating, loop
powered type. Barrier shall be Measurement Technology LTD. type MT3042, Stahl9005/01-
252/1 OO/OO, or equal.
2.04 INSTRUMENTATION SPECIFICATION SHEETS (INSTRUSPEC)
General requirements for instruments specified in this section are listed on INSTRUSPEC
sheets in paragraph 17212-3.03. Application requirements are specified on the drawings.
2.05 SIGNAL CURRENT ISOLATOR
Isolator shall provide galvanic isolation of milliampere transmission signals from
transmitters with inadequately isolated output circuits. Isolator shall be housed in a NEMA 250,
type 417 conduit body and shall derive its operating power from the signal input circuit. Input and
output signals shall be 4 to 20 milliamperes, and error shall not exceed 0.1 percent of span. Input
resistance shall not exceed 550 ohms with an output load of 250 ohms. Isolator shall be Moore
Industries SCW4-20MN 4-20/MA/6.5DC/-RF(EX); OWNER is not aware of an equal product.
2.06 PRODUCT DATA
The following data shall be provided:
1. Data specified in paragraph 17000-2.02.
PART 3--EXECUTION
3.01 INSTALLATION
A. GENERAL:
Where installation procedures are not specified herein, API RP550 shall be used as a guide.
B. RACEWAY CONNECTIONS:
Final connections between rigid raceway systems and instruments shall be made with
jacketed flexible conduit with a maximum length of 2 feet.
NOVEMBER 2003
NBLS IMPROVEMENTS
TRANSMITTERS
17212-3
C. SIGNAL TRANSMISSION:
INSTRUSPEC symbol
LUT
Signal transmission between electric or electronic instruments not located within a common
panel shall be 4 to 20 milliamperes and shall operate at 24 volts DC unless otherwise specified.
Milliampere signals shall be current regulated and shall not be affected by changes in load
resistance within the unit's rating. Milliampere signals from field shall be converted to a 1 to 5 volt
signal at the external terminals of each panel, and all instruments within the panel shall be parallel
wired. Measurement loops shall be grounded at external terminals by bonding to the instrument
panel signal ground bus. The CONTRACTOR shall provide isolating amplifiers for field
equipment possessing a grounded input or output.
lnstrument description Instrument function
Ultrasonic Level Wetwell Level
Transmitter
High frequency (greater than 1 kHz) pulse rate signals from field transmitters shall be
converted to DC voltage signals at the panel.
Two-wire equipment located in hazardous areas shall be made safe for the specified conditions by
use of equipment and barriers approved by Underwriters Laboratories Inc. (UL), Canadian
Standards Association (CSA), or Factory Mutual (FM).
3.02 TESTING
A. GENERAL REQUIREMENTS:
Materials, equipment, and construction included under this specification shall be inspected
in accordance with Section 17000 and this section. Testing shall be performed by the
CONTRACTOR in accordance with Section 17000-3.02.
B. TEST EQUIPMENT:
Test equipment used to simulate inputs and read outputs shall have a rated accuracy
at the point of measurement at least three times greater than the component under test. Each test
instrument shall be calibrated prior to the commencement of a testing activity and at the completion
of a testing activity. Certified calibration reports traceable to the National Bureau of Standards shall
be included with the test report.
Buffer solutions and reference fluids shall be provided by the CONTRACTOR for all tests
of analytical equipment.
3.03 INSTRUSPEC SHEETS
The following INSTRUSPEC sheets are included in this section:
NOVEMBER 2003
NBLS IMPROVEMENTS
TRANSMITTERS
172 12-4
3.04 INSTRUMENT SPECIFICATION SHEET--INSTRUSPEC
Instrument Identification: LUT
Instrument Function: Level measurement
Instrument Description: Ultrasonic level transmitter
Power Supply:
Signal Input
Signal Output:
Process Connection:
Product Requirements
NOVEMBER 2003
NBLS IMPROVEMENTS
120 volt, 60 hertz nominal
NIA
As specified in paragraph 172 12-2.01
NIA
Transmitter shall be a noncontact, ultrasonic echo-time
measuring device. It shall consist of a piezoelectric
transducer element assembly and a remote transmitter
unit interconnected by vendor-supplied coaxial cable.
System shall utilizg 1500 volt peak minimum energy
level on the transducer and shall be suitable for
measuring liquid surfaces from 2 to 35 feet below the
transducer. Transducer shall incorporate a reference
reflector to provide instantaneous sound velocity
compensation. Transmitter shall utilize microprocessor
circuitry to process echo times for elimination of stray
echos and, where specified, to provide linearization
functions.
Transducers shall be provided with flange or pipe
mounting accessories as required for the particular
installation conditions.
Differential type level transmitters shall include two
transducers.
Transducer shall be Echomax XPS 15 F suitable for
Class I, Div I application.
Level transmitter shall be Milltronics Hydroranger plus
(wall mount) to match City’s existing equipment.
TRANSMITTERS
I 72 12-5
3.04 INSTRUMENT SPECIFICATION SHEET--INSTRUSPEC
Instrument Identification: LUT (continued)
Execution:
Installation:
Calibration:
Transducer shall be rigidly mounted approximately 2 feet
above maximum liquid level and accurately leveled.
Transmitter shall be wall or stand mounted as specified.
System shall be calibrated per manufacturer’s
recommendations.
**END OF SECTION**
NOVEMBER 2003
NBLS IMPROVEMENTS
TRANSMITTERS
17212-6
SECTION 17510
COMBUSTIBLE GAS MONITORING SYSTEM
PART 1-GENERAL
1.01 DESCRIPTION
This section specifies general requirements for air pollution monitoring systems which
include field mounted sensing elements and monitoring assemblies which are field or panel
mounted as specified. Application requirements are specified on the drawings.
PART 2-PRODUCTS
2.01 GENERAL
Unless otherwise specified, combustible gas monitoring systems shall comply with the
following requirements:
1. Field elements shall be suitable for the atmaspheric pollution monitored; i.e.,
combustible gas detectors shall be explosionproof as specified in paragraph
17000- 1.03, and chlorine, sulfur dioxide, and hydrogen sulfide detectors
shall operate where exposed to dangerous concentrations of the monitored
gas.
2. Power supplies shall be 120 volts, 60 hertz nominal with integral backup
sufficient for not less than 4 hours operation.
3. Concentration indication shall be provided on the monitoring assembly.
4. Two contact outputs with adjustable set points shall be provided for
"warning" and "danger" levels. Contact outputs shall be suitable for
actuation of existing annunciator equipment.
2.02 INSTRUMENTATION SPECIFICATION SHEETS (INSTRUSPEC)
General requirements for instruments specified in this section are given on INSTRUSPEC
sheets in paragraph 1 75 10-3.03. Application requirements are specified on the drawings.
2.03 BATTERY EQUIPMENT
Batteries shall be sealed lead-calcium type and shall be provided with a charger of sufficient
capacity to return full charge within 24 hours of %hour discharge.
NOVEMBER 2003
NBLS IMPROVEMENTS
COMBUSTIBLE GAS MONITORING SYSTEM
17510-1
2.04 PRODUCT DATA
Product data shall be provided as specified in paragraph 17000-2.02.
PART 3--EXECUTION
3.01 INSTALLATION
A. GENERAL:
Where installation procedures are not specified herein, MI RP550 shall be used as a guide.
B. RACEWAY CONNECTIONS:
Final connections between rigid raceway systems and instruments shall be made with
jacketed flexible conduit with a maximum length of 2 feet.
C. SIGNAL TRANSMISSION:
Signal transmission between electric or electronic instruments not located within a common
panel shall be 4 to 20 milliamperes and shall operate at 24 volts DC unless otherwise specified.
Milliampere signals shall be current regulated and shall not be affected by changes in load
resistance within the unit's rating. Milliampere signals from field shall be converted to a 1 to 5 volt
signal at the external terminals of each panel, and all instruments within the panel shall be parallel
wired. Measurement loops shall be grounded at external terminals by bonding to the instrument
panel signal ground bus. The Contractor shall provide isolating amplifiers for field equipment
possessing a grounded input or output.
High fiequency (greater than 1 kHz) pulse rate signals from field transmitters shall be converted to
DC voltage signals at the panel.
Platinum resistance temperature detector (RTD) outputs shall be converted to milliampere
transmission signals at the RTD; or, where specified, the RTD output may be carried to the panel
and converted to a DC voltage signal.
All other transmission systems, such as impulse duration, low frequency pulse rate, and
voltage regulated, will not be permitted except where specifically noted in the instrument index.
When transmitters with nonstandard outputs are specified, their output shall be converted to 4 to
20 milliamperes at the field instrument.
Two-wire equipment located in hazardous areas shall be made safe for the specified
conditions by use of equipment and barriers approved by Underwriters Laboratories Inc. (UL),
' Canadian Standards Association (CSA), or Factory Mutual (FM).
NOVEMBER 2003
NBLS IMPROVEMENTS
COMBUSTIBLE GAS MONITORING SYSTEM
175 10-2
_- 3.02 TESTING
INSTRUSPEC symbol System description
Test with calibration gas ampules as recommended by the instrument manufacturer.
System hction -
3.03 INSTRUSPEC (AIR POLLUTION MONITORING SYSTEMS)
Air pollution monitoring systems are specified on the following INSTRUSPECS. They are
arranged alphabetically in Table A by system identification coding.
MC Combustible gas
Detection System
Ambient air pollution
monitor
NOVEMBER 2003
NBLS IMPROVEMENTS
COMBUSTIBLE GAS MONITORING SYSTEM
175 10-3
3.03 INSTRUMENT SPECIFICATION SHEET--INSTRUSPEC
Instrument Identification:
Instrument Function:
Instrument Description:
Power Supply:
Signal Input:
Signal Output:
Process Connection:
Product Requirements:
NOVEMBER 2003
NBLS IMPROVEMENTS
MC
Ambient air pollution monitor
Combustible gas catalytic detector
24 volts DC, nominal
Ambient air
Analog signal, 0 to 1 volt and dual alarm contacts
NIA
Gas detection system shall comprise of a Sampling Module, a
Gas Monitor, and a Monitoring Station.
The Sampling Module and the Gas Monitor shall be housed
in a 18’” x 12”W x 1 O”D NEMA 4X stainless steel lockable
enclosure with a glass window for easy view of the Sampling
Module and Gas Monitor. The enclosure shall be supported
on a 5’ high pedestal located outside above the wetwell in the
southeast comer facing east.
The Sampling Module shall consist of a small 24VDC
electric pump capable of drawing gas samples from the
wetwell via a tube connection.
The Gas Monitor shall fully integrate with the Sampling
Module to provide proper detection of combustible gases. It
shall communicate via a mandacturer supplied cable over a
digital network with the Monitoring Station.
A 120VAC to 24VDC power supply shall be provided in the
enclosure to provide power to the Sampling Module and the
Gas Monitor.
Provide all required hardware to include calibrated valve,
sample tubing, and filter for a complete system.
Detection System shall be approved for mounting in Class I,
Division 1, Group C and D hazardous atmospheres.
COMBUSTIBLE GAS MONITORING SYSTEM
17510-4
I Instrument Identification: MC (continued)
Execution:
Installation:
Monitoring Station shall be 12OVAC, with 6 mohitoring
channel capability, in a general purpose wall mount
enclosure, and be fully compatible with the Gas Monitor
being provided. Processor shall be solid state and arranged
for fail-safe operation. Combustible gas concentration shall
be continuously indicated for each channel in percent of
lower explosive limit (LEL) of the specified gas. Each
channel shall have dual alarm set points fully adjustable over
the calibrated range of the monitor. Indicating lamps shall
provide positive indication of normal operation,
concentration above lower set point (warning), and
concentration above higher set point (danger). Contact
outputs shall be provided for unit trouble and each set point.
Unless otherwise specified, system shall be calibrated for
methane gas, warning set point shall be 20 percent lower
explosive limit and danger set point shall be 25 percent lower
explosive limit.
Sampling and Gas Monitor Modules shall be MSA Ultima or
equal.
Monitoring Station shall be MSA series 5000 or equal.
The Contractor shall provide a calibration set and cylinder of
calibration gas.
In accordance with manufacturer's instructions.
**END OF SECTION**
NOVEMBER 2003
NBLS IMPROVEMENTS
COMBUSTIBLE GAS MONITORING SYSTEM
17510-5